Home

User Guide - National Calculation Method

1. d 1 Buipjing sn buipjing ae 91 90 Gte P6 Lev GGG 6erl JeuoHoN OL 96 S anjea eydy Ge 680 82L 130 Gee 399 3G G ZZt 6Gp jenjoy 19 0 ZEO yeu onean obeay yo p ilddns pu9 L49 seo reanyen L4H 91109 MHL SH AVA Pnpebuts 15 SG 9P9 Z9 ELEL M M BOURTONpUD D abesony 0 0 GL 0 0 Fel 0 jeuonon OL 8 edos zwy gw uogeyuj 0 0 0 0 oP 0 0 zg 0 jenjoy NO1 NOT PLIM Ayouoe13 perddng pig 149 Wo LLAH 2104 MH17 SH Bunoog 40 BuneeH oN 1S goer 80er zw ease aun a335 4339 83355 43355 ZUMA ZW 4MA ZUMA ZUN ZUN oo6z oo6z ew easy u joop ue6 yee Joop yBeH UOO xny UD joop UOD Be wap joop Wep jee edd weyshs JEUuUOIION jenjpoy JULWOJI d SWIa SAS DYAH siojoweseg jeqo y Buipyjing Buipjing euoNON SA jenjov 1394S Lq jeoTUYyda1 4Jun10 208 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume A 10 Sample Energy Performance Certificate for Scotland Energy Performance Certificate for buildings other than dwellings Building Energy Performance Scotland Calculated asset rating using Building type iSBEM v3 4 b SBEM Office Current rating Excellent m Carbon Neutral A 0to15 B 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 80 81 to 100 g F 100 V Poor Carbon Dioxide Emissions The number refers to the calculated carbon dioxide emissions in terms 88 of kg per m of floor area per year Approximate current
2. NCT File v3 5 a Conversion Tool Click to convert files This tool converts previous version NCT files e g v1 0 v1 0 b v1 1 4 or 1 2 a_b01 to the latest version v3 4 b IC NCM iSBEM_v3 5 a Projects Example building Tutorial Example building 1 Convert New NCT file to create a Projects Example building Tutorial Example building Tutorial_v3 5 alnct Click to exit tool he Figure 101 The Convert and Quit buttons Existing NCT file to convert 215 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 Microsoft Access E a x i Your existing NCT file has been successfully updated to the new file new file nct Please select another file to convert or click on the Quit button below to exit this conversion tool Figure 102 Message which appears after conversion 6 Open iSBEM and open the newly created nct file Due to the nature of the changes introduced in the new version some fields in some projects may not get refreshed automatically In order to ensure all the fields in your project are refreshed and updated after converting files generated by a previous version you need to do the following using the record navigation arrows at the bottom e Click through all the envelope elements in the Geometry form gt Envelope tab in order to refresh the adjacencies i e the connects space to field e Click through all the HVAC systems in the Building Services form gt HVAC systems tab gt G
3. Add local time control to heating system Code EPC H5 Energy Impact LOW CO2 Impact LOW CO2 Saved per Spent POOR Applicable to Whole building Comments Add local temperature control to the heating system Code EPG H6 Energy Impact LOW CO2 Impact LOW CO2 Saved per Spent POOR Applicable to Whole building Comments Add optimum start stop to the heating system Code Energy Impact iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume EPC H7 LOW 200 4Jun10 CO2 Impact LOW CO2 Saved per Spent FAIR Applicable to Whole building Comments Add weather compensation controls to heating system Code EPC H8 Energy Impact LOW CO2 Impact LOW CO2 Saved per Spent POOR Applicable to Whole building Comments mended that the possible impro The default heat generator efficiency is chosen It investigated to gain an understanding of its efficien Code EPC H4 Energy Impact LOW CO2 Impact LOW CO2 Saved per Spent POOR Applicable to Whole buil Comments The default heat gene investigated to gain Code Energy Impact at the heat generator system be CO2 Saved per Spent Applicable to HVAC for the example building Add local temperature control to the heating system Code EPC H6 Energy Impact LOW CO2 Impact LOW CO2 Saved per Spent POOR Applicable to HVAC for the example building Comments 201 iSBEM version 3
4. Record it la lt 1 gt bt gt of 19 aX bh v a rT Zan ANS record record record record record button 9 Record navigation buttons 10 Additional Functionality the ESCAPE key Pressing the escape key to navigate away from an uncompleted form Figure 13 A General sub tab basic commands and buttons 47 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 1 Data entry fields The data entry fields in iSBEM require the user to either enter text numbers or select an option from a drop down list Some of the fields are green These fields are mandatory and must be filled in before proceeding to the next record or navigating away from that screen 2 Record selector button EJ Clicking on the record selector drop down button produces a drop down list of all of the records in that sub tab For example in the Project Database form gt Constructions for Walls tab clicking on the record selector drop down button displays all of the constructions for walls that have already been defined in that project To the right of the name of the record there is further information about the parent building objects for that record For example in the Zones tab clicking the record selector button displays all of the zones in the building along with the HVAC system with which each zone is associated Extra features Copy single object function this function will be available in future versions of the tool The first entry in the d
5. UK Volume 4Jun10 General sub tab For each envelope element you will need to click into the General sub tab of the Envelope tab create a new record and add the following information 1 2 Name Similar to the naming of the zones see Section 3 5 for more information Multiplier Indicates how many envelope elements identical to this one exist in the selected zone Remember that this would also multiply all of its associated windows doors and additional thermal bridges during the calculation Zone Here you need to select the zone from the drop down list of zones defined so far which this envelope element is part of Type of envelope Choose between wall floor ceiling and roof If you select roof a tick box appears i Is the roof flat Tick the box to indicate if the roof is flat Otherwise the tool will assume it is pitched NB Smoke vents are no longer used in the SBEM calculation and so their input into iSBEM is no longer required Compliance checking with respect to their U values will therefore need to be carried out outside of SBEM 6 Connects space to sometimes referred to as adjacent condition Here you need to select what conditions apply on the other side of the wall floor ceiling roof If you click the Global button the condition associated with the type of construction selected below as has been defined in the Project Database form will be ins
6. Yes coefficient is O w t Record 14 4 1 gt a gt of 1 Auxiliary Energy amp Distribution Losses sub tab The parameters required to define an SES in this sub tab see Figure 62 are Lear 1 Are the distribution pipes between the solar energy system and the back up system ee insulated you need to select either yes or no If there are pipes between the solar thermal system and the back up heating system this parameter is used to estimate the thermal losses of the distribution between the solar thermal system and back up heater This parameter becomes active only if the Solar pre heating type parameter in the Solar Storage amp Collector Loop sub tab has been set to Separate solar cylinder NEw 2 Circulation system you need to select one option from the drop down menu If the Pee option selected is forced circulation system with no PV then the following parameter becomes active a Do you know the nominal power of the pumps you need to select one of the following options e No use the default value e Yes the value is you need to input the nominal power in W in the box that will become active NEW NB The auxiliary energy consumption required by the circulation pumps in the solar system is calculated according to the type of circulation system For thermosiphon systems and forced circulation systems assisted with photovoltaics the auxiliary energy
7. _ Do you know the carbon dioxide conversion factor of the DH network No or don t know Yes Dearie No use default value 0 293 kolO2 kwh m M amp T with alarm for out of range values Yes conversion factor is 0 293 Kae UZ kWh No or don t know Yes it does p m Do you know the primary energy conversion factor of the DH network Lighting voltage reduction management scheme G Ree ey Only for Scotland j Wor use default value 1 2 kwhi Kwt No f Yes Yes conversion factor is 1 2 kwh kiwh Other building details Electric power factor lt 0 9 x Figure 47 Project Building Services sub tab of the Global and Defaults tab in the Building Services form These apply the method recommended in C Pout R Hitchin Apportioning Carbon emissions from CHP Systems Energy Conversion and Management 46 2005 using the CO2 emission factors for natural gas and grid displaced electricity from ADL2A 104 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 Air Conditioning Inspection sub tab This sub tab is visible only if EPC generation except EPC Scotland is selected as the Purpose of Analysis in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab In this sub tab you need to enter details about the air conditioning system in the building if applicable as shown in Figure 47 This data is used by SBEM purely for reporting purposes in the XML file for lodgement and is no
8. Here you need to choose from Full lighting design carried out where you need to enter the total wattage in Watts and the design illuminance in lux for that zone usually available from the lighting design engineer for a new building Lighting chosen but calculation not carried out where you need to specify the average initial 100 hour lamp plus ballast efficacy for the lighting in the zone in lumens per circuit Watt or Lighting parameters not available where you need to choose the lamp type from a drop down list usually for existing buildings The power density used by SBEM when each of the lamp types is selected is shown in Table 15 If you cannot find your lamp type on the list you can select the one with the closest power density For example low voltage tungsten halogen which have a typical power density 24 W m per 100 Lux can be approximated by selecting tungsten lamps which have a typical power density 28 W m per 100 Lux instead in iSBEM NB If you select Full lighting design carried out or Lighting chosen but calculation not carried out and enter the required parameters you will now also need to select the type of lamps used in the zone for the purposes of generating the recommendations report for the EPC NB If you do not know the type of lamps in the zone you should select the option of Don t know in the Lamp Type parameter SBEM will assume that they are tungsten lamps If you kno
9. On the other hand if a zone is unheated and totally enclosed thus heated air cannot freely move from a 135 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 heated zone into it such as a plant room a store room or a toilet you are advised to define it in iSBEM as Zones without HVAC NB If there is more than one type of HVAC system in a space with each system clearly meant to service a particular part of the space e g one servicing the facade perimeter area and another servicing the core area then the space should be divided into 2 separate zones in iSBEM each served by its corresponding HVAC system even if there is no physical separation between the 2 zones However if heating is provided in a zone by two or more different types of heat sources for e g a heat pump in a split system and a gas boiler in a wet system you need to calculate and enter into iSBEM a seasonal heat generating efficiency which is equivalent to both these heat sources based on their respective efficiencies fuel tyoes and loads as described in the guidance on the bivalent calculation in Section 7 6 2 Defining HVAC Systems HVAC Systems tab On the other hand if a zone is served by for e g a gas fired wet system for heating and an electric split system for cooling then the systems can be approximated in SBEM by defining your HVAC system type as split or multisplit the heat source as LTHW boiler and fuel type as natural gas and then define the a
10. e Energy Performance Asset Rating contains information about the building s calculated Asset Rating based on its predicted CO emission rate BER It also shows where the building s Asset Rating fits on a scale of the building energy efficiency bands e Benchmarks contains information about the Asset Ratings corresponding to the target CO emission rate TER and the typical stock average CO emission rate e Technical Information contains information on the servicing strategy of the building i e building environment the service strategy that delivers the greatest total CO2 emissions the main heating fuel the fuel which delivers the greatest total thermal output for space or water heating and the complexity of the building NB If none of the zones in the building have been defined as conditioned the building environment will be set by the calculation to be Unconditioned 175 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 NB If none of the zones in the building as defined have space or water heating energy consumption the main heating fuel will be set by the calculation to be Other NB Permanently unconditioned buildings are different to those which are expected to be conditioned later on and which should be modelled as per the guidance in CLG s publication Improving the energy efficiency of our buildings A guide to energy performance certificates for the construction sale and let of
11. fe iSBEM_v 3 5 a File Edit View Favorites Tools Help sack X gt T wi JO Search gt Folders gt Ei XxX e BAY Address jo C NCM iSBEM_v3 5 a z Go Name a ooo o oo Siel Type Date modified BEEMLib csv Qinct pem Projects OREA 2 bbl1 1 dil a BERgen dll amp brirl dll brukl dll BRUKL log X EPCgen dll 3 EPCgenclI dll 3 iSBEM cnt iSBEM HLP ZNiSBEM_v3 5 a mdb SO libcurl dil libeay32 dll S libssi32 dll E README txt P SBEM exe SBE ini E SBEM log SBEM_brukl ini User_Library cnt File Folder File Folder File Folder File Folder File Folder File Folder Application Extension Application Extension Application Extension Application Extension Text Document Application Extension Application Extension CNT File Help File Microsoft Office Acc Application Extension Application Extension Double click to open the file conversion tool Application Configuration Settings Text Document Configuration Settings CNT File 20 01 2010 17 53 20 01 2010 17 53 21 01 2010 10 52 20 01 2010 17 53 20 01 2010 17 53 20 01 2010 17 53 11 12 2009 17 35 01 12 2009 17 13 17 05 2009 08 47 18 11 2009 11 12 20 01 2010 14 10 25 11 2009 14 43 21 05 2009 11 25 19 05 2009 16 42 19 05 2009 16 42 21 01 2010 10 52 04 09 2008 13 38 08 06 2008 16 51 19 01 2010 16 17 20 01 2010 14 10 20 01 2010 14 10 20 01 2010 14 10 12 02 2008 11 02 JUSER_
12. parameter can be used when you want to model a building identical to one you have already modelled in iSBEM before and therefore have its nct file but which has a different orientation to the original one As such this parameter can be used to rotate the whole building as described in the guidance provided you do not need to make any further modifications to the geometry of the building Wall 1 North A Wall 1 North East Wall Created to the North Wall Created to the North ZT A BEFORE ROTATION N AFTER ROTATION Figure 33 Example of a 45 degree building rotation NB The user is no longer required to enter the building height height to eaves in m 76 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 Building Details 3 Zone height Global Floor to floor height floor to soffit for top floor in m i e including floor void ceiling void and floor slab As with the global building infiltration parameter the value you enter here will be given as the global or default zone height in each of the zones You can choose to use this global value or enter a new value for each respective zone see Section 7 5 3 Defining zones NB For a zone with a flat roof the zone height would be from top of floor to top of roof For a zone with a pitched roof and a flat ceiling underneath it the zone height would be from top of floor to underside of soffit For a zone with a sloping roof i e an exposed pitched roof with no flat
13. E iSBEM v3 5 a Geometry Example building xj General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM 5 Envelope Doors Windows amp Rooflights Notes entered atthe users discretion about the zone Zone selector z0 Oleast Fl e oy T N A description of the selected activity area as it appears in General Quick Envelopes Envelope Summary the NCM database User s notes s Selected building Name 20701 east Multiplier 1 The coffee shop on the ground floor type for this core and east perimeter area HVAC system HVAC for the example building v zone Building Type Restaurant public house z Description of Activity from NCM database Selected activity Activity Eating drinking area gt An area for eating and drinking type for this sane Ie 162 m2 Firto fir height G 3 m M Infiltration M Thermal Bridges No use default value 10 m3 h m2 IV Tick here to use Global Psi values Yes Air permeability at 50pa is a 8 m3 h m2 Record 14 4 J 1 gt gt a gt of 19 Figure 36 A zone being defined in the General sub tab of the Zones tab in the Geometry form At the top right hand side of the Zones tab a message in red text will appear indicating how many zones have not yet been assigned to HVAC systems To see a list of all the zones which have not been assigned click on the Reports button to access the Unassig
14. Figure 66 Selecting a zone s HVAC HWS and lighting systems Ventilation sub tab This sub tab is used to specify the type of ventilation system specific for each zone The following information is required Zonal Ventilation Type 1 Zonal ventilation type A mechanical ventilation system separate from the heating or cooling system i e zonal ventilation can be added here If the selected HVAC system does not already include ventilation the zonal ventilation radio buttons become active This would be possible for example with radiators or under floor heating You need to select either Natural or Mechanical supply amp extract according to whether there is a mechanical ventilation system present in the zone to provide fresh air Convention Convention for EPCs Passive stack ventilation The convention is that passive stack should be treated as natural ventilation NB In order to ensure adequate ventilation for maintaining the concentration of CO2 below 0 5 in spaces served by unflued heating appliances the zonal ventilation option for these spaces should be set to mechanical NB The supply and extract flow rate for all ventilation systems is set to take the minimum fresh air requirements value from the NCM Activity Database NB Zonal ventilation is no longer available for fan coil units Ventilation for this HVAC type is defined at HVAC level See note in Section 7 6 2 Defining HVAC Systems regardin
15. cccccccceeeeesnteeeeeeeesennnneeeeeetes 177 8 2 10 Technical Output Report Typical Building ccccceeesseeeeeeeeeenenteeeeeeetesennneeeeeeetees 177 8 2 11 SBEM Secondary Recommendations REDOS s ccccccccceeessteeeeeeeeseeentieeeeeesesenaes 177 8 2 12 Accessing the reports from the project fOIDGS ccccccceeestteeeeeeeteeennteeeeeeeteeennee 178 APPENDIX A Tutorial building details and iSBEM output documentation 182 A 1 Building description se eeunit aati yes gota days aa e aT eiii e Raat 182 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 A 1 CONSTRUCTIONS 3 crs ceca gt ctcsse nad vice Nick cece hess ote N cS cece yal phan Sesh cevnd AV tee Se ennh Musee Sh ane o 183 A 2 SVSIOMS E E E T tibserss sis TET E 183 A 3 Zoning Of the b ilding eeren aieea eaea eia ie e ea aiae iee aeiae Sieta 183 A 4 1BI niae R PE E E E T 187 A 5 SBEM Main Output Document for Example BUIICING ccssecceeeeeeeetenteeeeeeeeeeeneaee 189 A 6 Energy Performance Certificate for Example Building ssscccccccseesttteeeeeeesensae 190 A 7 Recommendations Report for Example Building cccccccccessseeceeeesseetnseeeeeeeseennae 192 A 8 Sample SBEM Secondary Recommendations R DOft sssssccccccceeesttteeeeeeeeensee 200 A 9 Sample SBEM BRUKL Output Document u 00 ecceeeeteeeeeeeeeeenneeeeeeeeeeennnaeeeeeeetnenaaes 206 A 10 Sample Energy Performance Certificate for Scotland cssssseeeeeeeeeeeetttee
16. you then need to select the collector type from the drop down menu and SBEM will use the corresponding default values as shown in Table 14 Collector type selected no a a IAM Unglazed 0 9 20 0 1 Flat plate 0 75 6 0 0 94 an Evacuated tube 0 65 3 0 0 97 NEW Table 14 Default solar collector performance parameters On the other hand if the performance parameters are known then you should select e Yes the values are you then need to enter the following parameters which will become active a No sigma zero the zero loss collector efficiency factor from the collector test standards EN 12975 2 and related to the aperture area b a the collector heat loss coefficient in W m K from the collector test standards EN 12975 2 and related to the aperture area c az the temperature dependence of the heat loss coefficient in W m K from the collector test standards EN 12975 2 and related to the aperture area d IAM the incidence angle modifier IAM of the collector from the collector test standard EN 12975 2 when the test angle of incidence between it and the direct solar radiation for the test condition is 50 125 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 E iSBEM v3 5 a Building Services Example building General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM g Global and Defaults HVAC systems HWS SES
17. 153 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 Regulations It also displays a break down of the annual energy consumption by end use for both the actual and notional buildings in kWh m or depending on the Purpose of Analysis selection in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab Asset Rating tab displays the CO emissions in kg per m of building area for the actual and typical buildings part L target and standard along with their corresponding EPC bands It also displays a break down of the annual energy consumption by end use for the actual notional and reference buildings in kWh m 8 1 1 Building Regulations Check tab This tab is visible if either England and Wales Building Regulations Part L Scottish Building Regulations or Northern Ireland Building Regulations Part F were selected as the Purpose of Analysis in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab The Building Regulations Check tab has four sub tabs Building Rating sub tab Calculation Logs sub tab Calculation Errors sub tab Supporting Documents sub tab Building Rating sub tab Building Regulations compliance is assessed by clicking on the Check Regulation button in the Building Rating sub tab This initiates the data processing through the SBEM calculation engine and the Compliance Checking Module BRUKL The following calculated information is then display
18. 4 2 Installing iSBEM on your computer The current version is iSBEM_v3 5 a The tool can be accessed via the following web address www ncm bre co uk NB FILES CREATED WITH PREVIOUS VERSIONS OF iSBEM ARE NOT AUTOMATICALLY COMPATIBLE WITH THIS VERSION AND WOULD REQUIRE CONVERSION BEFORE THEY CAN BE OPENED AND EDITED USING THE NEW VERSION see APPENDIX B iSBEM file conversion How to install iSBEM 1 Go to the Download page and complete the form 2 Click on the hyperlink to download the tool 3 Save the iSBEM_v3 5 a exe file to a folder of your choice on your hard drive do not try to open the file at this point such as the Desktop 4 Once the download is complete double click on the iSBEM_v3 5 a exe icon and then click on Unzip to initiate the self extracting process This will automatically install the application in a new folder on your hard drive default folder C NCM You may change the installation path if you wish 5 Once the file has been unzipped to your hard drive the message 49 file s unzipped successfully will appear this number may change with future versions of the tool Click on OK and then close the WinZip Self Extractor window click on Close or on the cross in the top right hand corner of the window iSBEM is now installed on your computer 6 To locate iSBEM on your computer open Windows Explorer and navigate through the following assuming the default installation path
19. 54 m2 Type Wall Adjoining condition Exterior Construction External wall U value 0 24 Wim2k Km value 51 kijm2k Orientation East Record 14 4 f iz Lou r of 19 Figure 38 Envelope Summary sub tab NB the Quick Envelope function will be explained in Section 7 5 8 Quick Envelopes tab Short cut to creating envelopes and windows 7 5 4 Defining envelopes Envelope tab The second stage of defining the geometry of a zone is to define its envelopes walls floor and ceiling roof There are two ways of doing this 1 Inthe Envelopes tab Where you can create the envelope elements and define all of their parameters This method is explained below 2 Inthe Quick Envelopes sub tab of the Zones tab Where you can create and define the basic parameters for the envelope elements and windows This is explained in Section 7 5 8 There are some parameters however for both envelope elements and windows which can only be defined in their main tabs These tabs will therefore be explained first The main Envelope tab shown in Figure 39 contains two sub tabs General sub tab This is where you can create and define the envelope elements in terms of name area orientation construction type what type of space it is connected to and its additional thermal bridges Window amp Door Summary sub tab This tab displays a summary of the windows and doors present in each envelope element 86 iSBEM version 3 5 a
20. Address C NCM iSBEM_v3 5 a gt Go Name e idYS Siel Type Cd Date modified O BEEMLib File Folder 20 01 2010 17 53 esv File Folder 20 01 2010 17 53 inct File Folder 21 01 2010 10 52 pem File Folder 20 01 2010 17 53 Projects File Folder 20 01 2010 17 53 OREA File Folder 20 01 2010 17 53 a bbl11 dll 2 425 KB Application Extension 11 12 2009 17 35 3 BERgen dll 2 506 KB Application Extension 01 12 2009 17 13 a brirl dll 2 076 KB Application Extension 17 05 2009 08 47 3 brukl dll 2 591 KB Application Extension 18 11 2009 11 12 E BRUKL log 3KB Text Document 20 01 2010 14 10 3 EPCgen dll 3 709KB Application Extension 25 11 2009 14 43 a EPCgenGl dll 2 860KB Application Extension 21 05 2009 11 25 E iSBEM cnt 19KB CNT File 19 05 2009 16 42 iSBEM HLP 3 017 KB Help File 19 05 2009 16 42 NiSBEM_v3 5 a mdb 6 884 KB Microsoft Office Acc 21 01 2010 10 52 SM libcurl dll 251 KB Application Extension 04 09 2008 13 38 SV libeay32 dll 1 501 KB Application Extension 08 06 2008 16 51 3 libssI32 dll 322 KB Application Extension 08 06 2008 16 51 nct_convert_v3 5 a mdb 1 492 KB Microsoft Office Acc 14 01 2010 11 21 E README txt 7KB Text Document 20 01 2010 17 56 P SBEM exe 5 962 KB Application 19 01 2010 16 17 DSBEM ini 1KB Configuration Settings 20 01 2010 14 10 E SBEM log 4KB Text Document 20 01 2010 14 10 SBEM_brukl ini 1KB Configuration Settings 20 01 2010 14 10 User_Library cnt 4KB CNT File 12 02 2008 11 02
21. Application Extension Application Extension Application Extension Text Document Application Extension Application Extension CNT File Help File ACCDB File Application Extension Application Extension Application Extension ACCDB File Text Document Application Configuration Settings Text Document Configuration Settings CNT File Help File ACCDB File 20 01 2010 17 53 20 01 2010 17 53 21 01 2010 10 52 20 01 2010 17 53 20 01 2010 17 53 20 01 2010 17 53 11 12 2009 17 35 01 12 2009 17 13 17 05 2009 08 47 18 11 2009 11 12 20 01 2010 14 10 25 11 2009 14 43 21 05 2009 11 25 19 05 2009 16 42 19 05 2009 16 42 21 01 2010 10 52 04 09 2008 13 38 08 06 2008 16 51 08 06 2008 16 51 14 01 2010 11 21 20 01 2010 17 56 19 01 2010 16 17 20 01 2010 14 10 20 01 2010 14 10 20 01 2010 14 10 12 02 2008 11 02 12 02 2008 11 02 14 01 2010 11 21 Figure 5 Name of the iSBEM Microsoft Access file for Office 2007 users iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 37 4Jun10 E LICENSING CONDITIONS FOR SBEM SOFTWARE xj The Department for Communities and Local Government CLG wishes to allow the widest possible use of the Simplified Building Energy Model SBEM its interface iSBEM and accompanying guidance as an energy calculation tool for the purposes a of assessing and demonstrating compliance with Part L of the Building Regulations 2006 and b of generating an Energy Performance Certificate EPC when a building is constructed sold or l
22. CO2 Impact LOW CO2 Saved per Spent POOR Applicable to Whole building Comments iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 203 4Jun10 Recommendations for OVERHEATING The risk of some spaces in the building OVERHEATING is Moderate risk Some spaces have a significant risk of overheating Consider solar control measures such as the application of reflective coating or shading devices to windows Code EPC 1 Energy Impact MEDIUM CO2 Impact MEDIUM CO2 Saved per Spent POOR Applicable to Whole building Comments Recommendations for ENVELOPE Some walls have uninsulated cavities introduce cavity wall insulation Code EPC E4 Energy Impact LOW CO2 Impact LOW CO2 Saved per Spent POOR Applicable to Whole building Comments Recommendations for FUEL SWITCHING Consider switching fromgas to biomass Code BPRC F5 Energy Impact LOW CO2 Impact HIGH CO2 Saved per Spent GOOD Applicable to HVAC for the example building Comments Recommendations for AUXILIARY AUXILIARY accounts for 17 8 of the CO2 emissions The overall energy performance of AUXILIARY provision is FAIR The overall CO2 performance of AUXILIARY provision is FAIR There are no recommendations for AUXILIARY Recommendations for OTHER 204 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 There are no recommendations for OTHER 205 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 A 9 Sample SBEM BRUKL Output Document BRUKL Output Document HM
23. Complete _brukl pdf Example building Complete_not inp 3 Example building Complete_brukl inp E Example building Complete_sim hws Example building Complete_not_dr htm Example building Complete_not err 3 Example building Complete_brukl err a Example building Complete _not bdl a Example building Complete _brukl bdl 1 KB 1 KB 1 KB 110 KB 122 KB 3 KB 1 004 KB 9 KB 62 KB 69 KB 61 KB 61 KB 2 KB 20 KB 225 KB Text Document Text Document Text Document SIM File SIM File 26 01 2010 15 38 26 01 2010 15 38 26 01 2010 15 38 26 01 2010 15 38 26 01 2010 15 38 Oy The NCT file the file read by iSBEM NGDEEiaaannmne YOUU Ips UO ig Technical Output report for the actual building Mi acak OFFical mid Technical Output report for the notional building M AEE IN IN H ER BDL BD Petri ft oriit Tee E ERa m ila ain nin 38 Main SBEM Output report 38 csv Data Reflection report for the notional building csv Data Reflection report for the actual building i Wee html Data Reflection report for the notional building html Data Reflection report for the actual building 3 Error files reporting error messages and warnings 26 01 2010 15 38 26 objects 6 98 MB 4 My Computer h Figure 92 Contents of the Projects folder showing the SBEM output reports when running SBEM for building regulations compliance checking iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volum
24. Data Reflection Report Notional Building NB The Data Reflection Reports in html format are generated and the related access buttons become visible in the Ratings form only if the relevant box is ticked in the General form gt File Options tab gt System Configuration sub tab NB You must close all output files before re running the calculation so the software can over write them Otherwise an error message will be produced E iSBEM v3 5 a Ratings Example building x General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Asset Rating EPC England Y Building Rating Graphic rating Recommendations EPC Audit Calculation Logs Calculation Errors amp Messages Supporting Documents PDF and optionally HTM output documents from SBEM calculation SBEM Outputs pdf Data Reflection Actual Building pdf Data Reflection Actual Building html Data Reflection Not Ref Building html _ Figure 88 The Supporting Documents sub tab in the Asset Rating tab of the Ratings form 8 2 SBEM Output reports Output reports when running SBEM for building regulations compliance checking If either England and Wales Building Regulations Part L Scottish Building Regulations or Northern Ireland Building Regulations Part F were selected as the Purpose of Analysis in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project
25. UK Volume 186 4Jun10 A 4 Drawings The next figures show architectural drawings and building zoning for each floor of the Example building m O z0 01south z0 01north west west RRR O EO Te HSS EREN E Ame etal ie 20 01south en al 20 01north eae a eg 22 Ee BREN E sa S m fe O Figure 95 Ground floor plan 187 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 i m O z1 01south mn on set z1 01west le z1 01north west west SS Se ESI I ie ee Seamer 1 Circulation ites E lt 4 saat CR 21 02 aa Cor co o a 21 01south Office 7 z1 01 n z1 01south SE ee ee Gr ae Figure 96 First floor plan Qie 3 188 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 A 5 SBEM Main Output Document for Example Building SBEM Main Calculation Output Document Tue Jan 26 16 03 08 2010 Building name Example building Building type Office SBEM is an energy calculation tool tor the purpose of assessing and demonstrating compliance with Building Regulations Part L for England and Wales Section 6 for Scotland Part F for Northern Ireland Part L for Republic of Ireland and Building Bye laws Jersey Part 11 and to produce Energy Performance Certificates and Building Energy Ratings Although the data produced by the tool may be of use in the design process SBEM is not intended as a building design t
26. UK Volume 4Jun10 parameters that are used to carry out the energy calculations for the generation of the EPC should any of the default values or settings be changed by the energy assessor Each of the above four sub sub tabs contains the following 1 Accept defaults this is the list of defaults set in iSBEM for each of Construction Geometry HVAC amp HWS and Lighting which the energy assessor can over ride 2 Assessor walk though inspection supporting evidence based on a walk through inspection by the energy assessor 3 Inspection by other Sales particulars supporting evidence based on sales particulars 4 Inspection by other Technical inspection supporting evidence based on a technical inspection by someone other than the energy assessor 5 On site measurements of input parameters for assessment supporting evidence based on on site measurements of the input parameters 6 Other sources supporting evidence based on other sources 7 Comments additional information that the energy assessor would like to include for the audit trail E iSBEM v3 5 a Ratings Example building General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Asset Rating EPC England Era Building Rating Graphic rating Recommendations EPC Audit Calculation Logs Calculation Errors a Messages Supporting Documents Construction Geometry HVAC amp
27. When you run the EPC calculation for the first time while your computer is connected to the internet i e click on the Calculate EPC Rating button in the Ratings form an email containing your Activation Code will be sent to the email address registered for you as an Accredited Energy Assessor in the National Register at www epcregister com You need to copy the Activation Code from the email and paste it into the allocated field exactly as it appears in the email This only applies to assessors accredited by an Accreditation Scheme Provider that allows Energy Assessors to generate the final EPC documents for lodgement through the Energy Assessors computers NB If you do no receive the email with the Activation Code this is an automatic process and should not take longer than a couple of minutes even though your computer is connected to the internet you have entered the proxy server details correctly if applicable and you have run the EPC calculation successfully you need to contact your Accreditation Scheme Provider and ensure that the email address registered for you with your details on the National Register is correct and valid You should also ensure that the settings in your email account have not flagged up the Activation Code email as junk and discarded it to the Delete bin haad _ NB See APPENDIX E Activation codes and connection to EPCgen net for more guidance ae NB For assessors accredited by an Accr
28. and the glazing is not for a display window Global button returning the global default adjacent condition associated with in this case External wall This Areas of windows defined by i i d entering the area values in global default would have been defined in the Project ha m2 Percentages can be Database form when the External wall was defined input instead only if the relevant box is unticked Project Zones Envelope Doors indows amp Rooflights Zone selector 20 03 zl ste gt Ta Era General Quick Envelopes Envelope Sum vary djacent condition Area EXE Glazing Disp 7 5 Double Orient Construction AS SE iE Walls NE Ceiling ntermal floors and ceilings Floor Ground floor G Underground Roof M G Exterior X X X X X X X X X X ipes Clear All J Flat Ir Record 14 4 f 3 F gt of 19 Figure 45 The Quick Envelopes sub tab 100 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 Task 12 Create the remaining 12 zones and define their envelopes and windows using Quick Envelopes Details on the remaining twelve zones are given in APPENDIX A Table 17 To create each new zone you will need to go back to the General sub tab of the Zones tab To create a zone s envelope elements and windows you need to click on the Quick Envelopes sub tab and making sure that the correct zone is selected using the record
29. and typical buildings and its EPC Asset Rating if EPC England EPC Wales EPC Scotland or EPC Northern Ireland were selected as the Purpose of Analysis in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab You can do this by pressing the Calculate EPC rating button in the Asset Rating tab gt Building Rating sub tab NB You will be able to monitor on the screen the progress of the calculation process as it is carried out for the different building objects 3 View the key results within the interface 4 Access the following output reports e the Building Regulations Compliance document Specification Information for Scottish Building Regulations the SBEM Main Output report and 2 Data Reflection Reports for the actual and notional buildings if compliance with Building Regulations is the purpose of the analysis e the Energy Performance Certificate the Recommendations Report the SBEM Main Output report SBEM Secondary Recommendations Report and the Data Reflection Report for the actual building if generating the EPC is the purpose of the analysis The Ratings form is composed of one tab which is either e Building Regulations Check tab displays the CO emissions in kg per m of building area for the actual and notional buildings as well as the target and an assessment of whether the building complies with the carbon dioxide emissions criterion of the Building
30. button To view all the glazing types in your User Library library click here 3 select the envelope type _ Sensttuctions Glazings Frames Construction Categories Sources Impor To delete a wi ndow Glazings glazing type rooflight 2 NE alector Update the SBEM click here x Glazing Library Qeneral RNS SIS SOR INANA SO AANA ANMA aie NN fene o number of panes 9 Click on Type Window 5 select Panes DOUBLE z with your new coating type eating Lyne Tinted E glazing types Source BRE Digest 465 T Sot R85 U value 24 Wim2k L Sol 0 3 6 select a SA source to add a 8 enter a source to this list description see Section4 of TT optional this appendix ARNES ya So Ree eee ee eee Figure 105 Description of Chatag tab in User defined construction library 7 enter T Solar L Solar and U value For further details of these parameters press F1 in the library or refer to Section 7 4 of the iSBEM User Guide A glazing type created in this way will be accessible in iSBEM in the Project Database form gt Glazing tab It will be accessible when the import one from the library radio button is selected from the glazing library The glazing type will be called Glazing Name where Glazing Name is the name entered in the name field 220 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 3 How to add a frame type to your library and add this to iSBEM As with the
31. d Complaints Details of the assessor and the relevant accreditation scheme are on this report and the energy performance certificate You can get contact details of the accreditation scheme from our website at www communities gov uk epbd together with details of their procedures for confirming authenticity of a certificate and for making a complaint Page 7 of 8 198 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 0000 2090 0040 1000 0803 5 Glossary a Payback The payback periods are based on data provided by Good Practice Guides and Carbon Trust energy survey reports and are average figures calculated using a simple payback method It is assumed that the source data is correct and accurate using up to date information The figures have been calculated as an average across a range of buildings and may differ from the actual payback period for the building being assessed Therefore it is recommended that each suggested measure be further investigated before reaching any decision on how to improve the energy efficiency of the building b Carbon impact The High Medium Low carbon impact indicators against each recommendation are provided to distinguish between the suggested recommendations those that would have most impact on carbon emissions from the building For automatically generated recommendations the carbon impact indicators are determined by software but may have been adjusted by the Energy Assessor based on his her k
32. field enabled only for England Wales and Northern Ireland EPCs Transaction type field enabled only for England Wales and Northern Ireland EPCs S6 type of Building field enabled only for Scottish Building Regulations and Scotland EPC Is the building fully naturally ventilated and calculations confirm it would not overheat without the need for any mechanical ventilation field enabled only for Scottish Building Regulations and Scotland EPC Rating with improvements field enabled only for Scotland EPC Sub tab Building details Building type Name of project Building address City Postcode Location description UPRN field enabled only for England Wales and Northern Ireland EPCs Inspection date field enabled only for England Wales and Northern Ireland EPCs Is building of special conservation status field enabled only for England Wales and Northern Ireland EPCs Sub tab Certifier s Energy Assessor s Agent s Qualified Accredited Person s details Sub form Certifier s Energy Assessor s Agent s Qualified Accredited Person s details iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume e Name Telephone number Address City Postcode Assessor number Membership number field enabled only when one of the EPC generation options is selected as purpose of analysis e Accreditation Scheme Protocol Organisation field enabled only when one of the EPC generation options is selected as purpose of a
33. gt of 1 Assigned sub tab The zones assigned to the HWS can be viewed in the Assigned sub tab of the HWS tab shown in Figure 58 Task 15 Define the HWS 123 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 Details can be found in APPENDIX A Section A 2 Systems Click into the HWS tab in the Building Services form There is only one type of HWS in this building and it needs to be named and defined here E5 iSBEM v3 5 a Building Services Example building x General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About F _ Global and Defaults HVAC systems HWS ses Pvs Wind generators Zones HWS selector HWS for the example building g Baj Ez EA Era General Storage amp Secondary circulation Assigned This HWS is assigned to Zones 20 01 north 20 01 northwest 20 01 south 20 01 southwest 21 01 centre z21 O1east 21 01 north 21 01 northeast 21 01 northwest 21 01 south 21 01 southeast Record 14 4 J iz gt t r of 1 Figure 58 The Assigned sub tab shows Zones to which the HWS has been assigned 7 6 4 Defining Solar Energy Systems SES SES tab There are three sub tabs in the SES tab e Collector Parameters renamed from General sub tab e Solar Storage amp Collector Loop sub tab e Auxiliary Energy amp Distribution Losses sub tab NB The overall performance of solar thermal systems depends on
34. the building objects you have created The HVAC system should have 16 zones assigned to it Each zone should have its respective walls floors ceilings roofs assigned and certain walls should have windows and or doors assigned Double check that the assignments are correct before proceeding 7 9 3 The Assigned sub tabs The Assigned sub tabs display the parent objects which the object in question has been assigned to There are six Assigned tabs in the interface e The Walls Assigned sub tab in the Project Database form gt Construction for Walls tab displays all of the envelopes to which the wall construction selected in the record selector has been assigned e The Floors Assigned sub tab in the Project Database form gt Construction for Floors tab displays all of the envelopes to which the floor construction selected in the record selector has been assigned e The Roofs Assigned sub tab in the Project Database form gt Construction for Roofs tab displays all of the envelopes to which the roof construction selected in the record selector has been assigned 151 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 The Glazing Assigned sub tab in the Project Database form gt Glazing tab displays all of the windows or rooflights to which the glazing selected in the record selector has been assigned The Doors Assigned sub tab in the Project Database form gt Construction for Doors tab displays all of the doors to whic
35. 00cccccccscceeseeeesnecenneeeenee 140 Figure 69 Defining the zone lighting characteristics in the Lighting General sub tab 00 142 Figure 70 Defining the lighting controls Characteristics Of a zone osses 144 Figure 71 Defining the zone display lighting in the Display Lighting sub tab 0 10cccccceeeeeeeeee 145 Figure 72 Selections tab in the Building Navigation fOri ccccccccscccescecsssecesseeesneeceseesesaeeusaeeesaes 146 Figure 73 Objects Properties tab in the Building Navigation fOrM cccscccsccessecesseeeeneeteseeeeneeeees 147 Figure 74 The Unassigned Objects Report ccccscccsssccsssecessseceseeseseeceseceseeseseecsseecesseeesaeesseeseaeeees 149 Figure 75 Data Summary Report Zones without HVAC cccssccsscessseeessecteeeeeseecesneseseecesaeeesaes 150 Figure 76 Data Summary Report Zones with HVAC ccscccsssceesscsssceseseecesneeesaeecseecseesssaeensaeeesaee 151 Figure 77 Using the interface to check compliance with Building Regulations in the Building Regulation Check tab of the Ratings form for England and WaLeS ccscccseceeseeseseetessesesnecesaeeesaes 156 Figure 78 Using the interface to check compliance with Building Regulations in the Building Regulation Check tab of the Ratings form for Scotland cccssccsscecesceseseessseeeseeeseecsnesesnecesaeeesaes 156 Figure 79 Using the interface to calculate the Asset Rating for the building in the Asset Rating tab of the Ratings form for
36. 02 12 02 2008 11 02 14 01 2010 11 21 28 objects 40 6 MB 4 My Computer A Figure 4 Location of the iSBEM Microsoft Access file and Projects folder The first time that the application is opened a dialogue box will appear containing iSBEM s licensing terms and conditions Figure 6 You will need to accept the terms and conditions before you can proceed If you tick the Don t show this message again box this window will not appear again on starting the application 36 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 fe iSBEM_v 3 5 a sack 7 wi JO search gt Folders ES Bw x if HH Address C NCM iSBEM_v3 5 a x SE Name e Size Type Date Modified BEEMLib Desy inct pem Projects REA S bbl1 1 dil a BERgen dll amp brirl dll 9 brukl dil E BRUKL log a EPCgen dll X EPCgenGI dll E iSBEM cnt iSBEM HLP Slibeay32 dll 9 libssi32 dll E README txt P SBEM exe DSBEM ini E SBEM log SBEM_brukl ini User_Library cnt JUSER_LIBRARY HLP Double click to start iSBEM E nct_convert_v3 5 a accdb User _library_devy_v3 5 a accdb 28 objects 40 6 MB P My Computer h 2 425 KB 2 506 KB 2 076 KB 2 591 KB 3KB 3 709 KB 2 860 KB 19KB 3 017 KB 6 884 KB 251 KB 1 501 KB 322 KB 1 492 KB 7KB 5 962 KB 1 KB 4KB 1 KB 4KB 2 616 KB 3 416 KB File Folder File Folder File Folder File Folder File Folder File Folder Application Extension
37. 1 HVAC for the example building HVAC system standard is acceptable Efficiency check Limiting heat source seasonal efficiency This building Heat source efficiency 0 84 0 89 0 84 is the overall limiting efficiency for a single or a multiple boiler system For a multiple boiler system the limiting efficiency for any individual boiler is 0 80 Efficiency check Limiting Cooling Nominal efficiency This building Cooling efficiency 2 25 3 12 Efficiency check Limiting Specific Fan Power This building SFP 2 5 2 2 2 3b No HWS in project or hot water is provided by HVAC system iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 211 4Jun10 ada jan Buljoog HO Pr addy jany BuiyeaH LJH s B0JNOS JES SH adh Wa shg is Le oe Aduana ABlaua euoseas Jo eauab Buijoog Y33885 uaBb 009 suaniye puoseas JoyeJaUEb Buyesy 3438598 usb yesy 4 sLodg ones Aousioja ABsaua euoseas wass uljon Y338 1009 asnoy d1 qndjueune say 94 Aoualiye peuoseas Walshs BuieaH 4438 9H Este uogdwnsuos u Arelixny zw yMmy uoo xny uogdwnsuos ABsaua Buijoop ZW YAAH uos joop uogdwnsuos ABiaue Bulyesy ZwyUAAy uoo eaH puewap AB1aua Buijoop zw Wap joop puewap ABiaue Buipeay zw Wap aH BulBpiig peway o anp SI YSIUAA JUSIDIYJa0 1a SUL1 Jeay BLIAL s Buipjnq ay jo eaHejusoled anea eydy d 1 Buipjing sn buipjing ae 91 90 Gte v8 904 8 v
38. 16 9547 0 095951 16 8587 17 1847 0 083581 17 1011 18 6615 0 082125 18 5793 18 7891 0 074049 18 7151 17 2975 0 05665 17 2408 18 8027 0 25304 18 5497 19 9444 0 861679 19 0827 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 21 1062 1 33137 19 7748 ooooooooooo0oo0o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 oooooooooooo oooooooooooo SUM 35 1 KG CO2im 6 80941 O 11 4939 181 227 0 0 287347 74 5655 227 821 6 98776 220 833 81 6625 3 96907 77 6934 oo oo oo PEE Mh Example buiding Complete_sim lt 4 Ready Figure 91 Technical output report 8 2 6 Technical Output Report Notional Building This is a comma separated values csv file which can be opened using Microsoft Excel for the notional building similar in format to the technical output report for the actual building described above 8 2 7 Energy Performance Certificate This report can be accessed from the Ratings form gt Asset Rating tab gt Building Rating sub tab by clicking on the Energy Performance Certificate button and is stored in the same location as the project files as described in Section 8 2 12 Accessing the reports from the project folder The file is in pdf format This report gives a summary of the energy performance of the building and its Asset Rating It contains the following sections e Energy Performance Certificate contains the title of the certificate address of the building and the Certificate Reference Number
39. 2 3a 1 HVAC for the example building HVAC system standard is acceptable Efficiency check Limiting heat source seasonal efficiency This building Heat source efficiency 0 84 0 89 0 84 is the overall limiting efficiency for a single or a multiple boiler system For a multiple boiler system the limiting efficiency for any individual boiler is 0 80 Efficiency check Limiting Cooling Nominal efficiency This building Cooling efficiency 2 25 3 12 Efficiency check Limiting Specific Fan Power This building SFP 2 5 2a 2 3b No HWS in project or hot water is provided by HVAC system Does fixed internal lighting comply with England and Wales 2 4 Building Regulations Part paragraphs 1940 61 Separate submission 2 5 Are energy meters installed in accordance with GIL65 Separate submission Criterion 3 The spaces in the building without air conditioning have appropriate passive control measures to limit the effects of solar gains 3 1 Method of showing compliance with England and Wales Building Regulations Part L in paragraph 64 Separate submission Criterion 4 The performance of the building as built is consistent with the BER 44 Have the key features of the design been included or bettered in practice 4 2 Is the level of thermal bridging acceptable Separate submission 43 Has satisfactory documentary evidence of site inspection checks 2 bee
40. 4 MEDIUM change in total building energy is lt 4 and gt 0 5 LOW change in total building energy is lt 0 5 NB If you enter the value as UNKNOWN SBEM will set it to LOW h CO Impact You can select from the options available in the drop down menu in order to specify the potential impact of implementing the recommendation on the CO emissions of the actual building HIGH change in total building CO2 emissions is gt 4 MEDIUM change in total building CO emissions is lt 4 and gt 0 5 LOW change in total building CO emissions is lt 0 5 This impact will appear in the Recommendations report NB If you enter the value as UNKNOWN SBEM will set it to LOW i CQO Saved per Spent You can select from the options available in the drop down menu GOOD FAIR POOR and UNKNOWN in order to specify the potential CO emissions saved from the actual building per pound spent on implementing the recommendation in the actual building NB If you enter the value as UNKNOWN SBEM will set it to POOR j Payback drop down menu You can select from the options available in the drop down menu LONG MEDIUM SHORT and UNKNOWN in order to specify the typical payback time for implementing the recommendation in the actual building LONG payback is gt 7 years MEDIUM payback is gt 3 years and lt 7 years SHORT payback is lt 3 years NB If you enter the value as UNKNOWN SBEM will set it to LONG If you know the exact f
41. 4Jun10 E iSBEM v3 5 a Building Services Example building x General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Global and Defaults HVAC systems HWS ses PvS Wind generators Zones HWS selector HWS for the example building Ele Sy ag General Storage amp Secondary circulation Assigned Name aws for the example building Generator type Dedicated hot water boiler 7 IV Tick if the generator is later than 1998 Fuel type Natural Gas z Do you know the effective heat generating seasonal efficiency No use default value 0 7 C Yes seasonal efficiency is Record 14 4 f 1 Lou r of 1 Figure 56 Defining a HWS in the General sub tab NEW Storage amp Secondary Circulation sub tab In this sub tab Figure 57 you can enter the following information 1 Is the system a storage system Tick if yes 2 If the above tick box regarding the a storage system is ticked the following fields become active Either depending on the selected radio button a Storage volume volume of the HWS cylinder in litres Insulation type on the HWS cylinder selected from the drop down menu If the option selected is not Uninsulated then the following parameter becomes active ee i Insulation thickness on the HWS cylinder in mm c Storage losses in MJ month d Does the system have secondary cir
42. 9 General Assigned This construction is assigned to Walls 20 01 north e 20 01 north n 20 01 northwest e 20 01 northwest n 20 01 south e 20 01 south s 20 01 southwest e 20 01 southwest s 20 01 west w 20 02 n 20 02 s 20 02 w 20 03 e 20 03 n 20 03 s 0 03 Record 14 4 J 11 gt a gt of 2 Figure 29 The Assigned sub tab in the Constructions for Walls tab 7 4 1 Defining construction types To insert a new type of construction you must firstly create a new record by clicking on the Create a new record button shown in Figure 30 For each new construction you need to enter the following information i Name You will be prompted to enter a unique name for your construction this must be done before you can continue with the construction s definition Generally used in walls floors roofs which connect zones to for walls roofs and floors only Here you need to select from the options in the drop down menu see Figure 30 which include the options of Exterior Strongly ventilated space Unheated adjoining space Conditioned adjoining space and Underground This sets the default or global condition of the adjacent space which will appear when you assign this construction for a specific envelope element see Section 7 5 4 Defining envelope for details on how this global value is used This parameter is only required for walls roofs and floors 3 Tick if t
43. BER If improved with accompanying recommendations kgCO2 m2 yr EPC Rating Click on text below for SBEM Outputs Energy Performance Cer Data Reflection Actual Building EPC recommendations report Calculation progress Asset rating completed Click to check object assigments there are NO CRITICAL un assigments in the project Figure 80 Using the interface to calculate the Asset Rating for the building in the Asset Rating tab of the Ratings form for Scotland 159 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 Graphic Rating sub tab The Graphic Rating sub tab Figure 81 is only visible for the generation of EPCs for England Wales and Northern Ireland It displays the following 1 A graph of the EPC rating band scale showing the energy bands and asset ratings corresponding to the annual CO emissions from the actual building the target Part L TER the typical building Stock average TYP and the reference and zero CO2 emissions benchmarks The same graph is also displayed in the Energy Performance Certificate E iSBEM v3 5 a Ratings Example building x General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM g Asset Rating EPC England Eral __Building Rating Graphic rating Recommendations EPC Audit Calculation Logs Calculation Errors a Messages Supporting Documents More energy efficient EPC rating Part L TER Typical R
44. BRUKL log Initializing Default values OK Initializing Default tables OK Initializing standard activity values OK ACTUAL BUILDING Initializing BOC construction m Initializing Matrix OK Reading Input file OK Processing Input file OK Writing BBL OK Creating SBEM Objects WARNING ZONE 21 03 is unconditioned but the NCM Activity database identifies this Activity as Conditioned xl Figure 85 The Calculation Logs sub tab in the Asset Rating tab of the Ratings form Calculation Errors sub tab Error files for the SBEM calculation SBEM err the compliance checking module BRUKL BRUKL err and the EPC generator EPCgen EPCgen err can be viewed in this sub tab Figure 86 If the calculation crashes you can refer to these files for any error messages produced during the calculation 166 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 ES iSBEM 3 5 a Ratings Example building General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Asset Rating EPC England Era Building Rating Graphic rating Recommendations EPC Audit Calculation Logs Calculation Errors Messages Supporting Documents SBEM err EPCgen err BRUKL er 154 WARN 1 Other wamings HEAT GEN SEFF 0 1 155 WARN 2 Other wamings COOL GEN SEER 01 ERRORS Number of errors 0
45. CEN classification e E SER lor itws EAN iE zz Ws Class B z m Does the AHU meet CEN leakage standards Auxiliary Energy for fanned warm air heaters C No use default leakage Do you know the kWh aux energy kWh heating Yes it meets next CEN classification No use the default Class L1 E Yes kwh kwh J ratio Record 14 4 f 1 gt gt a r of 1 Figure 52 HVAC systems definition System Adjustments sub tab 117 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 Metering Provision renamed from Control Corrections sub tab The software also considers the effect of metering and alarms on system operation Controls assumptions are largely determined by the system choice There are just 2 questions to answer here see Figure 53 Controls Provision 1 Is this HVAC system separately sub metered This refers to either energy metering of plant and or metering of plant hours run and or monitoring of internal temperatures in zones If you click Yes it is the following question becomes active a M amp T with alarm for out of range values This refers to monitoring and targeting as a means of identifying changes in operation or onset of faults NB The above two parameters on controls corrections are not available if the Purpose of Analysis parameter is set to Scottish Building Regulations in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab NB
46. Circulation SUb tab ccccccsscccessccssseceeneeeeneecesneseseecnsaeeesaes 123 Figure 58 The Assigned sub tab shows Zones to which the HWS has been assigned c00 00 124 Figure 59 Defining a Solar Energy System in the Collector Parameters SUD tAD ccccccseeeeeeeees 126 Figure 60 Schematic examples of arrangements for solar pre heating These schematics are not intended to show safety measures or devices needed to make the systems safe Adapted from SAPQOOD isinin kete ketaro sanp Tea Ea eaeanbadepsdotessardebagepoynasgatacetegevousssea eyetesuesdeeasopeyeuedensonneven si 127 Figure 61 Defining a Solar Energy System in the Solar Storage amp Collector Loop sub tab 129 Figure 62 Defining a Solar Energy System in the Auxiliary Energy amp Distribution Losses sub tab 130 Figure 63 Defining PVS siscccccisessiaessavestedeetentasad poeseavseuetshosavededhdogegossdetasaoieneiegtbebegetocensdaptesteesyo 131 Figure 64 Defining a Wind generator seccscccesecceeseceseecesecessecesseecscecsscessscecssaeecsseesseesesaecesaeeesaes 132 Figure 65 Defining a CHP generator CHP Generator tad i ccescccescccessecessecesneeeeneeceseesssnecnsaeeesaes 134 Figure 66 Selecting a zone s HVAC HWS and lighting Systems 138 Figure 67 Defining the zone ventilation in the Ventilation SUD t D cccccssccsssceeeseeseneeeessecnsneeeaee 139 Figure 68 Defining the zone mechanical exhaust in the Exhaust SUD tAD
47. Government Compliance with England and Wales Building Regulations Part L Project name Example building As built Date Fri Jun 04 11 26 59 2010 Administrative information Building Details Owner Details Address 56 London Road LONDON SW23 1HA Name John Jones Telephone number 987654321 Certification tool Address 53 London Road LONDON SW23 1HA Calculation engine SBEM Calculation engine version v3 5 a 0 Certifier details Interface to calculation engine iSBEM Name lt ea name gt Telephone number lt ea phone gt Interface to calculation engine version v3 5 a Address lt ea address gt lt ea city gt XXXX XX BRUKL compliance check version v3 5 a 0 Criterion 1 Predicted CO2 emission from proposed building does not exceed the target The building does not comply with England and Wales Building Regulations Part L 1 1 Calculated CO2 emission rate from notional building 115 KgCO2 m2 annum 1 2 Improvement factor 0 2 1 3 LZC benchmark 0 1 1 4 Target CO2 Emission Rate TER 82 8 KgCO2 m2 annum 1 5 Building CO2 Emission Rate BER 87 7 KgCO2 m2 annum 1 6 Are emissions from building less than or equal to the target BER gt TER 1 7 Are as built details the same as used in BER calculations Separate submission Criterion 2 The performance of the building fabric and the building services systems should be no worse than the design limits 2 1 Are th
48. HWS Lighting Please introduce concise supporting evidence for over writing default values Accept default Internal wall roof floor parameters based on age generic type thermal bridging based on use of accredited details Assessor walk through inspection Type of internal wall roof floor Inspection by Sales others particulars Technical Construction requlations date from building control approval documentation inspection On site measurements of input parameters for assessment Design or as built documentation External wall door glazing parameters derived from first principles from drawings and manufacturers info accredited details confirmed Other sources Comments Figure 84 The EPC Audit sub tab in the Asset Rating tab of the Ratings form Calculation Logs sub tab Log files for the SBEM calculation SBEM log the compliance checking module BRUKL BRUKL Iog and the EPC generator EPCgen EPCgen log can be viewed in this sub tab Figure 85 165 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 i Further i guidance ES iSBEM 3 5 a Ratings Example building General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM g Asset Rating EPC England al Building Rating Graphic rating Recommendations EPC Audit Calculation Logs Calculation Errors i Messages Supporting Documents SBEM log EPCgen log
49. LTHW boiler and fuel type as natural gas and then define the appropriate seasonal efficiency for the heating and energy efficiency For details please refer to BS 5925 1991 Code of Practice for Ventilation Principles and Designing for Natural Ventilation 108 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 ratio for the cooling SBEM will use natural gas for the heating and grid supplied electricity for the cooling If applicable you then need to define the mechanical ventilation at zone level for all the zones served by this system with a suitable ventilation SFP and heat recovery If you change the HVAC system type defined in your project from one that provides mechanical ventilation to one that does not or vice versa you must re visit the Ventilation sub tab of the Zones tab in the Building Services form for all the zones served by this HVAC System in order for all ventilation related parameters to be updated by the tool You may also wish to re define whether the ventilation is natural or mechanical in these zones following the change in the HVAC type see Section 7 6 8 Defining the zone specific building services Zones tab Heating system 3 Heat source Depending on the system type selected a selection of heat sources is offered For example if Single duct VAV is selected you need to choose between LTHW boiler MTHW boiler HTHW boiler Direct or storage electric heater Heat pump air source Heat pump grou
50. NCM 000 cccccsssesssseeeeeeeees 16 2 1 What is iSBEM SBEM and the NCM c ccccceeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaees 16 2 2 Calculation basics for UK Building Regulations compliance purposes 17 2 3 Calculation basics for UK Energy Performance Certificate purposes 19 2 4 Calculations for the Republic of Ireland Building Regulations purposes 21 2 5 Deciding whether SBEM is appropriate ccceeceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeees 21 2 6 Overview of how a building is defined in iSBEM ccceeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeees 22 3 ASSEMBLING REAL BUILDING DATA ccccccceseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeenneees 25 Sata MMCOMCHONG cada iat coe neste eens ac amen duane en 25 3 2 Tips for gathering information for ISBEM ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeees 26 3 3 Zoning guide How to zone your DUIIGING eee ee eeeeeeee eter eeeeeeeteeeeeeees 28 3 4 Measurement and other Conventions cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesneeeeeeees 30 3 5 ISBEM Nomenclature ccciinsnioiieelesieiiecsepeeinvilenethneets dies 32 3 5 1 Naming zones envelope elements windows and doors ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeess 32 3 5 2 Naming constructions and building services SYStOIMS ccsceseeeeeeeeeteennteeeeeeeeeennaaee 33 4 iSBEM BASICS GETTING STARTED 0 ccccccesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeneeees 34 4 1 System Requirements sicccivecneien ecentoteerl aon ictteel en
51. Re E ap EEAS aes deb eaa heeds 152 8 CALCULATING AND VIEWING THE ENERGY PERFORMANCE OF THE BUILDING THE RATINGS FORM AND OUTPUT REPORTS csssseeseeeeeteees 153 8 1 The Ratings LOU gen se IS ea Nee OE ne eee 153 8 1 1 Building Regulations Check tab o cccccessseccceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeseenanaeeeeeeeseseenaeeeeeeeseenae 154 8 1 2 ASSOU TAUNO TAD trace se nsee dey eton cach Goes NeaveSua sett eeap hea v efea seth erata weds 157 8 2 SBEM Output reports cace kage wokadaeaivedneacawaduwada 168 8 2 1 SBEM Main Output DOCUMENH A ceettene cece eeeennneeeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeeeetesenanaeeeeeeseeenaaee 170 8 2 2 SBEM BRUKL Output Document Compliance with Building Regulations 170 8 2 3 Data Reflection Report Actual BUINCING ccccccssscceeceeeseenttneeeeeeetesennsaeeeeeesenennaes 172 8 2 4 Data Reflection Report Notional BUICING 2 ssscccceeceeeeeetteeeeeeeteesnaeeeeeeeeenenaee 174 8 2 5 Technical Output Report Actual Building ccccccccesteteeeeeeeesnnnneeeeeeeeeseenneeeeeeeens 174 8 2 6 Technical Output Report Notional Building ccceeseeeeeeeeesennteeeeeeetesesntaneeeeeetes 175 8 2 7 Energy Performance Certificate cccceeseeneceeeeeeeennneeeeeeeeseneaaaeeeeeeeeseneaaeeeeeeeseneaae 175 8 2 8 Recommendations RODOKL scccccccceesesnnceceeeeeseennaceeseeeeeseseaaaaeseeeesseesaaaaeseeeeseeeaaae 176 8 2 9 Technical Output Report Reference Building 2
52. System Configuration sub tab 173 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 File Edit GoTo Favorites Help w Favorites 33 E Suggested Sites Web Slice Gallery Example building Complete_dr pdf a B v Page gt Safety Tools s B amp g ph iz 0 ofr ii rr Date Mon Jan 25 16 55 56 2010 Project name Example building Jurate ma Actes uvate Kim pamar Metal E jmo Gi ho fo jro Figure 90 Data Reflection report in pdf format for the actual building 8 2 4 Data Reflection Report Notional Building This report contains all the details on the notional building created by SBEM to compare with the actual building It has the same structure and functionality as the Data Reflection report in html for the actual building described above NB The Data Reflection Reports in html format are generated and the related access buttons become visible in the Ratings form only if the relevant box is ticked in the General form gt File Options tab gt System Configuration sub tab 8 2 5 Technical Output Report Actual Building This is a comma separated values csv file which can be opened using Microsoft Excel and is intended for those who wish to do a more in depth analysis of the results and create their own graphs It is accessible from the project folder as described in Sectio
53. USER_LIBRARY HLP p The User Library can be accessed by double clicking this icon 2 28 objects 4 40 6 MB 4 My Computer Figure 103 Location of the User defined construction library 1 How to add a construction type to your library and add this to iSBEM To add a construction to the User Library click into the Constructions form and follow the instructions starting by clicking on the create new construction button and finishing by updating the library in iSBEM 218 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 2 enter a unique name NB in iSBEM this name will be 1 click on the create new construction button proceeded with a To view all the constructions in your B User Library E library click here 3 select the nstructions Glazings Frames Construction Categories Sources fel envelope type A To delete a fwalloot yp onstructions pe diate j New Constructi Va 4 Update the SBEM click here floor door SS ma Construction Librar General 4 select the Ne category under _ 8 Click on this which you want Deitit button to this to appear in Emte wal Fe N update iSBEM iSBEM to add a Category Cavity wall full fill z with your new category see Source BRE Digest 465 M construction Section 5 of this appendix Ce 50 kJ m2K U value 0 25 Wm2k Does the construction E 5 select a contain metal cladding source to add a source to th
54. actual building These aspects are a The heating and hot water service is always met by a gas fired system irrespective of whether a fuel other than gas is used in the actual building or is even available in the locality of the actual building b The spaces in the Reference building have a fixed servicing strategy regardless of the strategy adopted in the actual building except if the corresponding space in the actual building is unconditioned see below Therefore e Each space is heated to the heating setpoints defined in the activity database irrespective of whether the particular space in the actual building 19 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 has heating provision or not except if the corresponding space in the actual building is unconditioned see below e Each space is cooled to a fixed cooling setpoint irrespective of whether the particular space in the actual building has cooling provision or not except if the corresponding space in the actual building is unconditioned see below e Each space which is unconditioned in the actual building will also be unconditioned in the reference building i e unheated and uncooled Each space is naturally ventilated irrespective of whether the corresponding guidance space in the actual building has natural or mechanical ventilation The CO emissions arising from the use of the fixed building services in the reference building in kgCO m annum are cal
55. aierinamicoee 34 4 2 Installing iSBEM on your COMPUtET eee eeeeeeeee eter ee eeeetteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaees 35 4 3 Opening SEEM ae re reae gears ell aen oat Ee AE e ARA EEE aa EEEE ENERE 35 4 4 Creating new and opening existing projects essssssserreresseerrrrrrnrreeeee 38 4 5 Gloso ISBEM s rreri nrn cite R hasan een E a tr ees 40 4 6 Getting assistance with using iSBEM sssssssserseeessssrserrnrrsssrrrrrrrnnerssee 42 5 TOUR OP ASB M e rae a rea ar ae a Aaaa Eanan a iadaaa a s iniiai 43 5 1 Introduction to the main forms in iISBEM ssssseesssessserreneesserrrrrrrnersserrree 43 5 2 Hierarchy of forms tabs and sub tabs in iSBEM cccccccccceeceeeeeeeeees 44 6 BASIC iSBEM FUNCTIONALITY AND THE HELP MENU cccceecesseees 47 6 1 Basic interface functionality and DUTtONS cece e tere eeteeeenneeeeeeees 47 6 2 ISBEM Help nann ase Acute ite ii tena n n a ra 50 7 ENTERING A BUILDING INTO iSBEM ccccceseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenneees 53 7 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 7 1 Order Ol data entry ease ec area Ne ees Be se a Se he idee eke Mens 53 7 2 Important note on the default values in iSBEM ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 54 TiS General foime icasisc cece a eeeieteiele Meehe etiam ave el he aw alae 55 7 3 1 File ODtONS ta x oss Jcvese cosy esas cet coes Jovy Gosgeaet ates dey e Ta OEE ofa etvadey dea AREE ERRE y EE 55 7 3 2 General Inform
56. an exterior space above z0 01 ci Ceiling of zone 0 01 i e there is an interior space above Table 6 Examples of building element names Recommendations if you set up your own nomenclature Use names which link subordinate parts of the construction e g windows to the element of which they are part Incorporate reminders about major distinctions like whether the wall is internal or external or unusual features like suspended floors over an exterior space Choose characters which avoid using shift keys e g avoid capital letters Other points on naming If you use the Quick Envelopes see Section 7 5 8 to create the walls roofs floors ceilings and windows the names are created automatically for you If you follow the suggested nomenclature for the zones the names for the walls floors windows etc will be exactly as described above If you choose another way of naming your zones the above endings will be added to your zone s name For example if you named your first zone room1 then the first north wall created for that zone would be automatically called room1 n It is not possible to have two elements with the same name If you try to use the same name twice iSBEM automatically renames the second element for you For example if you attempt to create a second zone named z0 01 or a second wall named z0 01 n iSBEM will rename them z0 01 1 and z0 01 n 1 respectively If yo
57. and Power in New Buildings Other than Dwellings For example the TER for an air conditioned space would be Crotional X 1 0 20 x 1 0 10 0 72 X Chotional i e an improvement of 28 over the emission rate of the notional building Potentially these improvement factors could be increased as future changes to the Building Regulations demand higher standards The compliance check is then based on the relative performance of the BER and TER A similar method is used for the Building Regulations in Scotland and Northern Ireland SBEM calculates the energy demands of each space in the building according to the activity within it Different activities may have different temperatures operating periods lighting standards etc SBEM calculates heating and cooling energy demands by carrying out an energy balance based on monthly average weather conditions This is combined with information about system efficiencies in order to determine the energy consumption The energy used for lighting and hot water is also calculated This requires information from the following sources Information Source Building geometry such as Assessor reads from drawings or direct areas orientation etc measurement Weather data Internal database Selection of occupancy For consistency these come from an internal profiles for activity areas Activity database assessor selects by choosing building type and activity from database for eac
58. and not a design tool If the performance of a particular feature is critical to the design even if it can be represented in SBEM it is prudent to use the most appropriate modelling tool for design purposes In any case SBEM should not be used for system sizing 2 2 Calculation basics for UK Building Regulations compliance purposes The calculation procedure required by the NCM is explained more fully in the National Calculation Methodology Manual SBEM complies with the NCM It is suitable for use with the majority of buildings but some designs will contain features that mean that more accurate energy calculations may be obtained by more sophisticated calculation methods In summary the Building Regulations compliance calculation compares the total energy consumption of the building and its services in kWh m annum expressed as carbon dioxide emissions of the building being evaluated its Building Emission Rate or BER with a target value Target Emission Rate or TER derived from similar calculations for a notional building where both emission values are in kgCO2 m annum The notional building has the following characteristics e The same geometry orientation and usage as the evaluated building e The amount of glazing in the notional building is however not the same as that in the evaluated building The area of glazing is a fixed percentage of every external wall and roof and is dependent on the building typ
59. are 14 locations for England and Wales 1 for Scotland and 1 for Northern Ireland 5 Stage of analysis whether as designed or as built This parameter is not enabled if the Scottish Regulations are selected in the Purpose of the Analysis parameter above Also only the option as built is available when the purpose of analysis is generating EPCs 60 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 6 Project complexity complexity of the building for the purposes of energy assessments for EPCs This parameter is active only if the Purpose of Analysis parameter is set to EPC England EPC Wales or EPC Northern Ireland The options available are e Level 3 simple existing buildings that can be modelled using SBEM e g small buildings such as converted houses or doctors surgeries e Level 4 new and existing buildings that can be modelled using SBEM e g small purpose built office buildings e Level 5 new and existing complex buildings that need to be modelled using Dynamic Simulation Models DSMs e g large office buildings or factories _ Further The decision of which level of assessor should be assigned to a particular building guidance should follow the agreed convention flow chart in APPENDIX G Further guidance NB If in doubt about whether iSBEM would be appropriate for modelling your building please contact your Accreditation S
60. be similar to that of other non domestic buildings NB Only the communal areas of apartment buildings containing self contained flats should be assessed for compliance using SBEM for example circulation areas using the Common circulation areas activity under the building type DWELLING The self contained flats themselves should be assessed using SAP for domestic buildings 39 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 amp iSBEM Basic Information Pe xi m Building Regulation amp EPBD parameters Purpose of analysis England and Wales Building Regulations Part L bd Weather location London M Stage of analysis JAs designed bd Building details Name of the project Project name Building type HOTEL z Help OK Figure 8 iSBEM Basic Information form Task 1 Start the application accept the terms and conditions select Open an Existing Project and click on OK You will now be within the Projects sub folder within the iSBEM_v3 5 a folder When you installed iSBEM you also automatically installed 2 files for the Example building the Example building Complete and the Example building Tutorial files Double click on the Example building Complete File You should now be within the interface which opens in the General form 4 5 Closing iSBEM There are two ways to close iSBEM circled in Figure 9 1 Goto the General form and
61. boiler z J Tick if this system also uses CHP Fuel type Natural Gas E m Do you know the effective heat generating eu es seasonal efficiency Tick if this HVAC system uses variable speed pump No use default value 0 89 il il Doos t quakiy tec UE ECAS Yes seasonal efficiency is aa JECA list after 2001 x rDo you know the generator radiant efficiency m Was it installed in or after 1998 _ Ease OEV ANe 04 C No Yes Record 14 4 J 1 gt gt a gt of 1 Figure 50 HVAC systems definition Heating sub tab NB Defining a bivalent system in iSBEM A bivalent heating system is one in which the heating is supplied by two different types of heat sources An example could be a heat pump with a gas boiler for backup Within iSBEM a fuel type and a seasonal efficiency have to be input in order for the SBEM calculation to produce the overall CO2 emissions per kWh of the total heating provided by the two heat sources First the proportion of the heating demand met by each heat generator needs to be estimated in a manner that can be justified to Building Control Then an efficiency equivalent to the 2 systems based on their respective loads efficiencies and emission factors obtained from ADL2A needs to be calculated Also in order to ensure that the notional building is correctly defined according to definition in ADL2A if the fuel of one of the 2 generators is gas it is necessary to
62. ccccccsccsseccsssecsssecessecesseessseecsseeceseessneeesaeees 76 Figure 34 General amp Geometry sub tab of Project tab in the Geometry fOri c cccccccsscceeseeeeseeeseees 77 Figure 35 Defining the global thermal Dridges scccscccssscessceesseteseecessecesseeeeeeseeeceseecesaeeeseessaeees 79 Figure 36 A zone being defined in the General sub tab of the Zones tab in the Geometry form 83 Figure 37 The Thermal Bridge sub tab of the Zones taD cccssccceseccessecessecesseeesseecessecsseecesaeeesneeeseees 85 Figure 38 Envelope Summary SUD tab ccccccccccsccsessecessecescecesneeesscecsscecsscecesseeeseecsaeecesaesesaeeeseeesaeees 86 Figure 39 A wall being defined in the General sub tab of the Envelope tab in the Geometry form 89 Figure 40 Windows amp Doors Summary SUD tAD cccceecceeseceeseeesseetesceceseecesseeesaeeseeecesaesesaeeesaeessaeees 91 Figure 41 Area ratio covered for the definition of roOflights cccccccssceeseecssceceseceseeesneessneeenaeees 93 Figure 42 A window being defined in the General sub tab of the Windows amp Rooflights tab in the Geometry JON Me n aaa cleans ee pa ae ted te sete R ARETA E RE EE E EO aE A TEATERN 94 Figure 43 Shading from overhangs and fins cccccscccescccsssecessceeessecsscecssnecesseeeseesscessseecesaeeeseessaeees 96 Figure 44 A Door being defined in the Doors taD scccccccesscceseecessecesnecesneeeseeseseeceseecesaecesseesseessaeees 98 Figure 45 The Quick Envelo
63. ceiling underneath it the zone height would be from top of floor to soffit height If there is a suspended floor the zone height would be measured from the floor surface rather than the slab underneath it 4 Building area The total building sum of zone areas floor area m This field is for data entry checking purposes only i e the value entered into this field is not used in any part of the calculation The user can compare this figure to the figure calculated by iSBEM and reported directly below Currently the total zone area is which is a sum of all the areas of the entered zones A red warning will appear if these values are not identical Section 6 Scotland Accredited Construction Details 5 Tick box to indicate if the building is designed and built following the guidance in Accredited Construction Details Scotland This parameter is active only if the Purpose of Analysis parameter is set to Scottish Building Regulations in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab Ticking the box indicates that the building which is being modelled in iSBEM is designed and built following the guidance in Accredited Construction Details Scotland Otherwise the box should not be ticked E isBeM v3 5 a Geometry Example building x General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Pro E Zones Envelope Doo
64. click on Exit iSBEM 2 Go tothe General form and click on the cross in the corner of the iSBEM screen the smaller window inside the main Microsoft Access window It is not advisable to exit by clicking the cross in the corner of the main Microsoft Access screen What to do if you close the application incorrectly or if there is a power cut If you click on the cross in the corner of the main Microsoft Access screen your work will not be saved to your project file but stored within a temporary file until the next time you open the interface When you do open the interface next you will be presented with the iSBEM Project Recovery dialogue box It asks you whether you want to continue working with the last project which was not closed properly Click on Yes and then when you are in the General form click on Save If you click No here all your changes will be lost If there is a power cut your work will be saved into the temporary file as described above and you should follow the same instructions for recovering your data 40 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 E5 iSBEM v3 5 a General Example building General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM General Information Actions bia File operations System configuration System configuration cont Local Area Network LAN Settings Helpline diagnosis C
65. d The first three groups of figures identify which envelope the door is attached to as described above The d stands for door And for name If there is more than one element which would have the same name all the following the above nomenclature 1 is added for the second above element and 2 is added to the third etc For example if there were elements two north walls in a zone z0 01 with the same orientation and type then the first wall would be named z0 01 n and the second would have a 1 added to the end and therefore be named z0 01 n 1 See Table 6 for examples Table 5 Suggested iSBEM nomenclature Name Description of element z0 01 Zone 01 on the ground floor 0 z0 01 n First North facing external wall of zone 0 01 z0 01 n 1 Second North facing external wall of zone 0 01 z0 01 n 2 Third North facing external wall of zone 0 01 z0 01 ni A North facing wall of zone 0 01 which is internal z0 01 nu A North facing underground wall of zone 0 01 z0 01 n g Glazing in the North external wall of zone 0 01 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 32 4Jun10 z0 01 n d Door in the North external wall of zone 0 01 z0 01 f Ground floor of zone 0 01 z0 01 fi Internal floor of zone 0 01 i e there is an interior space below z0 01 fe External floor of zone 0 01 i e there is an exterior space below z0 01 c Roof of zone 0 01 i e there is
66. distribution pipes between the solar energy system and the back up system insulated field enabled only if the solar pre heating type is a separate solar cylinder e Circulation system o Do you know the nominal power of the pumps B Nominal power of the pumps W Tab PV Systems Sub tab General PVS name PVS type PVS area m PVS multiplier PVS orientation e PVS inclination degrees Tab Wind Generators Sub tab General e Wind generator name e Terrain type e Horizontal axis o Diameter of blades m e Other axis o Area swept by blades m e Hub height m e Wind generator power kW Tab CHP Generator Sub tab General Fuel type Heat efficiency Electrical efficiency CHPQA Quality Index of building space heat supplied by CHP of building hot water supplied by CHP Is it a tri generation system o of building space cooling supplied by CHP o Chiller efficiency Tab Zones Sub tab HVAC HWS and Lighting systems HVAC system which services the zone Are there de stratification fans in the zone HWS which serves the zone Dead leg length for HWS in the zone m Sub tab Ventilation e Zonal ventilation system natural or mechanical field enabled if there is no mechanical ventilation at HVAC level o Heat recovery in the zone ventilation field enabled if there is mechanical ventilation at zone level B Heat recovery seasonal efficiency o Specific fan power for supply amp extract W I s field enabled if there is mechanica
67. energy efficiency ratio If you know the seasonal energy efficiency ratio SEER for the cooling generator it can be introduced manually into the interface Otherwise a default value will be used by SBEM Guidance on the calculation of the seasonal energy efficiency ratio can be found in the Non Domestic HVAC Guide published by CLG e The default value is based on whether or not the chiller or air conditioner is on the Energy Technology List ETL of the Enhanced Capital Allowance ECA scheme 5 Nominal energy efficiency ratio If you know the nominal energy efficiency ratio EER for the cooling generator it can be introduced manually into the interface Otherwise a default value will be used by SBEM for compliance checking Guidance on the nominal energy efficiency ratio can be found in the Non Domestic HVAC Guide published by CLG e The default value is based on whether or not the chiller or air conditioner is on the Energy Technology List ETL of the ECA NB The cooling generator seasonal energy efficiency ratio is the value used within SBEM to calculate the cooling energy while the cooling generator nominal energy efficiency ratio is the value used for compliance checking in BRUKL with the limiting standards from the HVAC compliance Guide 6 Tick box to indicate if the HVAC system has mixed mode operation strategy NB Mixed mode refers to a hybrid approach to space conditioning that uses a combination of na
68. f owing Acre ed C onstructia nDe tails he 5 are primarily of use for domestic type con ae ton Figure 31 The Project Zones Envelopes Doors and Windows amp Rooflights tabs in the Geometry form 7 5 1 Summary of how to define the geometry of a building There are 5 steps to defining the geometry of a building 1 Enter building scale information total floor area and global values which apply to most zones such as zone height and Psi values for thermal bridges This is done in the Project tab Section 7 5 1 Project tab Then for each zone 73 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 2 Create the zone This is done in the General sub tab of the Zones tab Section 7 5 3 Defining zones 3 Create its envelope elements There are two ways to create envelope elements walls floor and roof ceiling a Inthe Envelopes main tab Section 7 5 4 b Inthe Quick Envelopes sub tab of the Zones tab Section 7 5 8 4 Create any windows There are two ways to do this a Inthe Windows main tab Section 7 5 5 b Inthe Quick Envelope sub tab of the Zones tab at the same time as creating the envelope element it is part of Section 7 5 8 5 Create any external doors In the Doors tab Section 7 5 7 NB Internal windows and doors should not be entered into iSBEM The tabs in italics above are the main tabs of the Geometry form see Figure 31 It is important to understand how to introd
69. factor This is a measure of the actual electric power consumption to that usually measured by the electric metre results from the voltage and current variations being out of phase Select from lt 0 9 0 9 0 95 and gt 0 95 District Heating Parameters 4 Do you know the CO conversion factor of the district heating network This parameter is active only if District Heating is selected as the heat source and fuel type for any of the HVAC systems defined in the building If you select Yes then you can enter the value in kgCO2 kWh Otherwise a default value will be used NB The CO emission factor for district heating should reflect the average annual efficiency and fuel mix of the whole district heating system It should include all heat generating plants including any CHP generators any waste heat recovery or heat dumping the effect of heat 103 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 losses in distribution external to the building the emissions from electricity used for pumping and any other relevant carbon dioxide emissions The COz emission factors for the fuel s used by the district heating system should be taken from Table 2 of the Approved Document L2A Submission for Building Regulations compliance and the evidence collected by the EPC energy assessors should include a report signed by a suitably qualified person detailing how the emission factor for district heating has been derived N
70. file will not be generated However this does not apply if EPC Scotland has been selected as the Purpose of Analysis kA NB See APPENDIX E Activation codes and connection to EPCgen net for more guidance gui i epee The Building Rating sub tab then displays the following calculated results 1 The energy used per square metre KWh m annually by the actual notional and reference buildings for heating cooling auxiliary energy pumps fans and controls lighting and hot water 2 The total energy used per square metre KWh m annually by the actual notional and reference buildings in terms of electricity and fuel use 3 The resulting annual CO emissions kgCO2 m from the actual building BER the target Part L TER the typical building Stock average TYP and the standard emission rate SER For details on the definition of the reference and typical buildings SER and Part L target see Section 2 3 Calculation basics for UK Energy Performance Certificate purposes 4 The EPC bands corresponding to the annual COz emissions from the actual building the SER the target Part L TER and the typical building Stock average TYP 5 The EPC Rating Asset Rating of the actual building Also accessible from this sub tab is the Energy Performance Certificate the Recommendations Report the SBEM Main Output report the Data Reflection Report for the actual building and supporting recommendations in the form
71. fins and overhangs is the CEN standard EN 13790 Energy performance of buildings Calculation of energy use for space heating and cooling 95 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 a Vertical section b Horizontal section Key overhang angle fin angle Figure 43 Shading from overhangs and fins NB For the purposes of this calculation the angles alpha and beta indicated by the dashed lines in Figure 43 are taken between the plane of the window and the overhang or fin shadow line at mid window abhi Sew wt stew aM EW y 60 Table 10 Partial shading correction factor for overhang Fo Fin angle 45 Nlat SSN iat SN Ia s few n s jew N s ewf N Table 11 Partial shading correction factor for fins Ff 7 5 7 Defining doors Doors tab Only a zone s external doors need to be defined in iSBEM The Doors tab contains one sub tab e General sub tab 96 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 General sub tab This is where you need to enter the name of the door assign it to an envelope element and enter its area its construction type its additional thermal bridges if applicable and what type of door it is NB Internal windows and doors should not be entered into iSBEM For each door you will need to create a new record and add the following information 1 Further guidance Name As before the name must be unique and must indicate whi
72. for Communities and Local Government CLG has commissioned the National Calculation Methodology NCM for the energy performance of buildings The initial use of the NCM was for compliance with the 2006 amendments to Part L of the Building Regulations in England and Wales The NCM is required for compliance with Advisory Documents ADL1A and ADL2A but not for situations covered by ADL1B or ADL2B Similar amendments have been made in Scotland and Northern Ireland Scottish Building Regulations Section 6 and Northern Ireland Building Regulations Part F For dwellings the NCM consists of a new version of the existing Standard Assessment Procedure SAP This is not dealt with in this Guide SBEM iSBEM and the associated databases and files are an implementation of the non domestic building part of the NCM that is freely available to users Subject to certain licence conditions Other accredited software may be used if preferred but it is intended that SBEM and iSBEM should be applicable to the majority of buildings The initial versions of SBEM and iSBEM have principally been aimed at meeting Building Regulations requirements In later versions further features have been incorporated in order to allow them to be used to generate Energy Performance Ratings for existing non domestic buildings This manual describes how to use iSBEM to check for compliance with the 2006 Building Regulations and to generate an Energy Performance Certificate fo
73. ground and intermediate floors or soffit eaves h level at roof level 4 e For ground and intermediate floors hs Zone height is top of floor to top of floor Zone height is top of floor to e For top floors with flat roof h 2 soffit underside of roof slab 239 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 For top floors with pitched roof but flat ceiling Zone height is top of floor to underside of soffit eaves level U value is from under ceiling to outside roof including insulation wherever it is e that is consistent with the area being entered Area of gable wall is that below soffit eaves level ie length L4 x h4 e For top floors with pitched roof and dropped ceiling with or without insulation at ceiling level Zone height h is top of floor to underside of soffit eaves level not ceiling U value is from under ceiling to outside roof Side and end wall areas are calculated to soffit eaves level i e dropped ceiling is treated as though it is at soffit eaves level This convention has been adopted to avoid having to determine the relative levels of ceiling and soffit and confusion over where the insulation is placed e For rooms with pitched ceiling e g where ceiling is fixed in line of pitched roof Zone height h4 is top of floor to underside of soffit eaves level not aver
74. have been using to take a tour of the interface in Task 2 and open the tutorial version of the example Example building Tutorial file To do this go to the File Options tab in the General form and click Open an existing project You will then be asked if you want to save the complete version Click on Exit without saving You will then be presented with the start up options dialogue box Click on Select an existing project to open and then select Example building Tutorial File 7 1 Order of data entry Some items need to be defined before others in iSBEM For example the building fabric needs to be defined before the walls doors and windows can be fully described This hierarchy 53 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 between the different elements defined in iSBEM can be seen in Figure 1 Structure of SBEM objects However there is a degree of flexibility too Figure 17 shows which elements need to be entered before others and also gives a suggested order of data entry It is this order that is followed in the tutorial Necessary order of data entry Where in iSBEM a General certification details such as building s address and certifier s name as well as the weather location and the relevant Building Regulations b Build up database of construction and glazing types aseqejeq pealoig c Create the zones and define their basic dimensions d f Define th
75. information can be found in the Scottish Building Regulations Section 6 which can be accessed from http www sbsa gov uk tech handbooks th pdf _2007 Section 6 Non domestic 20072 pdf For Northern Ireland the EPC is very similar to that in England and Wales Please refer to www epb dfpni gov uk for further information on building regulations NB Communal areas that accompany units with independent heating systems when using iSBEM to produce an EPC Please refer to CLG s website at http Awww communities gov uk planningandbuilding theenvironment energyperformance energyperformancefaqs epccommercialfags named 7 which advises the following In the guidance mproving the Energy Efficiency of our Buildings A Guide to Energy Performance Certificates for the Construction Sale and Let of Non Dwellings section 4 2 2 scenario B1 a centre with conditioned central space and independent heating systems note was made of including a proportion of the energy consumption of the conditioned central space in the EPC for a unit The following advice should replace 4 2 2 scenario B1 in the guidance In practice where a centre has units and a common space all with independent heating systems one EPC can be provided by a seller or landlord for the whole building only if it is being sold or let as a whole Otherwise a seller or landlord should provide an EPC for the part or unit being sold or let plus an EPC for the common space The prospective bu
76. instrument Further Convention Convention for EPCs Electric room heaters guidance Beene Any form of fanned or unfanned electric room heater whether panel bar convector or storage heater shall have a user input heat generating seasonal efficiency of 1 i e 100 efficiency 2 Generator radiant efficiency this parameter is active if the HVAC system chosen is a radiant system It refers to the ratio of radiant heat output to energy input If you know the generator s radiant efficiency it can be introduced manually into the interface Otherwise a default value will be used by SBEM e The default value is based on whether or not the generator is on the Energy Technology List ETL of the ECA Figure 50 shows a heating system being defined m Available from http www planningportal gov uk uploads br BR_PDF_PTL NONDOMHEAT pdf www eca gov uk etl 113 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 E iSBEM v3 5 a Building Services Example building x General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM g Global and Defaults HVAC systems Hws ses Pys Wind generators Zones Record selector HVAC for the example building BIE qy General Heating Cooting System Adjustment Metering Provision System Controls Zone Summary Heating system C Yes radiant eff ciency Is l 0 4 Heat source LTH
77. introduction to the use of iSBEM an interface for SBEM Simplified Building Energy Model an approach for the National Calculation Methodology NCM for assessing the energy performance of buildings This guide includes e Anexplanation of the role of iSBEM in the NCM with a brief overview of the methodology e How to set up iSBEM to operate on your computer e How to work through the steps of the input e How to obtain the Building Regulations compliance document Specification Information for Scottish Building Regulations and how to obtain an Energy Performance Certificate and Recommendations report e Guidance on how to assemble the required information for your own building e A tutorial e How to convert files created with previous versions of iSBEM version to be compatible with the new version 3 5 a This guide does not include e A detailed description of the structure of the NCM e A full definition of the notional building which is used to assess compliance with Building Regulations and produce the rating required by the Energy Performance of Buildings Directive EPBD or the reference and typical buildings e A description of the contents of the NCM Construction Glazing or Activity area databases The above can be found in The NCM Manual which is available on CLG s website e A detailed description of SBEM the calculation engine to which iSBEM is an interface This is described in the SBEM Technical Ma
78. it is important that the crucial detail which decides the fuel that should be used by SBEM for the notional building is not lost for e g if natural gas is used anywhere in the building or if the majority of the thermal output is provided by a LZC technology Please refer to Section 2 2 Calculation basics for UK Building Regulations compliance purposes regarding the factors affecting the notional fuel Cooling sub tab In addition to the information entered in the General sub tab you can define the power rating and efficiency of the cooling system If they are not known default values will be used by the software The information is entered as follows Cooling System 1 Generator type If appropriate to your choice of system you will be given the option to select a cooling generator type from the drop down list Air cooled chiller Water cooled chiller Remote condenser chiller Heat pump gas oil or Heat pump electric 2 Generator kW This is the cooling generator s nominal electrical power and if applicable it needs to be selected from Up to 100kW 101 to 500kW 501 to 750kW and 751 to 3 5MW This field is not active if the cooling generator type selected is Heat pump gas oil or Heat pump electric 3 Fuel type Depending on your selected cooling generator type you will be given a selection of cooling fuel types to choose from for e g Natural gas LPG Biogas Oil or Grid supplied electricity 4 Seasonal
79. linear thermal transmittance For buildings in Scotland accredited construction details are given in the SBSA website http Awww sbsa gov uk 1 Accredited Construction Details for limiting thermal bridging and air leakage Details on http Awww communities gov uk 2 Design of metal roofing and cladding systems Guidance to complement Approved Documents L2A and L2B MCRMA Technical paper no 17 joint publication by MCRMA and EPIC 2006 3 Conventions for calculating temperature factors and linear thermal transmittance in preparation 7 5 3 Defining zones Zones tab The first step in defining the geometry of a zone is to create the zone in the Zones tab of the Geometry form NB For building regulations calculations purposes we recommend that users generally avoid creating more than 100 150 zones in iSBEM However the processing time will depend on the total number of objects not just zones i e Zones envelopes windows etc Note that for building regulations compliance checking the calculation has to generate 2 buildings the actual and notional so the number of objects all the zones envelopes windows etc that the calculation has to process is multiplied by 2 while for the asset rating to be calculated for an EPC 4 buildings need to be generated actual notional typical and reference i e all the objects in the input are multiplied by 4 to give the total number of objects being processed by SBEM H
80. need to input the heat loss coefficient in W K in the box that will become active This is the overall heat loss coefficient of all pipes in the solar loop including pipes between collectors and array pipes between the collector array and the solar storage tank s If the pipe and insulation for the solar loop are known the overall heat loss coefficient of all the pipes in the solar loop can be calculated accordingly see for instance John A Duffie and William A Beckman Solar Engineering of Thermal Process Wiley Interscience ed 1991 128 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 E iSBEM v3 5 a Building Services Example building x General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM _ Global and Defaults HVAC systems HWS SES pvs Wind generators Zones Record selector sesT EEE oy 2 Collector parameters Solar storage amp Collector loop Auxiliary energy amp Distribution losses Solar storage Collector loop Solar storage volume 50 litres m Do you know the heat transfer rate of the heat exchanger in the collector loop There is no heat exchanger Solar pre heating type Combined cylinder ls hiar y No use default value Insulation type Factory insulated z C Yes value is 0 Wyk Thickness 2 mm m Do you know the overall heat loss coefficient of all pipes in the collector loop No use default value
81. non dwellings which can be accessed from www communities gov uk publications planningandbuilding nondwelling NB For Scotland the EPC also displays the top 6 of the short payback NCM recommendations If there are user defined or user edited recommendations then the EPC will display up to 3 user recommendations with the shortest payback and the top 3 of the short payback NCM recommendations NB For Scotland the EPC can also display the potential rating and energy band with improvements if input by the Energy Assessor SBEM does not calculate the potential improved rating with recommendations This value is input by the user If the Energy Assessor does not want a question mark to appear in the Ratings form and the EPC the improved rating value needs to be entered by the Energy Assessor in the Rating with improvements field in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab Energy Assessors can use iSBEM to arrive at that rating value by making a copy of the original completed nct file containing the building model in iSBEM in which they can implement their selected recommendations out of the Recommendations report whether NCM or added by the Energy Assessor run the calculation and obtain the potential improved rating They can then input that same value in the original nct file of the building as described above and re run the calculation for the value to appear on the original EPC for Scotland e Administ
82. of a secondary not for official submission report only available for the generation of EPCs for England Wales and Northern Ireland See Sections 8 2 1 SBEM Main Output Document 8 2 3 Data Reflection Report Actual Building 8 2 7 Energy Performance Certificate 8 2 8 Recommendations Report and 8 2 11 SBEM Secondary Recommendations Report NB The Data Reflection Reports in html format are generated and the related access buttons become visible in the Ratings form only if the relevant box is ticked in the General form gt File Options tab gt System Configuration sub tab NB If any changes are made to a project i e input parameters the Calculate EPC Rating button needs to be clicked on again upon returning to this tab in order to update the results as the results figures are not refreshed automatically NB You must close all output files before re running the calculation so the software can over write them Otherwise an error message will be produced Figure 79 shows the Building Rating sub tab in the Asset Rating tab of the Ratings form for England and Wales and Figure 80 shows the same for Scotland The message at the bottom of the screen indicates that there are no critical un assignments in the project If there were the user would need to click on the Objects Report button identify the un assignment make the correction in the appropriate part of iSBEM then return to this page and then click the Ca
83. of the Reference building see Section 2 3 Calculation basics for UK Energy Performance Certificate purposes EPCs for unconditioned buildings see Section 2 3 Calculation basics for UK Energy Performance Certificate purposes Downloading and installing PatchO1and Patch02 see Section 4 2 Installing iSBEM on your computer System configuration tab in the General form gt File Options tab has been split into 2 tabs to accommodate new tick boxes see Section 7 3 1 File Options tab A new tick box in the General form gt File Options tab gt System Configuration cont sub tab to control the clearing of the contents of the Quick Envelopes tab see Section 7 3 1 File Options tab and 7 5 8 Quick Envelopes tab Short cut to creating envelopes and windows A new tick box in the General form gt File Options tab gt System Configuration cont sub tab to switch between defining the glazing using areas or percentages in the Quick Envelopes tab see Section 7 3 1 File Options tab and 7 5 8 Quick Envelopes tab Short cut to creating envelopes and windows A new sub tab for Helpline Diagnosis see Section 7 3 1 File Options tab A new button to allow importing the Assessor Details from a previous version of iSBEM see section 7 3 2 General Information tab A new sub tab for Air Conditioning Inspection data see Section 7 6 1 Global and Defaults tab New sub tab for viewing Calculation Logs in the Ratings form see Section 8 1 1 Bu
84. or cooling e g plant rooms storage spaces exposed circulation 102 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 spaces If you do not know the type of the HVAC system in your existing building or its detailed parameters you should instead select one of the following default options from the drop down menu see Section 7 5 3 Defining zones Zones tab e Heating only Electric resistance Heat generated by passing current through resistance wire Assumed to be electric central heating system with warm air distribution Fan storage heaters and electric fan converters should be input by defining an HVAC system in the Building Services form gt HVAC Systems tab gt General sub tab and selecting the system type Other local room heater fanned If you do not know the heating method i e whether a heated only building uses electricity or a fuel based heating system you should select electric resistance heating as your default e Heating only Other systems Assumed to be wet radiator system heat generated by fuel combustion Pumps assumed to be powered by grid supplied electricity If you know the fuel type used by the heating system you can define it in this sub tab Figure 46 e Heating and mechanical cooling Assumed to be constant volume air system with terminal reheat and fixed fresh air Refrigeration chillers fans and pumps assumed to be powered by grid supplied electricity If you know the fuel ty
85. or you can use the multiplier field The principal way to define the windows is in the main Windows amp Rooflights tab Rooflights are considered in the same way as windows in SBEM There is only one sub tab in the Windows amp Rooflights tab e General sub tab 91 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 General sub tab This is where you need to enter the window name assign it to an envelope element enter the glazing type area shading system transmission factor and details of any additional thermal bridges NB Internal windows and doors should not be entered into iSBEM For each window you will need to create a new record and add the following information 1 Name As before the name must be unique and should indicate which wall it is to be attached to see Section 3 5 iSBEM Nomenclature for more information 2 Multiplier Indicate how many windows identical to this one exist in the selected envelope element Remember that this would also multiply all of its associated additional thermal bridges during the calculation 3 In Envelope Here you need to select from the drop down box which envelope element this window is in be it a wall or a roof 4 Glazing type Here you need to select the type of glazing When you click on the drop down menu to the right of the glazing field you will be presented with all the glazing types that you already defined in the Project Database form as well as a de
86. quite pessimistic and cannot be edited by the user NB Indirectly heated spaces For spaces such as corridors or access areas which are not serviced by an HVAC system i e have no direct supply of heating or cooling but are likely to be indirectly conditioned by the surrounding areas due to the high level of interaction with those spaces allowing the heated air to move freely from the directly conditioned spaces to the indirectly conditioned ones they should be considered heated or conditioned indirectly by the same HVAC system that supplies the most important surrounding area In this case you should assign the HVAC system of the main adjacent space to that indirectly conditioned zone also although the space is not directly conditioned the energy to overcome any losses from or gains to it is still required via the conditioned zone and therefore has to be included in the calculation An example of this would be an open corridor to heated offices or a stairwell next and open to offices i e which might have a few envelope elements but is mostly open to the surrounding conditioned areas and which is not directly conditioned but is conditioned through the movement of air and heat from the adjacent offices into the corridor Furthermore envelope elements between a directly conditioned space and an indirectly conditioned space should be labelled as adjacent to a conditioned adjoining space and not to an unheated adjoining space
87. requires an improvement factor to be applied to the notional building s performance together with a factor to encourage the application of low and zero carbon technologies The following equation and table of factors are extracted from the Approved Document L2A Conservation of Fuel and Power in New Buildings Other than Dwellings TER Chotional X 1 improvement factor x 1 LZC benchmark Where Chotional iS the CO emissions rate from the notional building 17 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 Improvement factor is the required improvement in energy efficiency expressed as CO3 emissions as given in column a of Table 1 appropriate to the classes of building services in the proposed building If different areas of the proposed building have different classes of building services then the level of improvement should be calculated by applying the relevant improvement factor to each separate activity area individually LZC benchmark is the benchmark provision for low and zero carbon LZC energy sources as given in column b of Table 1 Building services strategy a Improvement factor b LZC benchmark Heated and naturally ventilated and 0 15 0 10 spaces with no heating or ventilation Heated and mechanically ventilated 0 20 0 10 Air conditioned 0 20 0 10 Table 1 Improvement factors and LZC benchmarks for use in the TER equation Approved Document L2A Conservation of Fuel
88. selector 20 02 l Eea _HVAC HWS amp Lighting systems Ventilation Exhaust Lighting General Lighting Controls Display Lighting What information is available on lighting Full lighting design carried out Total wattage Design illuminance Lug C Lighting chosen but calculation not carried out l Lumens per circuit wattage Lighting parameters not available Are air extracting luminaires fitted Lamptype Define in any case re 25 mm diameter halophosphate coated fluores C Yes No or don t know Record 14 4 2 gt t gt of 19 Figure 69 Defining the zone lighting characteristics in the Lighting General sub tab Lighting Controls sub tab In this sub tab each zone needs to be selected and the controls relating to its lighting need to be defined 1 Light controls Here you need to indicate whether there are No local controls i e the lighting is centrally controlled according to the occupancy schedules from the NCM Activity Database for the activity selected for this particular zone Local manual switching and or Photoelectric controls present by ticking none both or one of the two tick boxes respectively Local manual switching is where the occupants can control their own luminaries individually and each light switch must be less than six metres from the luminaries it controls it could be a hand held controller such as infra red If the Photoe
89. such as how to close iSBEM how to name the building objects or how to go about describing a roof Most of this information can also be found in this User Guide Help Topics window Figure 14 All of the Help topics are listed in the Help Topics window It contains three screens from which you can navigate to your chosen topic the Contents screen the Index screen and the Find screen e The Contents screen lists all the entries under the iSBEM form tab or sub tab to which they relate or under the How to menu iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 50 4Jun10 e The Index screen lists all the entries in alphabetical order e The Find screen contains a search engine which brings back all the Help entries which contain in their contents a given word or phrase Entries listed under the Entries listed Find facility allows the user form tab to which they in to search for a given word or relate or under the How alphabetical phrase in their content or the to menu order Help entries Help Topics iSBEM National Earculation Methodology Contents Index Find Click a topic and then click Display Or click another tab such as Index Background Information D General BIE Project Database 2 Project Database Form gt Construction For Walls Construction For Roofs Construction For Floors oO Construction For Doors Glazing Geometry D Buil
90. systems There are frequently significant opportunities for energy and carbon savings in these areas and a full energy audit to identify them is strongly recommended 163 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 NB Once a recommendation has been edited by the user it can no longer be displayed in the Recommendations Report as being automatically generated by the calculation and so cannot appear in any of the first 3 tables It must appear in the fourth table containing the users added or edited recommendations This is the case if the tick to edit box is ticked for a recommendation even if no changes are actually made or comments are added by the user after ticking the box E iSBEM v3 5 a Ratings Example building General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Asset Rating EPC England Eva Building Rating Graphic rating Recommendations Epc Audit Calculation Logs Calculation Errors a Messages Supporting Documents ee Recommendati C AINCM All C All C Only from Report Category OTHER 1 Code USER Delete Reccommendation Recommendation Energy impact UNKNOWN Assessor comments C02 impact UNKNOWN CO2 saved per spent UNKNOWN z Payback Applicable to BUILDING zf Pay back years UNKNOWN z Record K 4 f iz gt a gt of 1 Figure 83 The Recommendations sub tab in the
91. the Purpose of Analysis in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab The Asset Rating tab has eight sub tabs e Building Rating sub tab e Graphic Rating sub tab e Recommendations sub tab e EPC Audit sub tab e Calculation Logs sub tab e Calculation Errors sub tab e Messages sub tab e Supporting Documents sub tab Building Rating sub tab The Asset Rating is calculated by clicking on the Calculate EPC Rating button This runs the data through the SBEM calculation engine and the Energy Performance Certificate Generator EPCgen NB Please note that depending on your Accreditation Scheme Provider in order to generate the XML message for official lodgement and remove the watermark from the EPC and the Recommendations Report or in order to generate the IAS file required by your Accreditation Scheme Provider your computer must be connected to the internet and you may depending on your Accreditation Scheme Provider need to enter your Energy Assessor EPCgen net Activation Code into the General form gt General Information tab gt Energy Assessor Details sub tab gt Energy Assessor Details sub form See Section 7 3 2 General Information tab If 157 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 there is no internet connection and or the Activation Code has not been entered then the XML message will not be generated the output files produced will contain the watermark and the IAS
92. the HVAC system along with the zones envelopes windows and doors The System type selected in the General sub tab automatically brings with it some assumptions For example whether mechanical ventilation is an integral part of the system and the degree of local time and temperature control that is or can be provided The majority of system types used in UK buildings can be found in the system type drop down box However there are a few systems which require further guidance such as VRF with natural ventilation Select Split or multi split system and then adjust the efficiencies in the Heating and Cooling sub tabs to values suitable for the VRF VRF with mechanical ventilation Select Split or multi split system and then adjust the efficiencies in the Heating and Cooling sub tabs to values suitable for the VRF and define mechanical ventilation at zone level If Chilled ceiling is selected the default assumption is that there is displacement ventilation o Chilled ceiling with no mechanical ventilation Select Chilled ceilings or passive chilled beams and displacement ventilation and then set the specific fan power to zero o Chilled ceiling with mixing ventilation Select Chilled ceilings or passive chilled beams and displacement ventilation and then use twice the actual specific fan power in order to capture the effect of the higher ventilation rate If your HVAC system is a high ve
93. the zone s lighting and ventilation strategy Project This tab requires information on the electric power factor and lighting controls m Figure 15 Help Entries window 52 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 7 ENTERING A BUILDING INTO iSBEM This chapter takes you through each of the iSBEM data entry forms consecutively the General Project Database Geometry and Building Services forms giving guidance on what information is required at each stage For this section of the tutorial you will be using the Example building Tutorial file Some of the information for the Example building has already been entered into this file but in each step there will be a few fields that need to be filled in The Example building The Example building is a two storey rectangular building A coffee shop and a supermarket are located on the ground floor while the first floor is office space The original drawings for each floor as well as the characteristics of the building fabric are shown in APPENDIX A A 3D view of the Example building is shown in Figure 16 Figure 16 3D view of the Example building Before continuing with the tutorial it is recommended that you have a brief read through APPENDIX A to familiarise yourself with the building and in particular how the building has been zoned Task 3 Close the completed version of the example Example building Complete File that you
94. this sub tab the following information can be entered Figure 21 Proxy Server 1 Tick box to indicate whether a proxy server is used by a Local Area Network for connecting your computer to the Internet If the box is ticked i e a proxy server is used then the following fields become active a Address the URL address of the proxy server used b Port the port of the proxy server used c Tick box to indicate whether the proxy server requires a password If the box is ticked then the following field becomes active i User name the user name for the proxy server ii Password the password for the proxy server NB All information on the proxy server if one is used should be available from your IT Department 57 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 NB For assessors accredited by an Accreditation Scheme Provider that allows Energy Assessors to generate the final EPC documents for lodgement through the Energy Assessors computers Please note that in order to generate the XML message for official lodgement and remove the watermark from the EPC and the Recommendations Report your computer must be connected to the internet and you need to enter your Energy Assessor EPCgen net Activation Code into the General form gt General Information tab gt Energy Assessor Details sub tab gt Energy Assessor Details sub form see Section 7 3 2 General Information tab If there is no internet connection and
95. to the cold upper duct by means of a phase change in the refrigerant Thermal wheel A thermal wheel comprises a cylinder packed with a suitable heat transfer medium that rotates slowly within an airtight casing which bridges the ducts between which heat is to be transferred Run around coil Finned air to water heat exchangers are installed in the ducts between which the heat is to be transferred A pumped water or water glycol for freeze protection circuit is used to transfer heat from the warm extract air to the cooler supply air or vice versa in summer Table 12 Definitions of heat recovery options in iSBEM 109 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 8 Heat recovery seasonal efficiency This parameter is active if a heat recovery system is selected i e the previous parameter is not set to No heat recovery If you know the heat recovery efficiency it can be introduced manually into the interface Otherwise a default value corresponding to the selected heat recovery system type will be used by SBEM NB If the SFP was calculated or measured for a mechanical ventilation system that already included heat recovery then that is the value you enter into iSBEM If the SFP was calculated or measured for a mechanical ventilation system before a heat recovery system was added on then you need to add 0 15 to the SFP for a thermal wheel system and 0 3 for any of the other heat recovery options in iSBEM to acc
96. version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 your computer The default path C Program Files shown in Figure 19 should be fine for most systems If however you have a different configuration on your computer and the reports are not created you will need to manually edit the configuration in this tab to reflect the settings on your computer iSBEM also needs to know the folder where the projects and the iSBEM output reports will be saved This is specified by the Project Files folder The default path shown in Figure 19 should be fine for most systems If however the reports are not created you will need to manually edit the configuration in this tab E iSBEM v3 5 a General Example building A x General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM File Options General Information Actions R File operations System configuration System configuration cont Local Area Network LAN Settings Helpline diagnosis In order to run the htm reports iSBEM needs to know the Program Files folder path The default value should be OK for most systems Change to your system s Program Files folder in case the htm reports do not work a mn Program Files folder C Program files Project Files folder App Path Projects Figure 19 The System Configuration sub tab System Configuration cont sub tab This sub tab Figure 20 contains tick boxes wh
97. 01northeast n g 5 4 z1 01northeast e 18 z1 01northeast e g 5 4 z1 01northeast fi 36 z1 01northeast c 36 z1 01east 108 z1 01east e 54 z1 01east e g 16 2 z1 01east fi 108 z1 01east c 108 z1 01southeast 36 z1 01southeast e 18 z1 01southeast e g 5 4 z1 01southeast s 18 z1 01southeast s g 5 4 z1 01southeast fi 36 z1 01southeast c 36 z1 01south 225 5 z1 01south s 114 z1 01south s g 34 2 z1 01south si 7 5 z1 01south ei 3 z1 01south wi 3 z1 01south fe 27 5 z1 01south fi 198 z1 01south c 225 5 z1 01southwest 36 z1 01southwest s 18 z1 01southwest s g 5 4 z1 01southwest w 18 z1 01southwest w g 5 4 z1 01southwest fi 36 z1 01southwest c 36 z1 01west 108 z1 01west w 54 z1 01west w g 16 2 z1 01west fi 108 z1 01west c 108 z1 01northwest 36 z1 01northwest n 18 z1 01northwest n g 5 4 z1 01northwest w 18 z1 01northwest w g 5 4 z1 01northwest fi 36 z1 01northwest c 36 z1 01centre 614 z1 01centre ei 54 z1 01centre wi 54 z1 01centre fe 20 z1 01centre fi 594 z1 01centre c 614 z1 01centre ni 7 5 z1 01centre si 7 5 21 02 50 21 02 ni 7 5 21 02 ei 60 21 02 si 7 5 21 02 wi 30 21 02 wi 1 30 z1 02 fi 50 185 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 z1 02 c 21 03 25 21 03 ni 21 03 ei 21 03 si 21 03 wi z1 03 fe z1 03 c 50 7 5 30 7 5 30 25 25 Other information Window to wall 30 Door area m 3 75 Table 17 Zoning summary and dimensions of the Example building iSBEM version 3 5 a
98. 0S 8Ol e IPeuonoN TEE 96 S anjea eydy Ge 680 82L 130 Gee Ge9 92 6 66 Gaz jenjoy 19 0 ZEO yeu onean obeay yo p ilddns pu9 L49 seo reanyen L4H 91109 MHL SH AVA NP 2 6uls 15 gE oZ9z Z9 ELEL M M B9URONpUD D abesony 0 0 GL 0 0 Pel 0 jeuonoy OL 8 ed0S zwy gw uoyeqyuy 0 0 0 0 oP 0 0 GO 0 jenjoy vio v19 PLIM Ayoujoe13 perddng pig 149 Wo LLAH 2104 MH17 SH Bunoog 40 BuneoH oN 1S goer 80er zw ease aun a335 435 83355 43355 ZUMA ZW 4MA ZUMA ZUN ZUN oo6z oo6z ew easy u joop ue6 yee Joop H UOO xny UD joop UOD eaH wap joop Wep jee edd weyshs JEUOCIION jenjpoy JULWOJI d SWAS S DYAH siajoweseg jeqo y Buipyjing Buipjing euoNON SA jenjov 1394S Lq jeoTUYyda1 4Jun10 212 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume APPENDIX B iSBEM file conversion If you want to open and edit files created with previous versions of iSBEM version 1 0 1 0 b 1 1 a 1 2 a_b01 1 2 a 2 0 b 2 0 c 2 9 b 3 0 a 3 0 b 3 0 e 3 0 f 3 1 a 3 2 6 3 3 a or 3 3 using this current version v3 5 a you will need to convert them first The file conversion tool is downloaded and installed to your computer at the same time as you download and install the new version of iSBEM There are 6 stages to converting the files 1 Open the file conversion tool Double click on the nct_convert_3 5 a mdb file in the iSBEM_v3 5 a folder as shown in Figure 97
99. 17 enter all the required parameters Do this for the window in zone z0 01west z0 01west w g Viewing deleting and copying windows in the Windows amp Rooflights tab To view the windows that you have created you need to click on the record selector in the main windows tab A drop down list will then appear showing all of the windows that you have defined in that project To the right of the window s name will be the names of the envelope element which that window is part of followed by the name of the zone to which the envelope belongs Note that the first line in the drop down box reads Select action or window from the list This refers to actions that will be available in future versions of the tool for example sorting by envelope element To delete a window you need to select it using the record selector and then click on the Delete Record button If you press the Copy Record button you will copy the selected window The new window will be automatically named for you it will be the name of copied window 1 Once it has been created you can change its name 94 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 Task 10 View the window that you have created for zone z0 01west in the Windows main tab AND in the Windows Summary tab First using the record selector in the main Windows tab view the windows that have been created in this project You should be able to see 7 6 already created for you p
100. 1north n lt c gt Constructions lt g gt glass lt wi gt z0 O1north n g lt hws gt HW Systems lt s gt Solar Systems lt w gt z0 01lnorth e lt p gt PY generators lt wg gt Wind generator lt d gt z0 O1lnorth e d ehas CUN m iebame lt f gt z0 01north ci lt fy 7N Ninorth f Zl serye Figure 72 Selections tab in the Building Navigation form iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 146 4Jun10 7 7 2 Object Properties tab In this tab Figure 73 if any of the objects listed in the Object tree window is highlighted more details about that object s properties appear in the Objects properties window on the right For example if the highlighted object is an envelope the details displayed will be its area construction and the condition of the adjoining space etc E iSBEM v3 5 a General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About men About iSBEM lt wi lt r gt lt f gt lt w gt lt w gt lt w gt lt d gt lt f gt lt f gt lt z gt lt w gt lt w gt lt w gt lt w gt lt r gt lt f gt lt w gt lt z gt lt w gt lt W lt w gt lt w gt lt r gt lt f gt lt h gt chy Building Navigator Example building gt z1 01lnorthwest w g z1 0lnorthwest c z1l Olnorthwest fi Zones without HVAC systen z0 02 s z0 02 ei
101. 26 Jan 2010 Valid for a period not exceeding 10 years This certificate is a requirement of EU Directive 2002 91 EC on the energy performance of buildings NB THIS CERTIFICATE MUST BE AFFIXED TO THE BUILDING AND NOT REMOVED UNLESS REPLACED WITH AN UPDATED VERSION AND FOR PUBLIC BUILDINGS DISPLAYED IN A PROMINENT PLACE 209 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 A 11 Sample Specification Information Document for Scottish Building Regulations SBEM Specification Information Scottish Building Regulations Section 6 Guidance Carbon Dioxide Emissions U Values Air Permeability and HVAC Project name Example building Date Tue Jan 26 16 23 31 2010 Administrative information Building Details Owner Details Address 56 London Road LONDON SW23 1HA Name John Jones Telephone number 987654321 Certification tool Address 53 London Road LONDON SW23 1HA Calculation engine SBEM Calculation engine version v3 4 b Agent details Name lt ea name gt Telephone number lt ea phone gt Address lt ea address gt lt ea city gt XXXX XX Interface to calculation engine iSBEM Interface to calculation engine version v3 4 b Compliance check version v3 4 b 1 Predicted CO2 emission from proposed building 1 1 Calculated CO2 emission rate from notional building 115 7 KgCO2 m2 annum 1 2 Improvement factor 0 2 1 3 LZC benchmark 0 1 1 4 Target CO2 Emission Rate TER 83 3 KgCO2 m2 an
102. 3 5 a General Example building Project Database Geometry y Building Service ae Building Navigation y Tab Sub o g o 5 TOUR OF iSBEM The interface consists of a number of screens into which the data for a building needs to be entered This chapter gives an overview of these screens 5 1 Introduction to the main forms in iSBEM If you have completed Task 1 you should now be within the interface in the General form The iSBEM opening screen Figure 12 gives access to seven main forms e General e Project Database e Geometry e Building Services e Ratings e Building Navigation e About iSBEM About iSBEM Project Databa General Information Actions Q File operations System configuration System configuration cont Local Area Network LAN Settings Helpline diagnosis Create a new project Exit iSBEM Open an existing project Save current project Name and location of currently open nct file Save AS Current file C NCM iSBEM_v3 5 a Projects Example building Complete Example building Complete nct Further Figure 12 The seven forms in iSBEM guidance 43 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 ae iSBEM the name of the form currently open and the name of the project This bar is always visible in all the form tabs and sub tabs of the interface Below is a summary of the data which needs to be entered into each for
103. 3 or 4 pipe and changeover or non changeover e Induction systems f Constant volume systems CAV fixed or variable fresh air rate g Multizone hot deck cold deck systems h Constant volume systems terminal reheat i Constant volume systems dual duct j Chilled ceilings or passive chilled beams plus displacement ventilation k Active chilled beams 1 Water loop heat pump systems e g Versatemp Is there an air conditioning system present that incorporates centralised air YES supply as an integral component A Level 3 assessment can therefore be carried out 236 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 Accompanying Notes to Assessment Level Decision Flow Chart including agreed definitions Air Permeability Air permeability is expressed as volume flow per hour m h of air supplied to the space per square metre m of envelope area for an internal to external pressure difference of 50 Pa i e 25 m hm at 50Pa Atrium In this context a non continuously occupied interior space within a building often several storeys high bounded on at least one side by occupied spaces set to the conditions determined from the activity database There may or may not be building elements such as glazing surrounding the atrium although there may need to be something for smoke control in case of fire The atrium itself is not maintained to the conditions set by the activity database for adjoining spaces The technica
104. 363 2 and ISO 15099 provide methods of determination of the total solar 71 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 energy transmittance of glazing equipped with solar protection devices For more information see also section 11 4 of the CEN Standard prEN wi 14 E iSBEM v3 5 a Project Database Example building General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Constructions for Walls Constructions for Roofs Constructions for Floors Construstid Click here to insert a new wall type Constr selector External wall 3 Click here to delete the current construction General Assigned Name Extemal wall Tl Tick if it involves Metal Cladding Generally used in walls that connect the zone to Exterior gt What would you like to do p Construc Strongly ventilated spaces y Unheated adjoining space Lateq Conditioned adjoining space Help with Inference procedures _ Underground Same space C Import one from the library Introduce my own values U value 0 24 W m2K Sector Ka 51 kJ m2K Building Reg Comp Note that this value was called Cm General Description Cavity wall bricks blocks in previous versions Record 14 4 f i gt a gt of 2 Figure 30 An external wall being defined in the Constructions for Walls tab Task 4 Define each of the construction types Fabric details for the Examp
105. 4 06 10 ISBEM An Interface for SBEM Simplified Building Energy Model Part of the N ational Calaulation M hodology SBE M for assessing the E nergy Performance of Buildings A User Guide to iSBEM UK Volume iSBEM version 3 5 a 4 June 2010 eq Communities and Local Government ee e iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 Version history User guide version For iSBEM version 22 December 2005 1 0 24 January 2006 1 0 b 9 March 2006 1 0 b 11 May 2006 1 1 a 4 October 2006 124 6 April 2007 2 0 a 30 April 2007 2 0 b 18 May 2007 2 0 c 2 4 November 2007 2 9 b 6 February 2008 3 0 a 12 February 2008 3 0 b 1 April 2008 3 1 a g July 2008 3 2 b 10 November 2008 3 3 a 23 December 2008 3 3 b 29 April 2009 3 4 a 15 May 2009 3 4 a 26 May 2009 3 4 a 1 March 2010 3 5 a 4 June 2010 3 5 a Key changes and additions from previous versions of the User Guide Changes and additions in 4 June 2010 version 3 5 a Further 1 Further explanation or clarification of existing parameters and functionality of iSBEM guidance i This Further guidance icon shown in the left margin is used to indicate these items in TA the text e Commercial EPC conventions added These are conventions agreed between Accreditation Schemes and endorsed by CLG in order to encourage consistency between EPC ratings generated by different assessors
106. 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 Add optimum start stop to the heating system Code EPC H 7 Energy Impact LOW CO2 Impact LOW CO2 Saved per Spent FAIR Applicable to HYAC tor the example building Comments Add weather compensation controls to heating system Code EPC H8 Energy Impact LOW CO2 Impact LOW CO2 Saved per Spent POOR Applicable to HVAC for the example building Comments Recommendations for COOLING COOLING accounts for 30 8 of the CO2 emissions The overall energy performance of COOLING provision is GOOD The overall CO2 performance of COOLING provision is GOOD The average energy efficiency of COOLING provision is GOOD The average CO2 efficiency of COOLING provision is GOOD The defaultchiller efficiency is chosen It is recommended that the chiller system be investigated to gain an understanding of its efficiency and possible improvements Code EPC C1 Energy Impact LOW CO2 Impact LOW CO2 Saved per Spent GOOD Applicable to Whole building Comments The default chiller efficiency is chosen It is recommended that the chiller system be investigated to gain an understanding of its efficiency and possible improvements Code EPC C1 Energy Impact LOW CO2 Impact LOW CO2 Saved per Spent GOOD Applicable to HVAC for the example building Comments Recommendations for HOT WATER HOT WATER accounts for 0 of the CO2 emissions If hot water is provided by the HVAC system then hot wate
107. 6 Defining a wind generator Wind Generators tab As with PVSs SBEM displaces the grid supplied electricity with that produced by any wind generators defined in this tab There is only one sub tab in the Wind Generators tab General sub tab General sub tab The parameters needed to define a wind generator are see Figure 64 1 Name A unique name Multiplier Indicate how many wind generators identical to this one exist in the building Terrain type This indicates the type of terrain where the wind turbine is located Select from Smooth flat country no obstacles Farm land with boundary hedges Suburban or industrial area and Urban with average building height gt 15m Radio button to indicate whether the wind turbine has a horizontal axis or not If itis a horizontal axis turbine you are asked to enter e Diameter Wind turbine rotor diameter in m iSBEM will use the entered diameter to calculate the area swept by the rotor blades If the wind turbine does not have a horizontal axis e g it is a vertical axis wind turbine then you are instead asked to enter e Area area swept by the rotor blades in m 131 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 NB The swept area of a wind turbine is used to calculate the area of air intercepted by the turbine rotor For axial horizontal wind turbines you can enter the rotor diameter D in m and the swept area A is automatically calculated by iSBE
108. 7 5 8 Quick Envelopes tab Short cut to creating envelopes and windows 4 Tick box which is ticked by default to allow the definition of the areas of glazing in envelopes to be input as areas in m rather than percentages in the Quick Envelopes tab If you wish to define glazing areas using percentages then you can untick the box see Section 7 5 8 Quick Envelopes tab Short cut to creating envelopes and windows E iSBEM v3 5 a General Example building x General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About e File Options General Information Actions ia _ File operations System configuration System configuration cont Local Area Network LAN Settings Helpline diagnosis IV Tick this box to produce Data Reflection reports in HTML format Building navigation form Tick this box to refresh automatically the content of the Building Navigator when selecting the Building Navigation form arming This may cause some delays when selecting the Building Navigation form in projects with a high number of Quick envelope tab IV Tick this box to automatically clear the configuration of the quick envelope tab once envelopes have been created IV Tick this box to insert area of glazing instead of of glazing to define window area in quick envelope tab Figure 20 The System Configuration cont sub tab Local Area Network LAN Settings sub tab In
109. AC Systems HVAC Systems tab ccccccccccessteeeeeeeeeetneeeeeeeeeeeeaee 106 7 6 3 Defining HWS HWS 3tab is 2s eres eels ets ae ed ens ee id en ee ek et 120 7 6 4 Defining Solar Energy Systems SES SES tab eeeccccccccccessseeeeeeeeeeesnteeeeeeeeeennaes 124 7 6 5 Defining a Photovoltaic system PVS PVS tab ccccccccccceessseeeeeeeeessnteeeeeeeeeennnaee 130 7 6 6 Defining a wind generator Wind Generators tab ccccccccceesteeeeeeeteesnnteeeeeeeseenaee 131 7 6 7 Defining the CHP generator CHP Generator tab cccccccccessseeeeeeeteeennteeeeeeeeeennaes 132 7 6 8 Defining the zone specific building services Zones tab ccccccceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 134 7 7 Building Navigation form ssessseessseeeeeessserrnrrrnrressrrrrnrrnnressrrssrrrrrrrnnnesene 146 7 7 1 Selectionner a a o tees ied ee a A hope redid eae edie coat 146 7 7 2 Object Froperties LADY essa vaca ses oss seas pian aees Losgacah EEEa EE pa Ea ARORA E AEOS LE E DEE aE E pei 147 T8 ADOULISBEM fOr eare an a a a E E 147 7 9 Double checking the datas sis aide ahead aces 147 7 9 1 The Unassigned Objects R DOrt cccccccssssccccceesseessnseeeeeessesessaeeeeeeesssessaeeseeeentes 148 7 9 2 The Data Summary Reportere anv iesesseei a snueeeenseteetcesvieeeeecetneeee steeds 149 7 9 3 TheAssigned SUD 1ADS neoon inniti taeae ote tedes iaaeaie ioana AENEA at 151 7 9 4 Th Summary Sub tabS cesy erptii saien Seay sto ced deny Ear
110. AN T Tick only if requested to do so after experiencing problems with the library connection to the EPCgen NET site This action will divert the EPCgen NET security check to your web browser by requesting a session PASS for a given session Figure 21 The Local Area Network LAN Settings sub tab Helpline Diagnosis sub tab In this sub tab Figure 22 there is a button that initiates the generation of diagnosis data for the SBEM Helpline to assist in identifying a problem This button should not be pressed unless you are requested to do so by the SBEM Helpline 58 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 E iSBEM v3 5 a General Example building x General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About File Options General Information Actions bia _ File operations System configuration System configuration cont Local Area Network LAN Settings Helpline diagnosis Click here to generate diagnosis data if requested by the SBEM Helpline Figure 22 Helpline Diagnosis sub tab 7 3 2 General Information tab The General Information tab contains four sub tabs as described below where you can enter as much or as little background information about the project However there are also essential parameters to be selected such as the weather location for the project and the purpose of the analysis These details can be entered and edited in their
111. Asset Rating tab of the Ratings form showing the active fields for creating a user defined recommendation EPC Audit sub tab This sub tab is visible only if EPC generation has been selected as the Purpose of Analysis in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab The EPC Audit sub tab Figure 84 contains four sub forms as follows e Construction sub form contains the audit trail information relating to the construction input parameters i e construction specification of walls floors roofs windows rooflights and doors e Geometry sub form contains the audit trail information relating to the geometry input parameters i e definitions of thermal bridges air permeability and shading systems on glazing e HVAC amp HWS sub form contains the audit trail information relating to the HVAC and HWS input parameters i e heating and cooling system type heating and cooling efficiencies duct and AHU leakage specific fan power HWS generator efficiency metering and controls provision and high pressure drop air filtration e Lighting sub form contains the audit trail information relating to the lighting input parameters i e lamp type lighting controls and parasitic power This sub tab is where the energy assessor provides supporting evidence for over riding any of the default values in iSBEM This information is necessary for the audit trail regarding all the 164 iSBEM version 3 5 a
112. B Guidance for calculating the CO emission factor for district heating schemes supplied by Combined Heat and Power only systems CHP For CHP systems the overall CO emission factor is the CO emission factor of the fuel divided by the overall efficiency of the CHP plant If more than one fuel is used an average figure is calculated according to the guidance for bivalent systems see section 7 6 2 Defining HVAC Systems HVAC Systems tab This will need to be apportioned between heat and electricity A suitable method for the purposes of calculations for Building Regulations compliance and Energy Performance Certificates for non domestic buildings is to use the following equations OEF Overall CO2 emission factor as defined above HPR the heat to power ratio over the whole year CO emission factor for heat OEF x HPR 1 2 5 HPR CO emission factor for electricity OEF x HPR 1 0 4 HPR E iSBEM v3 5 a Building Services Example building x General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM i Global and Defaults Hvac systems Hws ses pvs wind generators Zones Building services detail for the whole Project R _HVAC System Defaults Project building services tar Conditioning Inspection Metering provision for lighting systems District Heating Parameters mls the lighting separately sub metered
113. Contents of the Projects folder showing the SBEM output reports when running SBEM for Energy Performance Certificates 181 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 APPENDIX A Tutorial building details and iSBEM output documentation A 1 Building description The building is located in London It is rectangular in shape with dimensions of 50 m x 30 m It provides space for offices a supermarket and a coffee shop Figure 94 3D view of the Example building It has two floors The supermarket and the coffee shop are located on the ground floor with an outdoor passage between them and the offices are located on the first floor The first floor is accessible by stairs and lifts Height inside the building Ground floor 3 m floor to floor First floor 3 m floor to soffit All windows are set back by 30 cm This gives a transmission factor of 0 8 The window sill height is 1 m The doors are 2 5 m high The supermarket has an auxiliary room see drawings and there are another two auxiliary rooms in the coffee shop There are toilets serving the offices on the first floor 182 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 A 1 Constructions q Roof Flat roof 2002 Building Regulations q Ground floor Solid floor q Internal floor ceiling Suspended Floor 2002 Building Regulations q internal Walls Un insulated concrete wall q External Wall U value 0 24W m K Km 51KJ m q Glazing All the glazing in the building is doubl
114. Control T Local Time Control i e room by room Tl Local Temperature Control i e room by room I Weather Compensation Control In order to assess the impact of these controls you should modify the heat generator efficiency in accordance with the Heating efficiency credits for each system type given in the Non Domestic Heating Cooling and Ventilation Compliance Guide Record 14 4 f 1 Lot r of 1 Figure 54 HVAC systems definition System Controls sub tab Zone Summary sub tab 119 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 The names of the zones assigned to the HVAC system can be viewed in the Zone Summary sub tab of the HVAC Systems tab shown in Figure 55 The zones are listed in the left hand side window and if any of the zones are highlighted more details about that zone appear in the Zone s properties window For example details such as the zone s area and activity are displayed Task 14 Define the HVAC system for the Example building The details on the HVAC system can be found in Section A 2 Systems If you click into the HVAC systems tab you will see that the HVAC system for the Example building has been named for you HVAC system for the Example building You need to go through each of the sub tabs in the HVAC Systems main tab in turn entering the information provided in APPENDIX A E iSBEM v3 5 a Building Services Example building xj General Proj
115. Details sub tab and the calculation was run to check compliance with building regulations then SBEM produces six output reports The six reports produced by SBEM are as follows the first four of which can be accessed from the Ratings form gt Asset Rating tab gt Building Rating sub tab see Figure 77 1 SBEM Main Calculation Output Document 2 SBEM BRUKL Output Document Compliance with Building Regulations Specification Information for Scottish Building Regulations 3 Data Reflection Report for the Actual Building 168 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 4 Data Reflection Report for the Notional Building 5 Technical Output Report for the Actual Building 6 Technical Output Report for the Notional Building As described in the previous section the first four reports are accessible from within iSBEM using the appropriate buttons or hyperlinks in the Ratings form gt Building Regulations Check tab gt Building Rating sub tab These reports are all stored in the same location as the project files along with the Technical Output Reports which can only be accessed from the Projects folder The default location for the project files is within the specific project folder created when the project was first created see Section 4 4 Creating new and opening existing projects within the iSBEM_v3 5 a folder e g C NCM iSBEM_v3 5 a Projects Example building complete Output reports when running SBEM for En
116. EM has been obtained following the guidance specified in section 3 5 2 of CIBSE Guide Vol A 2007 and BR 443 2006 Conventions for U value Calculations i e the U value has been modified corrected to account for insulation to counter the heat loss through floors in contact with the ground If the U value input by the user has already been modified then SBEM will use the U value as it is Otherwise SBEM will make the modification as a function of the ratio of exposed perimeter to floor area and the thermal resistance of the floor construction which is always the case when the floor construction is selected from the Library or using Inference procedures 70 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 NB The calculation of the U values of rooflight window systems must include the effect of the bars that form part of the glazing system NB The glazing U value entered should be for glazing in a vertical inclination This value is adjusted in SBEM to produce the correct U value for the window rooflight inclination the correction for a horizontal flat roofs is 0 3 to the U value and for pitched roofs it is 0 2 to the U value However the value checked for compliance with building regulations is the one input and not the adjusted U value used within the calculation Km Kappa m value The Km value renamed from Cm value is the effective thermal capacity of an element wall floor ceiling etc given in kJ m K As it takes some
117. EM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 Object Tree window 7 7 Building Navigation form This form allows the user to navigate through the project in order to view summaries of the different types of building objects that have been defined as well as some detailed information about individual objects This form contains 2 tabs 1 Selections tab 2 Object Properties tab 7 7 1 Selections tab In this tab Figure 72 depending on which radio button is selected in the Objects section you can choose to view either HVAC systems only HVAC systems and zones only HVAC systems zones and envelopes only or HVAC systems zones envelopes windows and doors Depending on which radio button is selected in the Assignment Status section you can choose to view either Assigned objects only Unassigned objects only or both Also by ticking the box in the Objects section you can choose to also view other building objects such as constructions HWSs SES etc The objects are then listed in the left hand side Object Tree window in terms of their names and types The Key to Objects section contains the key to the symbols used to denote the types of objects There is a Refresh button which you can click on in order to manually initiate the refreshing of the contents of the Building Navigation form if the relevant tick box in the General form gt File Options tab gt System Configuration sub tab is untic
118. England and Wales sscccsscceessecssseeesnecessecesaeeceeesscecsscecesaeeesseeesaeesseeseeeeeees 159 Figure 80 Using the interface to calculate the Asset Rating for the building in the Asset Rating tab of the Ratings form for SCOUANA cccsccceseccescecessecesneeesseecescecsscecessecesaeecsaeecseeceseecesaeeesaeessaeesseeseneeene 159 Figure 81 The Graphic Rating sub tab in the Asset Rating tab of the Ratings form ccccccceeeeee 160 Figure 82 The Recommendations sub tab in the Asset Rating tab of the Ratings form showing an NCM TE COMIMENAGH ON Ss ye ae e ae a a ath ade e e e e A a aae a e aa 163 Figure 83 The Recommendations sub tab in the Asset Rating tab of the Ratings form showing the active fields for creating a user defined recommendation cceseccesecceeseceeseetsseeceseecesneeesaeessneesnaeees 164 Figure 84 The EPC Audit sub tab in the Asset Rating tab of the Ratings fOrm cccccsccesseeseeeee 165 Figure 85 The Calculation Logs sub tab in the Asset Rating tab of the Ratings form 166 Figure 86 The Calculation Errors sub tab in the Asset Rating tab of the Ratings form 167 Figure 87 The Messages sub tab in the Asset Rating tab of the Ratings form oscene 167 Figure 88 The Supporting Documents sub tab in the Asset Rating tab of the Ratings form 168 Figure 89 Data Reflection report in html format ccscccescccesscceesceeeseeceneecescecesseeeseecseecesaesesaeeesaes 173 Figure 90 Data Reflection re
119. I dll E iSBEM cnt QJiSBEM HLP Double click to start iSBEM S libeay32 dll libssi32 dl nct_convert_v3 5 a mdb E README txt P SBEM exe SBEM ini E SBEM log SBEM_brukl ini User_Library cnt USER_LIBRARY HLP User_library_dev_v3 5 a mdb Projects sub folder Projects 2 425 KB 2 506 KB 2 076 KB 2 591 KB 3 KB 3 709 KB 2 860 KB 19 KB 3 017 KB 6 884 KB 251 KB 1 501 KB 322 KB 1 492 KB 7 KB 5 962 KB 1KB 4KB 1 KB 4 KB 2 616 KB 3 416 KB File Folder File Folder File Folder File Folder File Folder File Folder Application Extension Application Extension Application Extension Application Extension Text Document Application Extension Application Extension CNT File Help File Microsoft Office Acc Application Extension Application Extension Application Extension Microsoft Office Acc Text Document Application Configuration Settings Text Document Configuration Settings CNT File Help File Microsoft Office Acc 20 01 2010 17 53 20 01 2010 17 53 21 01 2010 10 52 20 01 2010 17 53 20 01 2010 17 53 20 01 2010 17 53 11 12 2009 17 35 01 12 2009 17 13 17 05 2009 08 47 18 11 2009 11 12 20 01 2010 14 10 25 11 2009 14 43 21 05 2009 11 25 19 05 2009 16 42 19 05 2009 16 42 21 01 2010 10 52 04 09 2008 13 38 08 06 2008 16 51 08 06 2008 16 51 14 01 2010 11 21 20 01 2010 17 56 19 01 2010 16 17 20 01 2010 14 10 20 01 2010 14 10 20 01 2010 14 10 12 02 2008 11
120. If you have more than one HVAC system defined in your project the Metering Provision sub tab will be available for each one of them i e each HVAC system can be separately sub metered E5 iSBEM v3 5 a Building Services Example building x General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM g Global and Defaults HVAC systems Hws ses Pys Wind generators Zones Record selector HYAC for the example building Se Sy q 9 General Heating Cooling System Adjustment Metering Provision System Controls Zone Summary Metering provision mIs this HVAC system separately sub metered m M amp T with alarm for out of range values No or don t know Yes it does Record 14 4 f 11 gt a gt of 1 Figure 53 HVAC systems definition Metering Provision sub tab System Controls sub tab 118 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 The software also needs to know if you have certain controls in your heating system which would be considered during the production of the energy efficiency recommendations to accompany the EPC This sub tab is visible only if EPC generation is selected as the Purpose of Analysis in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab There are 5 tick boxes in this sub tab see Figure 54 Heating System Controls 1 Tick box to indicate whethe
121. LIBRARY HLP Help File 12 02 2008 11 02 User_library_dev_v3 5 a mdb Microsoft Office Acc 14 01 2010 11 21 28 objects 40 6 MB 4 My Computer Figure 97 Folder showing the file conversion tool 213 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 2 Select the file you want to convert To do this click on the button shown in Figure 98 This opens a dialogue box shown in Figure 99 from which you need to browse to find the file you want to convert Once you have found the file click on Open This file must have been created using either iSBEM_v1 0 v1 0 b v1 1 a v1 2 a_b01 1 2 a 2 0 b 2 0 c 2 9 6 3 0 a 3 0 6 3 0 e 3 1 a or 3 2 6 NCT File Conversion Tool NCT File v3 5 a Conversion Tool Click to open the dialogue box This tool converts previous version NCT files e g v1 0 v1 0 b v1 1 4 or 1 2 a_b01 to the lay Existing NCT file to convert Tirai New NCT file to create te Figure 98 Selecting a file to convert stage 1 Please select an existing NCT project file Look in Example buiding Tutorial 7 c Ee i Example building Tutorial nct Select file for LS conversion My Recent Documents Desktop 9 My Documents Sr a My Computer ic File name Example building Tutorial nct Y My Network Files of type NCT Project nct x Places IT Open as read only Figure 99 Selecting a file to convert stage 2 3 Choose a name for the conv
122. M as the area of the 2 D circle delineated by the turbine s blades and it is calculated as A 7 For any other type of wind turbines including vertical axis wind turbines you need to enter the area swept by the rotor in m Contact the turbine manufacturer if in any doubt 5 Hub height The wind turbine hub height in m NB The height of the turbine is used to adjust the wind speed values during the calculation For axial horizontal wind turbines this corresponds to the turbine hub height measured from the ground For other rotor types including vertical axis wind turbines use the geometric centre of the turbine rotor 6 Power The wind turbine rated power electrical power delivered at rated wind speed in kW E iSBEM v3 5 a Building Services Example building x General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM g _ Global and Defaults HVAC systems HWS SES pys Wind generators Zones Record selector windgenl fd ae n oy General Name windgent Multiplier 1 Terrain type Suburban or industrial are x Swept area Horizontal Axis Diameter 3 m C Others Area 709 m2 Height 10 m Power 50 kw Record 14 4 f 11 gt a gt of 1 Figure 64 Defining a wind generator NB There are no wind generators in the Example building so there is no task here 7 6 7 Defining the CHP generator CHP Gene
123. Mac operating systems NB Ensure that you have full read and write access permissions on the NCM folder where iSBEM is installed by default on your computer If you are unable to do this you need to contact the IT department of your company and ask them to adjust your settings to give you full read and write access rights on the NCM folder on your computer NB Please note that depending on your Accreditation Scheme Provider in order to generate the XML message for official lodgement and remove the watermark from the EPC and the Recommendations Report or in order to generate the IAS file required by your Accreditation Scheme Provider your computer must be connected to the internet and you may depending on your Accreditation Scheme Provider need to enter your Energy Assessor EPCgen net Activation Code into the General form gt General Information tab gt Energy Assessor Details sub tab gt Energy Assessor Details sub form see Section 7 3 2 General Information tab If there is no internet connection and or the Activation Code has not been entered then the XML message will not be generated the output files produced will contain the watermark and the IAS file will not be generated However this does not apply if EPC Scotland has been selected as the Purpose of Analysis pane NB See APPENDIX E Activation codes and connection to EPCgen net for more guidance gui i 34 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10
124. NTERING A BUILDING INTO iSBEM This chapter takes the user through each of the forms in turn and explains the steps of inputting a building into iSBEM Chapter 8 CALCULATING AND VIEWING THE ENERGY PERFORMANCE OF THE BUILDING THE RATINGS FORM AND OUTPUT REPORTS This chapter explains how to produce the Compliance document for Building Regulations obtain the Asset Rating and view the other output documents produced by SBEM APPENDIX A Tutorial building details and iSBEM APPENDIX B iSBEM file conversion APPENDIX C User defined construction database APPENDIX D List of parameters required by iSBEM APPENDIX E Activation codes and connection to EPCgen net APPENDIX F Matrix of activity areas and building types APPENDIX G Agreed convention for decision on assessment level APPENDIX H Agreed convention for determining dimensions 15 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 2 INTRODUCTION TO iSBEM SBEM AND THE NCM 2 1 What is iSBEM SBEM and the NCM The Energy Performance of Buildings Directive EPBD 2002 91 EC of the European Parliament and Council dated 16 December 2002 requires that the energy performance of new buildings be evaluated with a calculation methodology that complies with the Directive Separately the Directive calls for the production of energy performance certificates for many existing buildings This uses the same calculation methodology although this is not mandatory In response the UK Department
125. PQA Quality Index Electrical efficiency 0 3333 a Building space heat supplied 50 Building hot water supplied 50 I Tick this box for Trigeneration systems Building cooling supplied ro Chiller efficiency 045 Figure 65 Defining a CHP generator CHP Generator tab NB There is no CHP generator in the Example building so there is no task here 7 6 8 Defining the zone specific building services Zones tab The zone definition is not completed within the Zones tab in the Geometry form Some zone parameters related to building services are defined within the Building Services form under the Zones tab There are six sub tabs in the Zones tab e HVAC HWS and Lighting Systems sub tab This is where you assign the HVAC system and HWS which serve each zone In this sub tab also the results on the risk of overheating in the zone are displayed after the calculation has run successfully e Ventilation sub tab This is where you define the ventilation type and characteristics for each zone e Exhaust sub tab This is where you define an exhaust system in a zone e Lighting General sub tab This is where you enter details about the general lighting characteristics for each zone e Lighting Controls sub tab This is where you enter details about the lighting controls for each zone e Display Lighting sub tab This is where you enter details about display lighting characteristics and controls for each zone HVAC HW
126. S and Lighting Systems sub tab The sub tab is used to specify the HVAC system and HWS for each zone The following information is required 134 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 HVAC System Parameters 1 HVAC Systems Here you need to select from the drop down list of systems you have already defined in the HVAC Systems tab or the default systems the HVAC system which serves the zone If no HVAC system serves the space i e an unconditioned zone select Zones without HVAC system spaces which have no heating or cooling e g plant rooms storage spaces exposed circulation spaces Further NB If a zone is defined as having no heating or cooling i e assigned to Zones without _ guidance HVAC system but the activity type selected for the zone is one which typically requires prea conditioning according to the Activity Database a red exclamation mark will appear next to this parameter as a warning to the user in case this was done in error Ultimately however the calculation will be carried out using the data input by the user If you do not know the type of the HVAC system in your existing building or its detailed parameters you should select one of the following default options from the drop down menu e Heating only Electric resistance Heat generated by passing current through resistance wire Assumed to be electric central heating system with warm air distribution Fan storag
127. Scottish Building Regulations Section 6 can be accessed from http www sbsa gov uk tech_handbooks th pdf_2007 Section 6 Non domestic 20072 pdf For Northern Ireland please refer to www epb dfpni gov uk for further information on building regulations 2 3 Calculation basics for UK Energy Performance Certificate purposes This section defines the reference and typical buildings which are the basis of setting the energy rating scale for Energy Performance Certificates EPCs for England and Wales The Asset Rating rates the CO2 emissions from the actual building in comparison to a Standard Emission Rate SER where both emission values are in kgCO m annum The Standard Emission Rate is determined by applying a fixed improvement factor to the emissions from a reference building which is defined below EPCs are intended to send market signals about the relative performance of comparable buildings and so it is necessary that the reference building should be the same for all buildings of a given type In order to provide this consistency the reference building must be the same irrespective of a whether the building is naturally ventilated or air conditioned and b the fuel choice The insulation levels and HVAC efficiencies in the reference building are identical to the Part L notional building except that certain parameters in the reference building are fixed subject to conditions below irrespective of features in the
128. Services 7 6 Global amp Defaults HVAC System Defaults if the Purpose of the analysis selection in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project details sub tab is one of the options to generate EPCs Project Building Services Air Conditioning Inspection if the Purpose of the analysis selection in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project details sub tab is one of the options to generate EPCs except EPC Scotland HVAC Systems General Heating Cooling Systems Adjustments Metering Provision System Controls if the Purpose of the analysis selection in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project details sub tab is one of the options to generate EPCs Zone Summary HWS General Storage amp Secondary Circulation Assigned SES Collector Parameters Solar Storage amp Collector Loop Auxiliary Energy amp Distribution Losses PVS General Wind Generators 45 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 General CHP Generator General Zones HVAC HWS and Lighting Systems Ventilation Exhaust Lighting General Lighting Controls Display Lighting Ratings 8 1 Building Regulations Check Building Rating Calculation Logs SBEM log BRUKL log Calculation Errors SBEM err BRUKL err OR if the Purpose of the analysis selection in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project details sub tab is one of the options to generate EPCs Asset Rating Buildi
129. Summary Report should contain only zone z0 01east one of the 6 zones already defined for you as this is the only zone that has had its HVAC system selected The following section the Building Services form explains how to assign all the remaining zones in the Geometry form to an HVAC system Only then will they appear in the Data Summary Report 7 6 Building Services form This form holds all the information relating to the building services This information is entered into 8 main tabs these are circled in Figure 46 e Global and Defaults tab This tab contains some default information on HVAC systems if no or little information is known about the systems in the actual building It also requires information on the electric power factor and lighting controls for the whole building e HVAC systems tab This tab requires information on the HVAC systems in the building e HWS tab This tab requires information on the hot water systems in the building e SES tab This tab requires information on any solar energy systems connected to the hot water systems in the building if applicable e PVS tab This tab requires information on any photovoltaic systems connected to the building if applicable 101 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 e Wind generators tab This tab requires information on any wind generators connected to the building if applicable e CHP generator tab this tab only appears when one of the H
130. T NCM project overview 2501 2010 164606 Page tot iT Weare location London Proleciname Example bulding Assigned Objects Report WINDOW Thermal Bridge WINDOW DOORS HVAC ZONE ENVELOPE Thermal Bridge ENVELOPE DOORS l1 Zones without HVAC sysiem Circulation area corridors and stairways Extnal wll 2002 5 z002 z002 Extnal wall Exlemal door Ext 202A 2 MA2Mr d 202i FhozorCoiing Conlito ml aljinmg space Intnl foor aul olimp Figure 75 Data Summary Report Zones without HVAC 150 4Jun10 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume I DATA SUMMARY REPORT 5 x Proleciname Example bulding Weal locaton Lorton NCM prolecl overview 2501 2010 16 47 45 Assigned Objects Report Page Sof 17 HVAC ZONE ENVELOPE i WINDOW Thermal Bridge ENVELOPE DOORS Thermal Eridge WINDOW DOORS 1 HVAC for the xanple building Sales area general 1 2003 5 W x Ermal wall 1 z003 Ww x Extrnal wall 1 s003h J 1 s003Ar 2 203d e z003ki 1 z003 203 Ari Page alaf 5 gt Figure 76 Data Summary Report Zones with HVAC Task 17 Check your data entry and assignments using the Data Summary report and Unassigned Objects Report Now that all the zones have been assigned to HVAC systems they should all appear in the Data Summary Report Click on the Objects Report button in the top right hand corner of any of the sub tabs and view the Assigned Objects Report You should now be able to see the hierarchy of
131. T test AS Related Party Disclosure Not related to the owner Unless superseded by a later recommendation report iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 192 Page 1 of 8 4Jun10 0000 2090 0040 1000 0803 Table of Contents Tg BACK GTOURON xg a8 cre carae pc had oe Fnessca pap cnassegne Ieee ss 3 2s ITFOCU CHOI A so yeti E pang d gop e By ees tee eine peated 3 S HECOMMENGAIONG mm ta Tlie te met oyalicl 4 A Nexl SRPE cartificoate Thic is not a vatiad 6 6tGlossatyd certificate I his is not a valid 8 Page 2 of 8 193 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 0000 2090 0040 1000 0803 1 Background Statutory Instrument 2007 No 991 The Energy Performance of Buildings Certificates and Inspections England and Wales Regulations 2007 as amended transposes the requirements of Articles 7 2 and 7 3 of the Energy Performance of Buildings Directive 2002 91 EC This report is a Recommendation Report as required under regulations 16 2 a and 19 of the Statutory Instrument SI 2007 991 This section provides general information regarding the building Total Useful Floor Area m 2900 Building Environment Air Conditioning 2 Introduction This Recommendation Report was produced in line with the Government s approved methodology and is based on calculation tool iSBEM v3 4 b using calculation engine SBEM v3 4 b In accordance with Government s current guidance the Energ
132. UK Volume 4Jun10 E iSBEM v3 5 a Geometry Example building i xj General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Project Zones Envelope Doors Windows amp Rooflights Zone selector 20 01east BIE oy General Quick Envelopes Thermal Bridges Envelope Summary rJunctions involving metal cladding pJunctions NOT involving metal cladding Type of Junction User Psi Type of Junction User Psi Accredited W mK W mK wimk detail wym Roof wall 0 6 Roof wall r 0 12 Wall ground floor 1 15 Wall ground floor i 0 28 Wall wall corner 0 25 Wall wall corner i 0 09 Wall floor not ground floor 0 07 Wall floor not ground floor E 0 18 Lintel above window or door 1 27 Lintel above window or door E 0 53 Sill below window 1 27 Sill below window E 0 21 Jamb at window or door 1 27 Jamb at window or door E 0 2 T Tick all Record 14 4 f 1 gt gt t r of 19 Figure 37 The Thermal Bridge sub tab of the Zones tab Envelope Summary sub tab The envelope elements of a zone can be viewed in the Envelope Summary sub tab of the Zones tab shown in Figure 38 see Section 7 5 4 Defining envelopes Envelope tab for details on how the envelopes for each zone are created Depending on which radio button is selected in the Show Objects section you can choose to either view only the envelo
133. VAC systems described in the HVAC Systems tab is specified as using CHP This tab requires information on any combined cooling heating and power generators connected to the building e Zones tab This is where you assign the appropriate HVAC system and HWS to each zone and input details on the zones lighting and specific ventilation strategy E5 iSBEM v3 5 a Building Services Example building xj General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Global and Default 3 Wind generators ones Building services detail for the whole Project P HVAC System Defaults Project building services Air Conditioning Inspection These should be chosen if you do not know system type or detailed parameters If you do not know heating method ie whether a heated only building uses electricity or a fuel based heating system select electric resistance heating as your default If you have more system information set up another system via the HVAC systems sub tabs Zones without HYAC system Heating only other systems Should only include unconditioned spaces which have no Assumed to be wet radiator system Heat generated by fuel heating or cooling eg plant rooms storage spaces exposed combustion Pumps assumed to be powered by grid electricity circulation spaces Natural Gas bd Heating only Electric resistance Heating and mechanical cooling Heat generated by pa
134. WARNINGS Number of warnings 2 CWARNINGS Number of cwarnings 0 END Figure 86 The Calculation Errors sub tab in the Asset Rating tab of the Ratings form Messages sub tab You may receive messages critical or non critical e g from EPCgen Net after running calculations for generating EPCs and they can be viewed in this sub tab Figure 87 ES iSBEM v3 5 a Ratings Example building General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Asset Rating EPC England Eral Building Rating Graphic rating Recommendations EPC Audit Calculation Logs Calculation Errors Messages Supporting Documents Critical messages Critical Message 1 of 1 From EPCgen NET Message This is a critical message from EPCgen NET Standard messages Standard Message 1 of 1 From EPCgen NET Message This is a non critical message from EPCgen NET Figure 87 The Messages sub tab in the Asset Rating tab of the Ratings form 167 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 Supporting Documents sub tab This sub tab Figure 88 contains buttons that allow access to the following supporting non official documents produced by SBEM the Main SBEM Output report section 8 2 1 SBEM Main Output Document and the Data Reflection Reports sections 8 2 3 Data Reflection Report Actual Building and 8 2 4
135. WS zones that bridges and type of door Element tab ae SSS he rt pi 4 ee ee ONS NNS fee HVAC ce system System type heat source fuel Zone Building Services form gt f Ae de VN ea type further details on HVAC systems tab fF Fee ee I NAAA NANAS T efficiencies duct leakage i ee ON ANS specific fan power and Geilin and so on controls eung for A the Generator type fuel type Zone Building Services form gt ra details on efficiency and HWS tab that whether it is a storage system oo surround this zone Dimensions orientation HWS Building Services form gt inclination SES tab and so on for all the windows roof lights and Dimensions orientation Building Services form gt doors that are present in the envelope elements inclination and type PVS tab Terrain type dimensions and Building Services form gt power Wind generator CHP Fuel type details on efficiency HVAC Building Services form gt iSBEM version 3 5 a UK volume Figure 1 Structure of SBEM objects 24 4Jun10 3 ASSEMBLING REAL BUILDING DATA 3 1 Introduction There are four steps to calculating the ratings for a building First a decision needs to be made on whether SBEM is the appropriate analysis tool Then information on the building needs to be gathered analysed and finally entered into the interface The tutorial in this Guide focuses on the functionality of the tool To ease that process all the information on the Exa
136. a covered by rooflight array to area of rooflight glazing Is ita display window Frame factor Shading system on window rooflight Transmission factor due to fins and overhangs Definition of any thermal bridges in the window rooflight additional to global values o Thermal bridge multiplier o Thermal bridge length m o Thermal bridge Psi W mK o Thermal bridge description Form Building Services Tab Global and Defaults Sub tab HVAC System Defaults sub tab enabled for EPC calculations only e Fuel type for default Heating only Other systems e Fuel type for default Heating and mechanical cooling systems Sub tab Project building services e Do the lighting systems have provision for metering field not enabled for Scottish Building Regulations o Is there monitoring and testing with alarm for out of range values field enabled if lighting systems have provision for metering e Does the building have a lighting voltage reduction management scheme field enabled only for Scottish Building Regulations e Electric power factor 229 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 e The CO emission factor for the district heating network field enabled only if the heat source and fuel type of any of the HVAC systems is set to be district heating e The primary energy factor for the district heating network field enabled only if the heat source and fuel type of any of the HVAC systems is set to be district heating Sub tab Air Conditio
137. able devices for solar protection are accounted for later when defining the window in the Geometry form through the shading system options L Solar L Solar light transmittance is the amount of visible solar energy that passes through a glazing system expressed as a fraction of the visible solar energy incident on it This value will be used for the daylighting calculations L Solar values entered by the user should refer to values for normal incidence of solar radiation NB Total solar energy transmittance values given by windows manufacturers are usually given for solar radiation perpendicular normal to the glazing g perp However SBEM uses monthly calculations and therefore a value g averaged over all angles of incidence Accepting some simplifications SBEM calculates this value by multiplying g perp by a factor of 0 9 This also applies to the light transmittance values NB In the Glazing Database Uncoated clear refers to ordinary clear glass which has no low emissivity coating and no tint Reflectance low emissivity refers to glazing in which at least one glass pane has a low emissivity coating such as Pilkington K glass or Optitherm glass and Tinted refers to glazing where at least one pane is colour tinted NB For windows or other glazed envelope elements with non scattering glazing ISO 9050 and EN410 provide a method to obtain the solar energy transmittance for radiation perpendicular to the glazing EN 13
138. age room height Roof heat loss area is as seen from underside of ceiling i e L x d zone depth U value is from under ceiling to outside roof U End wall area is whole gable up to roof apex as this is all exposed to inside temperature 240 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 e If there is a horizontal ceiling half way up the pitched roof split the area into The part with a void L4 using the U value including the void Un The part where there is no void Ly Ls using the U value without a void Ur2 Zone height is still to underside of soffit eaves level So the general rule is to input the area exposed to the inside temperature and the U value between this surface and outside except for the dropped ceiling case e Intermediate floors with suspended ceilings and raised floors Zone height is top of floor slab to top of ie next floor slab e g h So ignore the suspended ceilings and raised floors for the purposes of e zone height e surrounding wall areas But include their impact on Kappa values of the slabs above and below so that thermal mass effects are calculated h 2 correctly e With suspended timber ground floor and ventilated void below surface to top of first floor surface hg L Where the floor U value is calculated it should take account of the ventilated N void Us Ugi S
139. ails manually Cee e Frame factor If the window or rooflight has anything but the default 0 1 for windows and 0 3 for rooflights for this parameter you will need to go to the Windows amp Rooflights main tab select the window in question using the record selector and change the details manually e Area ratio covered If the rooflight definition has anything but the default value 1 for this parameter you will need to go to the Windows amp Rooflights main tab select the window in question using the record selector and change the details manually Introducing a second envelope element with the same orientation If your zone has for example a second west facing wall you would need to create one west wall click on the Clear all button to remove the information about the first west wall enter the information about the second west wall and then click on Create envelopes again The tool would then add the second west wall to the already created envelopes Naming of the envelope elements and windows created in the Quick Envelopes tabs The names are created automatically as described in Chapter 3 Figure 45 shows a wall and a window being defined in the Quick Envelopes tab The example wall is a 15 m external south facing wall constructed from an External Wall specification that had previously been defined in the Project Database form It has 50 glazing of a type previously defined in the Project Database form
140. alculate the electrical consumption of an equivalent system which delivers the illuminance levels specified in the database The calculated lighting energy consumption will be higher or lower than you expect depending on whether the design illuminance entered is higher or lower than the database illuminance for the activity Changing the activity in a zone will change the corresponding illuminance retrieved from the Activity database which would be reflected in both the actual and notional buildings You can download the NCM Activity 141 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 Database from the NCM website if you wish the view the illuminance values associated with each activity type NB The lighting option of Lighting chosen but calculation not carried out is not available in SBEM for office industrial and storage areas in all building types as the compliance criteria for these spaces are measured in luminaire lumens per circuit watt rather than lamp lumens circuit watt Please refer to the Approved Document L2A for details 2 Are air extracting luminaires fitted Select Yes or No don t know Figure 69 shows the lighting characteristics of a zone being defined E iSBEM v3 5 a Building Services Example building x General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM g __Global and Defaults HVAC systems HWS SES PYS Wind generators Zones Record
141. alculate the fabric heat loss so this is the area to which the U value is applied For floors and flat roofs ceilings the envelope area is calculated in the same manner as the zone area see Section 7 5 3 Defining zones and Section 3 4 Measurement and other conventions The area for an exposed pitched roof i e without an internal horizontal ceiling will be that of the inner surface area of the roof For vertical envelopes i e walls the area is calculated as follows Area of vertical envelope element h w where h floor to floor height floor to soffit on top floor in m i e including floor void ceiling void and floor slab and w horizontal dimension of the wall Limits for this horizontal dimension are defined by the type of the adjacent walls usually at right angles to the vertical envelope element in question If the adjacent wall is external or a perimeter wall the limit will be the internal side of the adjacent wall If the adjacent wall is internal the limit will be half way through its thickness Convention Convention for EPCs Boundary of assessed building when other buildings adjoin Where there is a party wall between buildings this is deemed in compliance with the RICS definition of internal areas to be a perimeter wall and therefore horizontal dimensions should be measured to the inside face from the side of the building being assessed NB If surfaces of the room are not rectili
142. amation mark will appear next to this parameter as a warning to the user in case this was done in error Ultimately however the calculation will be carried out using the data input by the user If you do not know the type of the HVAC system in your existing building or its detailed parameters you should select one of the following default options from the drop down menu see Section 7 6 Building Services form e Heating only Electric resistance Heat generated by passing current through resistance wire Assumed to be electric central heating system with warm air distribution Fan storage heaters and electric fan converters should be input by defining an HVAC system in the Building Services form gt HVAC Systems tab gt General sub tab and selecting the system type Other local room heater fanned If you do not know the heating method i e whether a heated only building uses electricity or a fuel based heating system you should select electric resistance heating as your default 80 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 e Heating only Other systems Assumed to be wet radiator system heat generated by fuel combustion Pumps assumed to be powered by grid supplied electricity If you know the fuel type used by the heating system you can define it in the Building Services form gt Global and Defaults tab gt HVAC System Defaults sub tab see Section 7 6 1 Global and Defaults tab e Heating and mec
143. ame of your Accreditation Scheme Provider is correctly spelt If any of these details need amendment contact your Accreditation Scheme Provider Ensure that the settings in your email account have not flagged up the activation code email as junk and discarded it to the Delete bin Ensure that the EPC calculation in iSBEM has completed successfully i e that it has not crashed with any errors before completion If not examine the error files err and correct the errors before proceeding You can contact your Accreditation Scheme Provider for assistance If you have followed all the above guidance and still have not received the email with the activation code contact your Accreditation Scheme Provider Once you receive your activation code email you should ensure the following Insert the activation code into iSBEM exactly as it appears in the email for e g do not confuse the letter O with the number 0 Keep your activation code email safe If you lose it contact your Accreditation Scheme Provider As above when running the calculation with the activation code in order to produce the XML message and the EPC documents without the watermarks ensure that your computer is connected to the internet with any applicable proxy server and firewall details correctly set 234 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 APPENDIX F Matrix of activity areas and building types Building Types Activities Office rimary sch
144. an option to just copy the zone by itself without its child objects in future versions of the tool Task 5 Create Zone z0 02 in the General tab the circulation area on the ground floor The building has already been zoned for you See Figure 95 Ground floor plan and Figure 96 First floor plan in APPENDIX A A summary of the zoning along with recommended names for the zones is given in Table 17 The six zones which make up the coffee shop have been entered for you so you can start by entering the information for Zone z0 02 Firstly click on the Geometry form and the Zones tab You should then be in the General sub tab Add a new record and by referring to APPENDIX A enter the zone s name select the appropriate building and activity types and finally enter the zone s area and height Using the record selector you should now be able to view seven zones in total Thermal Bridge sub tab If the tick box tick here to use global psi values in the General sub tab of the Zones tab see above is not ticked the Thermal Bridges sub tab will be visible as shown in Figure 37 Here you can define any thermal bridges that might occur in the selected zone relating to junctions between envelope elements windows and doors which are in contact with the exterior This is done in the same way as setting the global defaults for thermal bridges in the Projects tab see Section 7 5 2 Project tab 84 iSBEM version 3 5 a
145. atabase into your own for example from a colleague s User Database This can be done in the mport form Similarly In iSBEM there is already a library of constructions which you can choose from in the Project Database form If you wanted to edit any of these you could import these into your User Library This is done by selecting the mdb User Database file or nct ISBEM file and clicking on the appropriate import button as shown in Figure 109 E User Library pier To import data from an _ Constructions Glazings Frames Construction Categories Sources Import rn exis ting net file 1 Click here to browse through your To import data from ise n ieem project fie to mport browse Network to locate the an existing user 1 file nct file you want to library import constructions Import data from a NCT file from 1 Click here to browse your network to locate the user library you want to import constructions from hoose an Library File to import browse MDE file 2 Click here to import the data from 2 Click here to import the data from the selected nct file the selected user library Close Figure 109 Description of Import tab in User defined construction library Once this procedure is successfully completed these records will be available for editing within the User Library tool and should also be automatically available for use within iSBEM without any further updates needi
146. ation lab is raea a a ces ep a e E a T E AE seas E 59 7 4 Project Database Oris sic ccecseavesshectenteteesssdaceccuessedeteanssdeqsestedeceescaseqnessbert 67 7 4 1 Defining construction LYPOS ccscccceeeeeeeennnteeeeeeeeeeeaaneeeeeeeeeeeaaaeeeeeeeeeseeaaeeeeeeetenenaaee 69 7 5 Geometry form cre ate ices Wed cate a Na Eee a ate 73 7 5 1 Summary of how to define the geometry Of a building cssseeceeceeeeeeeetteeeeeeeeeenaee 73 7 5 2 Pr jeet tabe renean e Sects coy cna a Souter acct bay Wee ntey arch onus A E ects one Jee AEE oc 75 7 5 3 Defining ZONES ZONCS tab sirridir neei aar a aeiia ari aeee aaiae T a eiea 79 7 5 4 Defining envelopes Envelope tab ccssccccccccecessnneeeeeeessenneeeeeeeeeseeniseeeeeeeseseeaee 86 7 5 5 Defining windows and rooflights Windows amp Rooflights tab cccccceeesseeeeeeeeeeeneee 91 7 5 6 Transmission correction factors ccecccceeeeeennnneeeeeeeseeeanaeeeeeeeeseeeaaaeeeeeeetesenisneeeseetos 95 7 5 7 Defining doors Doors tabs rerien eriaren da aeie heina ine cauecss eitnoethcbeudes etence 96 7 5 8 Quick Envelopes tab Short cut to creating envelopes and WINKOWS cccseeeeeees 98 7 5 9 Using the reports to double check the data entry sssseessseeennneennnnerinenernnenrrnnenne 101 7 6 Building Services TOM Mss 3k rcons Pena rca acer aaend presse deeb deeent sess nes 101 7 6 1 Global and DetaultS tab cirerer ie aeaiee Kaea E i EEA 102 7 6 2 Defining HV
147. b Short cut to creating envelopes and windows The Quick Envelopes sub tab provides an alternative way of introducing the envelope elements and windows without having to assign them manually to a zone or envelope element respectively The information required is a selection of the parameters required in the main Envelope and Windows amp Rooflights tabs Envelopes elements and windows are created as follows The zone to which the envelopes and windows are to be assigned is defined by the zone selected using the record selector The type wall floor ceiling or roof and orientation of the envelope element is defined by which row you enter your information into The first eight rows are for creating walls with orientations S SE E NE N NW W and SW and the last three rows are for ceilings floors and roofs There are then three fields that need to be filled in for each envelope element 1 Construction type choose between a default construction and the constructions that you defined in the Project Database form 2 Adjacent condition Here you have 2 options a Leave the Global button pressed in and hence apply the global default adjacency condition that was associated with the selected construction in the Project Database form see Section 7 4 1 Defining construction types or b Un depress the Global button and select a condition from the drop down menu choose between Exterior Strongly ventilated spaces Unheated adjoinin
148. case lift area on the ground floor z0 03 The supermarket on the ground floor z1 01centre The open plan office area on the first floor core zone z1 01north z1 01northeast z1 01east z1 01southeast z1 01south z1 01southwest z1 01west and z1 01northwest The open plan office area on the first floor glazed perimeter areas z1 02 The circulation area staircase lift area on the first floor zZ1 03 The toilets on the first floor 183 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 As you can see in Figure 95 Ground floor plan the supermarket and the coffee shop contain smaller auxiliary areas which could be considered as separate zones For e g it would be possible to separate the supermarket z0 03 into two zones the main area and the smaller room at the west end of the space Similarly the coffee shop core and east perimeter zone z0 01 east could be split into two zones For simplicity however it has been assumed that the activities of the auxiliary rooms within the supermarket and coffee shop do not vary from the activity within the main areas Hence these auxiliary spaces have been absorbed within the main zones More details on zoning can be found in Section 3 3 Zoning guide How to zone your building Table 17 below shows the area information you need for entering the geometry of the zones into iSBEM See Section 3 5 for a description of the nomenclature used in this example e g z0 01north n external nor
149. ccscccescccessecessecesseeescecescessscecesaeessaeesscecssaeensaeessaes 215 Figure 102 Message which appears after conversion ccccsscceeseeessesenseeesseeesaeeceaeessaceseseecnsaeeesaes 216 Figure 103 Location of the User defined construction library ossee 218 11 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 Figure 104 Description of Constructions tab in User defined construction libDrary 0cc1ccceeeee 219 Figure 105 Description of Glazings tab in User defined construction library n se 220 Figure 106 Description of Frames tab in User defined construction library soosse 221 Figure 107 Description of Construction Categories tab in User defined construction library 222 Figure 108 Description of Sources tab in User defined construction TiDrary cccccsccceeseceeseeeeneeeees 223 Figure 109 Description of Import tab in User defined construction library 224 List of Tables Table 1 Improvement factors and LZC benchmarks for use in the TER equation Approved Document L2A Conservation of Fuel and Power in New Buildings Other than Dwellings c oo 18 Table 2 Calculation parameters for SBEM ccccscccssssesesesssnesescecessecesseecsseecscessscecesaeceseeesneeseaeees 19 Table 3 Tips for gathering information for iSBEM ccccesccceseccessecessecesseeseeecescecescecssaecesaeeesaeessaeees 27 Table 4 Measurement and other CONVENtIONS ccsccccssceeeseceseeeeseeeesseeesseeseacecsscecsseecesaecesaeeseeessa
150. ccupation and operation in the zones served and it covers the energy used by fans pumps and controls The calculation depends on the HVAC system type selected as well as on other information provided by the user on the SFP duct and AHU leakage and control provision If no HVAC system serves the space i e an unconditioned zone you should select the option Zones without HVAC system as the HVAC system for that zone in the Geometry form gt Zones tab gt General sub tab spaces which have no heating or cooling e g plant rooms storage spaces exposed circulation spaces If you do not know the type of the HVAC system in your existing building or its detailed parameters you should instead select one of the following default options from the drop down menu see Section 7 5 3 Defining zones Zones tab e Heating only Electric resistance Heat generated by passing current through resistance wire Assumed to be electric central heating system with warm air distribution Fan storage heaters and electric fan converters should be input by defining an HVAC system in the Building Services form gt HVAC systems tab gt General sub tab and selecting the system type Other local room heater fanned see below If you do not know the heating method i e whether a heated only building uses electricity or a fuel based heating system you should select electric resistance heating as your default e Heating only Other system
151. ce 3 4 Measurement and other conventions In order to provide consistency of application standard measurement conventions have been adopted to be used as part of the NCM These apply to both accredited dynamic simulation tools and third party software interfaces to SBEM although some parameters may only relate to the latter These conventions are specified in Table 4 below Parameter Definition Zone Height Floor to floor height floor to soffit for top floor i e including floor void ceiling void and floor slab Used for calculating length of wall to wall junctions radiant and temperature gradient corrections and air flow through the external envelopes due to the stack effect Convention Convention for EPCs Dimension conventions For further guidance on defining zone height in a range of building configurations see APPENDIX H Zone Area Floor area of zone calculated using the internal horizontal dimensions between the internal surfaces of the external zone walls and half way through the thickness of the internal zone walls see Figure 3 Used to multiply area related parameters in databases Area basis needs to be consistent with that for operational ratings NB If the zone has any virtual boundaries the area of the zone is that delimited by the line created by that virtual boundary Convention Convention for EPCs Dimension conventions For further guidance on defining horizo
152. ch where you can view add delete and edit them Within iSBEM there is an alternative way of entering some types of records in particular the envelope elements and windows These can be entered using the Quick Envelope sub tab The functionality of this and any other screens in iSBEM will be explained in the relevant sub section of Chapter 7 The majority of the buttons and functionality of iSBEM can however be demonstrated by the General sub tab Figure 13 2 Record selector 3 Add new 4 Delete 5 Advanced copy ERETT AE drop down button record button button button Form p Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM 6 Reports button nvelope Doors Windows amp Rooflights Sub selector 20 01east x q il 2 General Quick Envelopes Envelope Summary User s notes 7 Help button Name 20 0least Multiplier j Al The coffee shop on the ground floor Core aadLeast perimeter area ste HVAC for the example building 1 Data re ae entry E Restaurant public house iS Description of Activity from NCM database 8 Multiplier fields bye Eating drinking area v An area for eating and drinking field Area 162 m2 Fir to fr height G h 3 m m Thermal Bridges M Infiltration No use default value 10 m3 h m2 Yes Air permeability at 50pa is e vV Tick here to use Gtebal Psi value 11 Global buttons tickboxes
153. ch wall it is to be attached to see Section 3 5 iSBEM Nomenclature for more information Multiplier Indicate how many doors identical to this one exist in the selected envelope element Remember that this would also multiply all of its associated additional thermal bridges during the calculation In Envelope Here you need to select which element this door is part of from a drop down box of the envelopes already created Type Here you need to select between Personnel Doors High Usage Entrance Doors and Vehicle Access Doors as defined in ADL2A Construction type Here you need to select the type of construction When you click on the drop down menu to the right of the construction field you will be presented with all the constructions for doors that you defined in the Project Database form as well as a default construction Area Specifies the area of the door including the frame in m i e the area of the structural opening in the wall NB During the calculation if the area of the wall input is less than the total area of windows and doors defined within in SBEM will increase the area of the wall to fit the areas of all the defined openings in it The corresponding wall in the notional building will similarly have the increased area Therefore you should always ensure that you double check the figures you input for your model geometry in iSBEM before running the calculation Thermal Bridges He
154. cheme Provider S6 type of building type of building according to Section 6 of the Scottish Building Regulations i e this parameter is active only if the Scottish Building Regulations are selected in the Purpose of the Analysis parameter above Tick box to indicate if the building is fully naturally ventilated and separate calculations have confirmed that it will not overheat without the need for any mechanical ventilation This parameter is active only if the Purpose of Analysis parameter is set to Scottish Building Regulations and if ticked justifications provided to Building Control a 5 credit is applied by SBEM to the heating demand of naturally ventilated zones in the building as specified in Section 6 Rating with improvements the potential Asset EPC Rating of the building in kgCO m if the recommended energy performance improvements were implemented This parameter is active only if the Scottish Building Regulations are selected in the Purpose of the Analysis parameter above NB SBEM does not calculate the potential improved rating with recommendations This value is input by the user If the Energy Assessor does not want a question mark to appear in the Ratings form and the EPC the improved rating value needs to be entered by the Energy Assessor The Energy Assessors can use iSBEM to arrive at that rating value by making a copy of the original completed nct file containing the building mode
155. closest to your site from the available locations there are 14 locations for England and Wales 1 for Scotland and 1 for Northern Ireland e Stage of analysis whether as designed or as built This parameter is not enabled if the Scottish Regulations are selected in the Purpose of the Analysis parameter above Also only the option as built is available when the purpose of analysis is generating EPCs e S6 type of building type of building according to Section 6 of the Scottish Building Regulations i e this parameter is active only if the Scottish Regulations are selected in the Purpose of the Analysis parameter above e Name of the project e Building type The choice of building type here sets the default building type for the activity areas that you will define later You will however be able to change the building type for each of the activity areas when you come to define them At this point you should choose the building type that most closely defines the majority of the building You will be able to edit this information at a later stage in the General form Section 7 3 General form NB England and Wales ADL2A 2006 would apply to a modular portable building only if the building will be in use for 2 or more years and 30 or more of the building s external envelope is to be constructed using sub assemblies panels modules manufactured after 6 April 2006 Their treatment within SBEM would
156. consumption is zero For forced circulation systems that require grid electricity for the circulation pump in the solar loop the user needs to enter the nominal input power of the pumps which is the power stated on the pumps label For a multi stage pump the power corresponding to the typical operation mode should be chosen 129 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 E iSBEM v3 5 a Building Services Example building x General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM g _ Global and Defaults HVAC systems HWS SES pys Wind generators Zones Record selector sesl zl ste gt Ezi Ea Collector parameters Solar storage amp Collector loop Auxiliary energy amp Distribution losses Distribution losses Are the distribution pipes between the SES and the back up system insulated Auxiliary energy consumption Circulation system thetmasiphon system z Do you know the nominal power Paux of pumps No use default value C Yes Pauris l 500 w Record 14 4 f 1 gt gt t gt of 1 NEW Figure 62 Defining a Solar Energy System gt Auxiliary Energy amp Distribution Losses sub unuia a NB There are no SESs in the Example building so there is no task here 7 6 5 Defining a Photovoltaic system PVS PVS tab SBEM allows the user to define a PVS in order to provide a percentage of the electrical d
157. contains information on the calculation tool used e Recommendations contains a list of recommendations edited by the energy assessor for the improvement of the energy performance of the building and their respective potential impact on the CO emission rate of the building The recommendations are grouped into the following sub sections short payback up to 15 recommendations medium payback up to 10 recommendations long payback up to 5 recommendations 176 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 and other recommendations created by the energy assessor up to 10 recommendations NB Only recommendations that are defined as applicable to the whole building i e the parameter Applicable to has been set to BUILDING appear in the official Recommendations report All the defined recommendations however will appear in SBEM s Secondary Recommendations report e Next Steps contains information on the steps that need to be taken following the production of the reports e Glossary contains definitions of some of the terms used in the report See APPENDIX A A 6 for a sample Recommendations Report for the Example building NB You must close all output files before re running the calculation so the software can over write them Otherwise an error message will be produced NB The NCM recommendations are generated for the building and its energy systems when operated according to standard schedules appropriate t
158. ct system V indicated by the dashed line is the dedicated solar storage volume NEW Figure 60 Schematic examples of arrangements for solar pre heating These schematics are esate not intended to show safety measures or devices needed to make the systems safe Adapted from SAP2005 _ 2 Solar pre heating type you need to select an option from the drop down menu as eae follows e Separate solar cylinder when there is one or more dedicated solar storage vessels that are heated with the solar collectors only and that do not contain any other heating sources i e the solar energy system has a storage cylinder that is independent of that for the hot water system storage e Combined cylinder the solar storage is combined in a hot water cylinder with one or more back up sources i e the solar energy system shares the same storage vessel with the hot water system 127 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 3 Insulation type on the solar storage cylinder selected from the drop down menu If the option selected is not Uninsulated then the following parameter becomes active a Insulation thickness on the solar storage cylinder in mm 4 Do you know the heat transfer rate of the heat exchanger s in the collector loop you need to select one of the following options e There is no heat exchanger For solar thermal direct systems in which the solar primary transmission fluid and the consumed wate
159. culated the Reference Emission rate or RER and then adjusted by an improvement factor 23 5 This adjusted CO emission rate in kgCO m annum is termed the Standard Emission Rate SER i e SER RER 0 765 It is not intended that the definition of the reference building should change as Part L standards change since this would mean that the energy rating of a given building would also change even if its energy efficiency had not been varied Therefore the reference building is always as defined above The Asset Rating AR is simply the ratio of the CO emissions from the actual building i e the BER to the Standard Emission Rate i e the SER multiplied by 50 The AR should be rounded to the nearest whole number It is also converted into an energy band grade on a linear A G scale where the border between grade B and grade C is set at the SER and given an AR of 50 This means that a gas heated mixed mode building that is just compliant with Part L 2006 would have an Asset Rating of 50 BER esi ap SER In addition to the Asset Rating it has been decided that the EPC should display two additional calculated items as references benchmarks a The building regulations standard i e the TER Note this is based on the performance of the notional building not the reference building b The performance of a typical building which is based on the 1995 Building Regulations Part L standards and its CO emissions rat
160. culation tick box i If the secondary circulation tick box is ticked default values will be assumed for heat losses per metre run W m pump power kW and secondary pipework length m You can insert specific values if you know them ii Tick box if there is time control on the secondary circulation NB If the above two boxes regarding a HWS storage volume and secondary circulation are activated but no values are entered by the user for the relevant parameters the default values Further guidance 122 ern ISBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume Auno used in the SBEM calculation will be displayed within the interface after the calculation has been run However these calculated defaults would be quite pessimistic and users are advised to enter their own values instead NB If a solar energy system is connected to a HWS then hot water storage is expected to exist NB If the provision of hot water in any area zone of the building consists of a combination of HWS generators that do not work simultaneously such as an additional generator is for backup to ensure continuity of hot water supply in a hospital then the storage volume entered into iSBEM for the HWS should refer to the maximum storage volume that can be used at any given time during the year The same applies to storage losses For example if two identical HWS generators with independent storage are installed to provide a hospital with HWS but one generator and storag
161. define the fuel type for the equivalent heating system which is entered into iSBEM as gas for more guidance on the notional building fuel please refer to section 2 2 Calculation basics for UK Building Regulations compliance purposes Even if the calculated equivalent efficiency figure in this case is over 100 this is just an artificial value for a virtual boiler needed to produce the correct carbon emissions in the SBEM calculation If gas is not used in the building the heating fuel should be defined as the fuel used by the heat source with the majority of the load Therefore for example if a heating system uses a heat pump of COP 3 providing 75 of the annual heating demand and the remaining 25 of demand is met by a natural gas boiler of 85 efficiency the CO2 emission factor for grid supplied electricity is 0 422 kgCO2 kWh and for natural gas is 0 194 kgCO2 kWh the heating fuel type is entered as natural gas into iSBEM and the equivalent efficiency can be calculated as follows SEff _ EmissionFactorg equivalent Emission Factor piec ioi d papu m EmissionFactorg cr AN COP HeatPump SEFF Boiler SEFI equivatent 0 422 n 194 1 193 075 025 114 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 aa N B Although natural gas and grid electricity were used as examples to explain the above Further bivalent calculation which need to be replaced with the fuels used in any particular bivalent _guiganee combination
162. deg it can be considered a wall 87 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 Aenor Convention Convention for EPCs Adjacent condition of adjoining buildings Unless evidence to the contrary is readily and easily available all buildings adjoining that Dn building or part building which is being assessed are assumed to be conditioned unless they are of Planning Class B2 to B8 in which case they are assumed to be unconditioned This applies regardless of whether they are actually occupied or are inaccessible This convention only applies for the assessment of EPCs NB Note that the Building Regulations compliance check regarding U values will be applied by the tool to all envelopes which are not adjacent to a Conditioned adjoining space Also note that the tool will not check the U values of envelopes of unconditioned zones for compliance 7 Construction Here you need to select the type of construction When you click the drop down menu to the right of the construction field you will be presented with all the constructions of that type type of envelope defined above that you have defined in the Project Database form as well as a default construction Select one of these If you need another construction type you will need to go back to the Project Database form and create it first 8 Area This is the area of envelope element inclusive of any windows and doors in m This value is used to c
163. demand urtner guidance Values and patterns Note that he CHP unit is normally sized below the peak heating Avaueetstind demand of the building and will also be out of service at particular times for maintenance purposes NB The CHP can provide a proportion of the building s hot water only if the HWS generator is set to be the same as the HVAC system to which the CHP is connected 7 Tick box to indicate whether this is a trigeneration system i e it provides cooling heating and power or not i e it provides heating and power If the box is ticked the following fields become active a Proportion of space cooling supplied to the building b Chiller efficiency the seasonal chiller efficiency of the generator defined as the cooling demand divided by the cooling energy for the generator NB SBEM is not a design tool The values of the parameters entered in the CHP Generator sub tab need to have come from a previous detailed analysis 133 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 E iSBEM v3 5 a Building Services Example building x General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Global and Defaults HVAC systems HWS SES Pvs wind generators CHP generator Zones This tab is active because there is at least one HVAC system served by CHP General Fuel Type Natural Gas x Heat efficiency 0 4 m HPR 12 ratio CH
164. ding x General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Project Zones Envelope Doors Windows amp Rooflights Window selector 20 0 Inorth n g EIE zg ay 9 General M Additional Thermal Bridges Name 20 01north n g Multiplier 1 Mult Lm Psi W mK Descrip In Envelope 001 north n gt Glazing type Double M Area projected 8 1 m2 Surface area ratio 1 Area ratio covered 1 ratio gt 1 and lt 4 Display window i Frame factor 0 1 Shading system fall other cases X Transmission factor 0 8 Record 14 4 11 gt a gt of 19 Figure 42 A window being defined in the General sub tab of the Windows amp Rooflights tab in the Geometry form At the top right hand side of the Windows tab a message will appear indicating how many windows have not yet been assigned to an envelope element To see a list of all the windows which have not been assigned to envelope elements click on the Reports button for more details about the Objects reports see Section 7 9 Double checking the data Task 9 Create the windows for zone z0 01west The details of all the glazing present in each zone are given in Table 17 in APPENDIX A First click on the Geometry form the Windows amp Rooflights tab and then the General sub tab For each new window you will need to add a new record and by referring to Table
165. ding Services Ratings Ko Special Buttons D How to Print Cancel Figure 14 Help Topics window Help Entries window Figure 15 Double clicking on the item of interest in the Help Topics window or clicking on F1 on your keyboard while the cursor is in the relevant field in the interface opens the Help Entries window on the page of interest and closes the Help Topics window Within the Help Entries window it is possible to scroll through the Help Entries using the scrolling buttons Clicking on either the Contents Index or Find buttons opens the Help Topics window 51 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 Scroll through Help entries in the order they appear in the Contents Click on Contents Index or Find to open the Help Topics window coven inden re oT Building Services form This form holds all the information relating to building s services This information is entered in 8 main tabs The first 6 tabs contain the details on all the systems in the building HVAC DHV generators SES PYS generators Wind generators CHP generator this tab only appears when one ofthe systems described in the HVAC tab uses CHP Lighting and ventilation are defined at the zone level Zones This is where you assign the appropriate HVAC and DHW system to each zone and input details on
166. ding sector o Building Regulations compliance o General description or 3 Enter parameters manually o U value W m k Km kJ m K Tab Construction for floors Sub tab General e Name of construction 226 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 e Globally used in floors that connect zone to e Definition of construction of floors using one of the following 3 options 1 Library o Category o Library or 2 Inference procedures o Building sector o Building Regulations compliance o General description or 3 Enter parameters manually o U value W m k Km kJ m K o Has the U value been corrected to account for heat loss through floors in contact with the ground Tab Construction for doors Sub tab General e Name of construction e Definition of construction of doors using one of the following 3 options 1 Library o Category o Library or 2 Inference procedures o Building sector o Building Regulations compliance o General description or 3 Enter parameters manually o U value W m K Km kJ m K Tab Glazing Sub tab General e Name of construction e Definition of construction of glazing using one of the following 3 options 1 Library o Category o Library or 2 Inference procedures o Building Regulations compliance Number of panes Coating Frame material O OoOO or 3 Enter parameters manually o U value for glazing in vertical inclination W m K o T solar for normal incidence o L
167. disclosure parameter in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab see Section 7 3 2 General Information tab New parameter for transaction type in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab see Section 7 3 2 General Information tab New option of Same space for the parameter Connects space to in the definition of envelopes in the Geometry form gt Envelope tab gt General sub tab see Section 7 5 4 Defining envelopes Envelope tab New parameter for frame factor of windows in the Geometry form gt Windows amp Rooflights tab gt General sub tab see Section 7 5 5 Defining windows and rooflights Windows amp Rooflights tab New sub tab for Storage amp Secondary Circulation in the Building Services form gt HWS tab see Section 7 6 3 Defining HWS HWS tab New parameter for insulation type on the hot water storage in the Building Services form gt HWS tab gt Storage amp Secondary Circulation sub tab see Section 7 6 3 Defining HWS HWS tab New parameter for insulation thickness on the hot water storage in the Building Services form gt HWS tab gt Storage amp Secondary Circulation sub tab see Section 7 6 3 Defining HWS HWS tab General sub tab renamed to Collector Parameters sub tab in the Building Services form gt SES tab see Section 7 6 4 Defining Solar Energy Systems SES SES tab New input paramet
168. distribution Other local room heater fanned Includes gas fires gas convectors direct electric heaters electric storage heaters that are provided with fans Larger units above about 10kW such as cabinet heaters or unit heaters should be classed as forced convection air heaters Other local room heater unfanned Includes gas fires gas convectors direct electric heaters electric storage heaters that do not have fans 110 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 Unflued radiant heater Luminous or non luminous overhead radiant heater without flue Includes electric overhead radiant heaters Flued radiant heater Luminous or non luminous overhead radiant heater with flue Multiburner radiant heaters Overhead multiburner radiant heater Flued forced convection air heaters May have fan to assist transportation of combustion air and or combustion products The Auxiliary energy for fanned warm air heaters parameter becomes active within the System Adjustment sub tab Unflued forced convection air heaters Direct gas heaters The Auxiliary energy for fanned warm air heaters parameter becomes active within the System Adjustment sub tab Note that provision for adequate ventilation must be provided Single duct VAV An all air system in which the volume of supply air is modulated to match the cooling demand May have reheat capability Assumed to also provide heating possibl
169. e e It is exposed to the same weather conditions as the evaluated building e Standard operating patterns to allow consistent comparison between buildings in the same sector e Standardised assumptions for building fabric glazing and HVAC plant efficiencies Generally but not always these comply with the 2002 Building Regulations NB According to ADL2A if the actual building has a supply of natural gas the heating and hot water fuel for the notional building is natural gas If there is no natural gas used anywhere in the actual building the heating and hot water fuel is oil in the notional building In addition according to the NCM Modelling Guide when the main heating fuel in the actual building is a low or zero carbon LZC heating technology then natural gas must be used in the notional building For the purposes of the guide the main heating fuel should be taken as the fuel which delivers the greatest total thermal output space or water heating over the year and the low or zero carbon LZC heating technologies to include biomass biogas heat pumps and waste heat The notional building will always use grid supplied electricity as fuel for cooling and auxiliary energy Any service not covered by the Building Regulations e g emergency escape lighting specialist process lighting etc is ignored in both the actual and notional buildings The Target Emissions Rate TER for the current 2006 Building Regulations
170. e 180 4Jun10 BDL Eile iq pdf Data Reflection report for the actual building Adobe Acrobat Doc 62 amp Adq Building Regulations Compliance Document f Example building Complete File Edit View Favorites Tools Help a sek gt wi J Search gt Folders gt x i EBk Address E C NCM iSBEM_v3 5 alProjects Example building Complete EJ Name See Type ate Modified 0100 0038 0000 0029 0002 xml 2 417 KB XML file for official submission of the EPC and the E Example building Complete_key txt 1KB Recommendations report B Example building Complete_epc_inpkey txt 1 KB E Example building Complete_typ sim 106 KB SIM File 26 01 2010 15 49 E Example building Complete_ref sim 106KB The NCT file the file read by iSBEM E Example building Complete_not sim EE 3 Example building Complete sim 122 kB Technical Output report for the typical building E Example building Complete_sim ovh A6 gt aeaaea i ESJExamp wis TEE EEE K Technical Output report for the reference building E Example building Complete_sim csv SKB aAA a EL Example building Complete_ref_sim csv 9KB Technical Output report for the notional building GL Example building Complete_not_sim csv 9 KB mrri Ore Fyre Rn E Example building Complete_not_dr csv sakel csv Data Reflection report for the notional building E Example build
171. e 186 12 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 Acronyms used in iSBEM and this guide AHU Air Handling Unit BER Building Emission Rate BRUKL Building Regulations United Kingdom Part L The Building Regulations compliance checking module CEN Comite Europeen de Normalisation The European Committee for Standardisation CHP Combined Heat and Power COs Carbon dioxide ECA Enhanced Capital Allowance EER Energy Efficiency Ratio EPBD Energy Performance of Buildings Directive EPCgen Energy Performance Certificate Generator The EPC generator module ETL Energy Technology List HEPA High Efficiency Particulate Air HTHW High Temperature Hot Water boiler HVAC Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning HWS Hot Water System IF Improvement Factor iSBEM Interface for SBEM LTHW Low Temperature Hot Water boiler LZC Low or Zero Carbon MTHW Medium Temperature Hot Water boiler NCM National Calculation Methodology PVS Photovoltaic System SBEM Simplified Building Energy Model SSEER Seasonal System Energy Efficiency Ratio SSEff Seasonal System Efficiency SES Solar Energy System SFP Specific Fan Power TER Target Emission Rate VAV Variable Air Volume VRF Variable Refrigeration Flow 13 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 1 HOW TO USE THIS GUIDE 1 1 Scope of the guide The purpose of this guide is to give an
172. e U values better than the design limits Better than design limits Element Ua Limt Us cot Uitimit Uicak pater where this maximum value Wall 0 35 0 24 0 7 0 24 z0 01east e Floor 0 25 0 12 0 7 0 25 z1 01centre fe Roof 0 25 0 25 0 35 0 25 z1 01centre c Windows roof windows and A 5 rooflights 2 2 2 1 3 3 2 1 z0 01north n g Personnel doors 2 2 2 3 2 z0 03 w d Vehicle access amp similar large doors 1 5 0 4 0 No heat loss vehicle access doors High usage entrance doors 6 0 6 0 No heat loss high usage entrance doors Ua imt Limiting area weighted average U values W m2K Ui timt Limiting individual element U values Wi m2K Uacab Calculated area weighted average U values Wi m2K Ui cac Calculated individual element U values Wi m2K There might be more than one surface exceeding the limiting standards Automatic U value check by the tool does not apply to curtain walls whose limiting standards are similar to those for windows Display windows and similar glazing are not required to meet the standard given in this table 206 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 2 2 Is air permeability no greater than the worst acceptable standard No greater than worst acceptable standard Air Permeability Worst acceptable standard This building Design value m3 h m2 at 50 Pa 10 E 2 3 Are all building services standards acceptable
173. e air extracting luminaries fitted e Is there time switching for display lighting field enabled for activities with display lighting o Hours off o Fraction off 233 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 runner APPENDIX E Activation codes and connection to guidance vaikio EPCgen net Emails containing activation codes for accredited energy assessors are sent via an automatic process and should not take longer than a few minutes If you do not receive this email you should check the following Ensure that your computer is connected to the internet while running the EPC calculation If applicable ensure that you have entered the proxy server details correctly into iSBEM Contact your IT department for assistance on your correct proxy server settings If applicable ensure that the firewall settings on your computer system allow access to the EPCgen net website Contact your IT department for assistance on your firewall settings The websites and IP addresses that your firewall will need to allow access to are o Wwww epcgen net IP 209 62 38 248 o Wwww ndepcregister com IP 81 168 117 62 o Wwww epbniregisternd com IP 81 168 117 59 Ensure that your name is on the National Register of accredited non domestic energy assessors www ndepcregister com for England and Wales and www epbniregisternd com for Northern Ireland that your details especially your email address are valid and up to date and that the n
174. e are only used in case there is a failure in the primary one you would input into iSBEM the volume and storage losses associated with only one of the systems NB Modelling trace heating in iSBEM As an approximation it can be considered that the energy used by trace heating is equivalent to that used by a secondary circulation You can tick the box in the Building Services form gt HWS tab gt General sub tab to indicate that there is a secondary circulation and then leave the rest of the secondary circulation related fields blank to be calculated by SBEM You can also leave the deadleg at the default of 0 m E iSBEM v3 5 a Building Services Example building x General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM g _ Global and Defaults HVAC systems HWS ses Pvs Wind generators Zones HWS selector HWS for the example building oe rug TE General Storage amp Secondary circulation Assigned mls the system a storage system m Does the system have Secondary Circulation Tick if the system is a storage y ea a Tick if the system has secondary circulation J sbem 5 sbem Storage volume 70 litres SE E ena ae bal Jn Circulation losses Wit Insulation type Factory insulated 2 Pump power Thickness 25 mm Loop lengtt Cc Storage losses l hdd month Tick if there is time control on secondary circulation P Record 14 4 J 11 gt a
175. e finished your session Go to the General form and click on Exit iSBEM When you are asked whether you would like to save your project click on OK 4 6 Getting assistance with using iSBEM The following sources are available if you need assistance on the use of iSBEM and have been unable to locate the information you need in this Guide You can click F1 while in any field within the iSBEM interface to get Help information on any specific input item see Section 6 2 iSBEM Help Frequently Asked Questions FAQs can be accessed from the NCM website at www ncm bre co uk fags jsp For all software and policy queries related to Non Domestic EPCs you should contact your Accreditation Scheme Provider For policy queries related to Part L you can contact the Building Control department of your local council or CLG through enquiries br communities gsi gov uk You can also refer to CLG s website at www communities gov uk epbd including the Frequently Asked Questions at www communities gov uk planningandbuilding theenvironment energyperformance energype rformancefaqs epccommercialfaqs CLG s publication Improving the energy efficiency of our buildings A guide to energy performance certificates for the construction sale and let of non dwellings which can be accessed from www communities gov uk publications planningandbuilding nondwelling 42 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 E iSBEM v
176. e for existing buildings There is more advice on how to interpret this information on the Government s website www communities gov uk epbd Energy Performance Asset Rating More energy efficient Adh A 0 25 B PA sete C 51 75 D LOTOO E 1O22 F 126 150 e Over 150 Less energy efficient Technical information Main heating fuel Natural Gas Buildings similar to this one could have ratings as follows Building environment Air Conditioning Total useful floor area m 2900 If newly built Building complexity NOS level 3 113 If typical of the Building emission rate kgCO m 87 74 existing stock 190 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 Administrative information This is an Energy Performance Certificate as defined in SI2007 991 as amended Assessment Software ISBEM v3 5 a_ using calculation engine SBEM v3 5 a 0 Property Reference 000000000000 Assessor Name Firstname Surname 1 Assessor Number TEST000000 Accreditation Scheme EPCgen NET test AS Employer Trading Name lt ea trade name gt Employer Trading Address lt ea trade address gt Issue Date 04 Jun 2010 valid Until 03 Jun 2020 unless superseded by a later certificate Related Party Disclosure Not related to the owner Recommendations for improving the property are contained in Report Reference Number 0000 2090 0040 1000 0803 If you have a complaint or wish to confirm that the certificate is genuine Detai
177. e glazing U value 2 1W m K T Solar 0 821 and L Solar 0 898 q Doors U value 2W m K Km 20KuJ m K The air permeability of the building at 50pa is 8m h m A 2 Systems HVAC System is a single duct VAV system with LTHW boiler using natural gas as fuel It has heat recovery Plate heat exchanger The chiller is air cooled with less than 100 kW capacity Both the chiller and the boiler appear on the ETL after 2001 The system has provision for metering and has M amp T with alarms for out of range values The ductwork leakage meets the CEN standard Class B and the AHU has been tested and meets the CEN standard Class L1 The specific fan power is 2 2 W I s The HVAC system serves all the zones in the building except for the circulation spaces and the toilets Lighting No information apart from lamp types T8 fluorescents There is manual switching and photoelectric dimming with a back sensor in the coffee shop and the office There is manual switching in all other areas Hot water Provided by the HVAC system boiler Ventilation Toilets have mechanical exhaust with 5 I s m A 3 Zoning of the building The building has been divided into 19 zones z0 01east The coffee shop on the ground floor core and unglazed east perimeter area z0 01 north 20 01northwest z0 01west z0 01south west and z0 01south The coffee shop on the ground floor glazed perimeter areas z0 02 The circulation area stair
178. e heaters and electric fan converters should be input by defining an HVAC system in the Building Services form gt HVAC Systems tab gt General sub tab and selecting the system type Other local room heater fanned If you do not know the heating method i e whether a heated only building uses electricity or a fuel based heating system you should select electric resistance heating as your default e Heating only Other systems Assumed to be wet radiator system heat generated by fuel combustion Pumps assumed to be powered by grid supplied electricity If you know the fuel type used by the heating system you can define it in the Building Services form gt Global and Defaults tab gt HVAC System Defaults sub tab see Section 7 6 1 Global and Defaults tab e Heating and mechanical cooling Assumed to be constant volume air system with terminal reheat and fixed fresh air Refrigeration chillers fans and pumps assumed to be powered by grid supplied electricity If you know the fuel type used by the heating system you can define it in the Building Services form gt Global and Defaults tab gt HVAC System Defaults sub tab see Section 7 6 1 Global and Defaults tab NB The default HVAC systems are representative of existing rather than new buildings and should only be used if you do not know the type of the HVAC system in your building or its detailed parameters as the default efficiencies assumed by iSBEM for them are
179. e is termed the Typical Emission Rate TYR More details on the calculation procedure required by the NCM and the definition of the rating scale are explained fully in the National Calculation Methodology Modelling Guide Further information on EPCs can be found in CLG s publication Improving the energy efficiency of our buildings A guide to energy performance certificates for the construction sale and let of non dwellings which can be accessed from www communities gov uk publications planningandbuilding nondwelling This document provides an introduction to energy performance certificates for non dwellings describes the scope and requirements of the Regulations that apply on construction sale or let and provides guidance on how these are applied in practice For information on the approved accreditation schemes please refer to http Awww communities gov uk planningandbuilding theenvironment energyperformance energyassessorqualification accreditationstatement In Scotland the EPC displays the approximate CO emissions and energy usage of the building based on a standardised use of the building The Rating is expressed as the CO2 emissions in kg per m of floor area per year and it determines where the building sits on 20 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 a seven band scale The EPC also includes a list of recommendations for the cost effective improvements lower cost measures of the energy performance Further
180. e of the qualified accredited person This parameter is active only if the Purpose of Analysis parameter is set to EPC Scotland Import Details clicking on this button will enable you to import the assessor details which you might have entered in a previous version of iSBEM instead of re typing them After you click you will have the option to browse the folders on your computer and select a previous version of iSBEM for e g iSBEM_v3 3 b mdb from which to import the previously input details into the version of iSBEM you are working with NB All the information in the Certifier Details Energy Assessor Details Agent Details Qualified Accredited Person Details sub tab will remain visible in any new project created but can be cleared by pressing the Clear all button E iSBEM v3 5 a General Example building 7 x General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM File Options General Information Basic information about Project Owner and Energy Assessor R Project details Building details Energy Assessor details Owner details _ Energy Assessor details Insurance details Insurer company insurers Policy number epoicys Effective date 01708 2009 Calendar Expiry date 31707 2010 Calendar PI Limit SSS 000 Figure 26 Insurance Details in the General form Insurance Details sub form This sub form is available only if
181. e order of an hour However as the example above shows this is not a universal rule There is a balance between the time and effort required to carry out parametric studies to establish input values for SBEM and detailed explicit modelling of a particular building Features which cannot currently be represented in iSBEM e Night ventilation strategy e Ventilation with enhanced thermal coupling to structure e Demand controlled ventilation e Automatic blind control e Light transfer within a building for e g through highly glazed internal surfaces between atria and surrounding spaces If in doubt about whether iSBEM would be appropriate for modelling your building please contact your Accreditation Scheme Provider 2 6 Overview of how a building is defined in iSBEM There is a number of stages to inputting a building in iSBEM a Enter general information about the building the owner and the certifier assessor agent for Scottish Building Regulations and select the appropriate weather data b Build up a database of the different forms of constructions and glazing types c After zoning the building on the drawings create the zones in the interface and enter their basic dimensions along with the air permeability of the space d Define the envelopes of each zone i e walls floor ceiling etc The envelopes areas orientations the conditions of the adjacent spaces and the constructions used all need to be defi
182. e zone s envelopes windows and doors and any additional thermal bridges associated with these elements Some information can be entered at the same time as the zone but to complete the definition the envelope elements need to be assigned to a zone g Enter information on building services such as HVAC HWS and PV systems if available Suggested order of data entry h Enter zone specific building services such as lighting and ventilation strategy and which HVAC system and HWS it is served by i Calculate rating Assess compliance Figure 17 Order of data entry The stages indicated by the letters in Figure 17 a i correspond to the stages described in Section 2 6 Overview of how a building is defined in iSBEM 7 2 Important note on the default values in iSBEM In iSBEM there are default values included for various parameters For example there are default seasonal efficiencies for HVAC systems and default constructions for envelope elements so that you can select them when defining the envelopes of a zone These default values are not generous usually pessimistic should be checked by the user and if appropriate changed or added to NB If none of the default values in iSBEM are changed it is likely that the building will not comply with Building Regulations 54 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 7 3 General form The General form contains two tabs e File Options tab e General In
183. eased The current version of SBEM v3 5 a can be used to assess and demonstrate compliance with Part F of Northern Ireland Building x V Ido accept Tl Don t show this message again Figure 6 Terms and Conditions dialogue box 4 4 Creating new and opening existing projects When the terms and conditions have been accepted a new window will appear which gives three iSBEM Start up Options Figure 7 iSBEM Start up Options a xi Welcome to iSBEM National Calculation Methodology Interface for the Simplified Building Energy Method What do you wish to do iSBEM Startup Options Open a Recent Project Select an Existing Project to open Create a New Project Figure 7 iSBEM Start up dialogue box NB FILES CREATED WITH PREVIOUS VERSIONS OF iSBEM ARE NOT AUTOMATICALLY COMPATIBLE WITH THIS VERSION AND WOULD REQUIRE CONVERSION BEFORE THEY CAN BE OPENED AND EDITED USING THE NEW VERSION see APPENDIX B iSBEM file conversion 1 Open Recent Projects This option has a drop down menu which contains the 5 most recently opened projects 2 Select an Existing Project Selecting this option and clicking on OK opens the Open File dialogue box allowing you to browse through your network computer to locate a project It is set to automatically open in the Projects sub folder within the iSBEM_v3 5 a folder 3 Create a New Project If this option is chosen
184. ect Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About a Global and Defaults HVAC systems Hws ses pvs wind generators Zones Record selector HYAC for the example building R T Sy q 9 General Heating Cooling System Adjustment Metering Provision System Controls Zone Summary Zones assigned to this HVAC system Zone s properties z0 0least Name 20 03 H AC system HVAC for the example building z1 01lcentre Multiplier 1 z0 01north Building Type Retail z0 01lwest Activity Sales area general z0 01south Area 900 m2 z1 0l1lnorth Flr to Flr Height 3m z1 0lwest Overheating risk No risk or not yet calculated z1 01lsouth Air Perm SOPa 8 m3fhim2 z1 0Oleast HWS HWS For the example building z0 01lsouthvest HWS type Same as HVAC HYAC For the example builc z0 01northwest HWS Fuel Natural Gas z1 01lnortheast Dead leg 0 z1 01lsoutheast z1 01lsouthwest z1 0lnorthwest Record 14 4 J 1 gt t r of 1 Figure 55 HVAC systems tab Zone Summary sub tab 7 6 3 Defining HWS HWS tab The HWS tab has three sub tabs e General sub tab This is where the Hot Water System generator fuel type and efficiency are defined The HW system needs to be defined here before it can be assigned to any zones e Storage amp Secondary Circulation sub tab This is where the data on the hot water storage and secondary circulation are defined e Assign
185. ectricity q Does it qualify for UK ECAs Do you know the generator nominal energy ECA list after 2001 efficiency ratio EER No use default value 3 12 C Yes EER is Tl Tick if this HVAC system has mixed mode operation strategy z 5 Record 14 4 f 1 gt gt a r of 1 Figure 51 HVAC systems definition Cooling sub tab System Adjustments sub tab The System Adjustments sub tab Figure 52 allows the user to specify other system properties such as the air leakage associated with the ducts or the air handling unit AHU and the specific fan power SFP If this information is not known default values will be used by the software NB These default values reflect past practices and may not be compliant with the current Building Regulations The information is entered as follows Ductwork and AHU Leakage 1 Ductwork leakage If the ductwork has been tested or design targets set for the building the appropriate CEN classification for air leakage can be entered by clicking on the radio button Yes it meets the CEN leakage classification below and choosing from the drop down list between Class A Class B or Worse than Class A Different classes refer to the maximum air leakage obtained for the HVAC ductwork at different test conditions 2 AHU leakage Similarly if the AHU has been tested or design targets set for the building click on the appropriate radio button and cho
186. ed in that project To the right of the envelope s name will be the zone which that envelope element is part of followed by the HVAC system which the zone has been assigned to If the zone has not been assigned to an HVAC system it will say Unassigned NB At this stage in the tutorial you will not have created any HVAC systems yet so it will say Unassigned to the right of your zones Note that the first line in the drop down box reads Select action or wall from the list This refers to actions that will be available in future versions of the tool for example sorting by zone or copying only part of the envelope for example copying a wall without its windows To delete an envelope element and any associated windows or doors you need to select it using the record selector and then click on the Delete Record button If you press the Copy Record button you will copy the selected envelope element along with any windows and doors that have been created and linked to it The new envelope will be automatically named for you it will be the name of copied envelope 1 Once it has been created you can change its name The names of the copied windows and doors associated with the envelope however will have the same name as those they were copied from the following section will explain how to rename and edit the windows Task 7 View the envelope elements you have created for zone z0 02 in the E
187. ed in this sub tab as follows 1 The energy used per square metre kWh m annually by the actual building and the notional building for heating cooling auxiliary energy pumps fans and controls lighting and hot water The total energy used per square metre kWh m annually by the actual building and the notional building in terms of both electricity and fuel use The Actual Building Emission Rate BER This is the annual CO emissions per square metre for the actual building in kgCO2 m The Notional Building Emission rate This is the annual CO2 emissions per square metre for the notional building in kgCO m The Target Emission Rate TER kgCO2 m for details on the derivation of the TER see Section 2 2 Calculation basics for UK Building Regulations compliance purposes In summary this is the Notional Building Emission Rate with the following two factors applied to it a IF improvement factor b LZC Low or zero carbon benchmark Pass CO2 If the BER lt TER the building passes the COz emissions criterion of the building regulations Otherwise it does not Checks regarding other Building Regulations compliance criteria such as U Value checks and building services efficiencies checks can be found in the Building Regulations Compliance document see Section 8 2 2 SBEM BRUKL Output Document Compliance with Building Regulations which can be accessed from the Building Rating sub tab Also accessible from
188. ed sub tab This tab shows which zones each HWS is assigned to serve General sub tab 120 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 A HWS is defined by the following information 1 Name This needs to be a unique name NB Note that the Multiplier field no longer exists for HWS 2 Further guidance Further guidance Generator type Select from Dedicated HWS boiler Stand alone water heater Instantaneous HWS only Instantaneous combi Heat pump or any of this project s HVAC systems previously defined in the HVAC Systems tab Is it later than 1998 Tick if the system was installed later than 1998 The generator type selected above determines whether this tick box is enabled NB For boiler systems installed from 1998 onwards a default seasonal efficiency of 0 81 is suggested by the tool based on Statutory Instrument 1994 No 3083 and for boiler systems installed before this period a conservative default seasonal efficiency of 0 65 is suggested Please note that from around 1989 the boiler industry began producing boilers with efficiencies that would have complied with the above statutory instrument Fuel type Depending on the generator type selected a list of fuel types is available For example if Instantaneous combi is selected you need to choose between Natural gas LPG Biogas and Oil If one of the project s HVAC systems is chosen as the generator type this fie
189. editation Scheme Provider that allows Energy Assessors to generate the final EPC documents for lodgement through the Energy Assessors computers Please note that in order to generate the XML message for official lodgement and remove the watermark from the EPC and the Recommendations Report your computer must be connected to the internet and you need to have entered your Energy Assessor EPCgen net Activation Code If there is no internet connection and or the Activation Code has not been entered then the XML message will not be generated and the output files produced will contain the watermark However this does not apply if EPC Scotland has been selected as the Purpose of Analysis 64 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 NB For assessors accredited by an Accreditation Scheme Provider that generates the final EPC documents for lodgement in a central system for the Accreditation Scheme Please note that in order to generate the IAS file required by the Accreditation Scheme Provider your computer must be connected to the internet If there is no internet connection then the IAS file will not be generated The output files produced on your computer will always contain the watermark 12 Membership Number the membership number of the qualified accredited person This parameter is active only if the Purpose of Analysis parameter is set to EPC Scotland 13 Protocol Organisation the accreditation schem
190. eeeeeeeennaee 209 A 11 Sample Specification Information Document for Scottish Building Regulations 210 APPENDIX B iSBEM file CONVErSION eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 213 APPENDIX C User defined construction database cccccsssseseseeeeeeeees 217 APPENDIX D List of parameters required by iSBEM cccccssssssseeeeeeeees 225 APPENDIX E Activation codes and connection to EPCgen net 0 234 APPENDIX F Matrix of activity areas and building types 0eeee 235 APPENDIX G Agreed convention for decision on assessment level 236 APPENDIX H Agreed convention for determining dimensions 239 9 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 List of Figures Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3 Figure 4 Figure 5 Figure 6 Figure 7 Figure 8 Figure 9 Structure Of SBEM ODjeCts ccssccceseeceseceseccsssceessceessceceseecescecesaecesseecsseessseeceseecssaesesaeeesaes 24 Steps for calculating the rating for a building ecceeecceeseceeseeeseeeennecesneeeeaeeceeecsenecesaeeesaes 25 Internal horizontal dimension Of a ZONE 1 cesccceecccceseceeseesesceceseecssseceseeesaeessseeceseecesaeeesaeeesaes 31 Location of the iSBEM Microsoft Access file and Projects foldet 36 Name of the iSBEM Microsoft Access file for Office 2007 users cssc 37 Terms and Conditions dialogue DOX cccccsccceseccesceseenecesneeeseecsscesescecesaeeesaeessaeesseesnaee
191. eees 31 Table 5 Suggested iSBEM nomenclature cscccesscceeseceesneseseeceseecessecesscecseeceeeceseecssaecesaeeeseessneees 32 Table 6 Examples of building element names cccccccssccesceceseceseceeeceseeseeeceacecsscecssaecesaeessneeeeaeees 33 Table 7 Structure of the forms tabs and sub tabs in iSBEM s cccccseccceeeeseeeeeenseeeeeenseeeeseeeeesnnees 46 Table 8 Global parameters ccscccessceessecessecesnecescecesaceesaeecsscecsscecssaecesaeecsseecsseecsseecesaesesaeeesaeeseseees 50 Table 9 Options for Connects space to field for envelopes 87 Table 10 Partial shading correction factor for overhang FO 96 Table 11 Partial shading correction factor for fins Ff cccccccccsssccessecesseceseceseceseessseessseesesaeeesaeeesaes 96 Table 12 Definitions of heat recovery options in iSBEM Q scccsccceseecessecesseeeeneeceeeceseecesaeeesaeeesaes 109 Table 13 Definitions of HVAC type options in iSBEM 0 scceseceesecceseecesseceseeeeaceceacecsseecesaeensaeeesaes 112 Table 14 Default solar collector performance parameters scccesecceseccesseceeneeteneeteneecensecesaecesaeeeaee 125 Table 15 Power densities used by SBEM in correspondence to the lamp types selected 0 000 141 Table 16 Types of occupancy sensing controls available in iSBEM cccsccesseeesseeeseeeseeeseeeeaee 144 Table 17 Zoning summary and dimensions of the Example building cccccccsccceseecesseceeseeetneeeeae
192. eference 50 Less energy efficient Figure 81 The Graphic Rating sub tab in the Asset Rating tab of the Ratings form Task 19 Check compliance with Building Regulations and calculate the Asset Rating If you ensure that the Purpose of Analysis parameter is set to England and Wales Building Regulations Part L in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab and click into the Ratings form you should find yourself in the Building Rating sub tab of the Check Building Regulations tab Check that the message at the bottom of the screen says that there are no critical un assignments in this project and then click on the Check Regulation button Once the calculation is completed you will be able to view the Building Regulations Compliance document and Main SBEM Output Report which you can compare to the versions included in APPENDIX A Then go to the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab and change the Purpose of Analysis parameter to EPC England Finally go back to the Ratings form gt Asset Rating tab gt Building Rating sub tab and click on the Calculate EPC Rating button Once the calculation is complete you will be able to view the Energy Performance Certificate and the EPC Recommendations Report APPENDIX A includes samples of the EPC and the Recommendations report You have now completed this tutorial 160 iSBEM ve
193. efined by the activity database Thus the energy required to adjust the condition of the supply air and that required to move the air can be reduced The rate of ventilation would typically be controlled by presence detectors CO2 sensors or another device that senses the varying requirement Lightwell A lightwell is a space surrounded by the walls of a building but that has no roof or glazing above it It is therefore similar to a courtyard in appearance The walls that surround the lightwell are exposed to external air Night Ventilation Strategy Can be defined as the presence of suitable systems controls and operating strategy such that overnight ventilation passive and or mechanical is used to cool down the exposed building mass and thereby offset daytime cooling demands If no such operation and subsequent offset is possible through the automatic operation of systems and controls then night ventilation strategy is deemed to be not present as part of the building energy asset rating Sunpipes A sunpipe is a tube pipe consisting of internal reflective surfaces which channels daylight to an internal area 237 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 Ventilation with Enhanced Thermal Coupling to Structure This is a further development of the night ventilation strategy such that significant components of the building structure in addition to its ordinary surfaces are exposed to night ventilation in order to enhance the b
194. efore proceeding with final rating where is the number of critical un assignments in the project NB CRITICAL refers to building object un assignments rather than construction or glazing un assignments Figure 77 shows the Building Rating sub tab in the Building Regulation Check tab of the Ratings form for England and Wales and Figure 78 shows the same for Scotland The message at the bottom of the screen indicates that there are no critical un assignments in the project If there were the user would need to click on the Objects Report button identify the un assignment make the correction in the appropriate part of iSBEM then return to this page and then click on the Check Regulation button 155 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 E iSBEM v3 5 a Ratings Example building Xx General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Building Regulation check England and Wales Building Regulations Part L Building Rating Calculation Logs Calculation Errors Supporting Documents Heating Cooling Auxiliary Lighting Hot Water Total Ata kwh m2iy Notional kwh m2 m 1 CO2 emissions mandatory requirement BER 87 69 kgCO2 m2 s EE Click on text below for 114 94 kglO2 m2 Notional g Sr IF LZC SBEM Outputs TER 82 77 kglO2 m2 yr Data Reflection Actual Building Pass CO2 E Data Reflection Notional Building 2 Additi
195. elope s windows and or doors are then listed in the left hand side window in terms of their names and types window door If any of the windows or doors are highlighted in the left hand side window more details about that object appear in the Selected objects properties window such as its area and construction E iSBEM v3 5 a Geometry Example building xj General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Project Zones Envelope Doors Windows amp Rooflights Envelope selector 20 02 ee IE ste T KA General Window amp Door Summary Show objects C Windows only C Doors only Windows amp Doors Selected objects properties Name 20 02 wm d in Envelope 20 02 w Multiplier 2 Area 3 75 m2 Type Personnel Doors Construction External door U value 2 Wim2K Km value 20 kijm2k Record 14 4 J 7 gt t of 91 Figure 40 Windows amp Doors Summary sub tab NB the Quick Envelope function is explained in Section 7 5 8 Quick Envelopes tab Short cut to creating envelopes and windows 7 5 5 Defining windows and rooflights Windows amp Rooflights tab For each envelope element in the building you need to define the type and amount of glazing it contains if any If there is more than one window of the same type in one wall roof you can add together the areas and enter them as one single window
196. emand of the building see Figure 63 by displacing grid supplied electricity There is only one sub tab in the PVS tab e General sub tab General sub tab The definition of a PVS requires Name A unique name Multiplier Indicate how many PVS identical to this one exist in the building Type Choose from the drop down list whether it is Monocrystalline silicon Polycrystalline silicon Amorphous silicon or Other thin films Area Area of the photovoltaic panel m Orientation Select from the drop down list S SE SW E W NE NW or N Inclination Select from the drop down list from between 0 90 in 15 intervals The inclination of the photovoltaic panels is in degrees from the horizontal where 0 stands for a horizontal surface and 90 for a vertical surface 130 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 E5 iSBEM v3 5 a Building Services Example building x General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM g _ Global and Defaults HVAC systems HWS SES PS wind generators Zones Record selector p s1 HEE oy General Name pvs1 Multiplier 1 Type Monocrystalline silicon Area 3 m2 Orientation Sout x Inclination 30 Degrees Record 14 4 f 1 gt gt a gt of 1 Figure 63 Defining a PVS NB There are no PVSs in the Example building so there is no task here 7 6
197. ence creating a project with a very large number of objects will slow down calculation and may cause it to crash 79 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 The Zones tab contains four sub tabs e General sub tab This is where the zones are created and defined You need to give each zone a unique name select its building and activity types and enter its area height and infiltration characteristics You can also specify which HVAC system the zone is served by in this tab but only if you have already defined the HVAC system in the Building Services form or you are using one of the default HVAC systems in iSBEM see below e Quick Envelopes sub tab This is one way to define the envelope elements and assign them to the zone as described in Section 7 5 8 Quick Envelopes tab Short cut to creating envelopes and windows e Thermal bridges sub tab This is where the global thermal bridges for the zone are defined see below e Envelope Summary sub tab This tab displays a summary of all the envelope elements of the zone General sub tab To create a zone you will need to click into the General sub tab of the Zones tab add a new record and enter the following information 1 Name Any name can be given to a zone The only requirement is that it is unique There are certain recommendations to avoid it becoming complicated since there are so many elements in iSBEM which require naming See Section 3 5 iSBEM nomenclature fo
198. eneral sub tab e Click through all the sub tabs in the Building Services form gt Zones tab e Due to the construction database having been updated in certain parts you may wish to review your construction definitions in the Project Database form if the constructions were selected either from the library or using the inference method 7 Double check and note the points which have changed since the previous version Please see the front pages of this manual for a list of the changes introduced in this version of the tool and manual as well as in each of the previous versions It is essential that you click through and review all the different forms tabs and sub tabs of iSBEM and ensure that you provide input for parameters that did not exist in previous versions This would also allow any changes that have been made to iSBEM s default values to be adopted into the input correctly You might also wish to modify your input for any of the existing parameters based on any further guidance added in this manual or the Help pages If you are converting a file from a version prior to v3 2 6 please note all the changes that have been introduced since your original version NB The development of SBEM version 3 5 a has incorporated improvements to the calculation algorithms added features modifications to some of the underlying databases and correction of identified minor bugs Hence the generated results may differ either way from those
199. energy use per m of floor area 236 kWh m Main heating fuel Natural Gas Building Services Air conditioning Renewable energy source Electricity Grid supplied Carbon Dioxide is a greenhouse gas which contributes to climate change Less Carbon Dioxide emissions from buildin ps the environment Benchmarks A building of this type built to building regulations standards current at the date of issue of this certificate would have a rating Where the accompanying recommendations for the cost effective improvement of energy performance are applied this building would have a rating Recommendations for the cost effective improvement lower cost measures of the energy performance 1 Consider replacing T8 lamps with retrofit T5 conversion kit 4 Some spaces have a significant risk of overheating Consider solar control measures such as the application of reflective coating or shading devices to windows 2 The default chiller efficiency is chosen It is recommended that 5 Add time control to heating system the chiller system be investigated to gain an understanding of its efficiency and possible improvements 3 Introduce HF high frequency ballasts for fluorescent tubes 6 Add optimum start stop to the heating system Reduced number of fittings required Address 56 London Road LONDON SW23 1HA Conditioned area m 2900 Name of protocol organisation Not accredited 00000034555 Date of issue of certificate
200. er the building type DWELLING The self contained flats themselves should be assessed using SAP for domestic buildings 6 Area Floor area of the zone in m calculated using the internal horizontal dimensions between the internal surfaces of the external zone walls and half way through the thickness of the internal zone walls see Section 3 4 Measurement and other conventions and Figure 3 This parameter is used to multiply area related parameters in the databases The area basis needs to be consistent with that for Operational Ratings NB If the zone has any virtual boundaries created due to the zoning rules on daylight access you need to consider the area of the zone as that delimited by the line created by that virtual boundary the virtual boundary itself is not entered into iSBEM NB Where there is an unheated unoccupied roof space i e between a pitched roof anda flat ceiling above an activity area it should not be treated as a separate unheated zone Instead the void should be considered as part of the construction when calculating the U value between the occupied activity area and the outside i e the top floor ceiling should be defined as a roof and given the combined thermal performance of the whole construction including the ceiling construction the void and the roof construction If the roof space is occupied heated then it becomes a normal activity area If surfaces of the room are not recti
201. ergy Performance Certificates If either EPC England EPC Wales EPC Scotland or EPC Northern Ireland were selected as the Purpose of Analysis in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab and the calculation was run to generate the Energy Performance Certificate then SBEM produces nine output reports The nine reports produced by SBEM are as follows SBEM Main Output Document Energy Performance Certificate Recommendations Report Data Reflection Report for the Actual Building Technical Output Report for the Actual Building Technical Output Report for the Notional Building pl OO 0s I Ee Technical Output Report for the Reference Building 8 Technical Output Report for the Typical Building The following additional report is also produced but only during the generation of the Energy Performance Certificate for England Wales and Northern Ireland 9 SBEM Secondary Recommendations Report As described previously the first four reports are accessible from within iSBEM using the appropriate buttons or hyperlinks in the Ratings form gt Asset Rating tab gt Building Rating sub tab These reports are all stored in the same location as the project files along with the Technical Output Reports which can only be accessed from the Projects folder The default location for the project files is within the specific project folder created when the project was fir
202. ermeability These parameters are entered into two sub tabs e General amp Geometry sub tab e Thermal Bridges sub tab General amp Geometry sub tab This sub tab requires five pieces of information as shown in Figure 34 Building Infiltration Global 1 Air permeability at 50 pa m h m The value you enter here will be the global or default value assigned to each zone You can choose later to either use this global value or enter a different value for each zone that you define see Section 7 5 3 Defining zones NB If the purpose of analysis option that has been selected in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab is EPC generation then iSBEM s default value for air permeability will be 25 m h m while if compliance with building regulations has been selected as the purpose of analysis the default value will be 10 m h m In either case the user can over write the default value by manually entering an alternative value NB According to ADL2A buildings with less than 500 m total useful floor area may avoid the need for a pressure test provided that the air permeability is taken as 15 m h m at 50 Pa SBEM is able to acknowledge this during the compliance checking For further details on global values see Section 6 1 Basic interface functionality and buttons 75 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 Further Convention Convention for EPCs Air permeabili
203. ers for the solar collector performance parameters in the Building Services form gt SES tab gt Collector Parameters sub tab see Section 7 6 4 Defining Solar Energy Systems SES SES tab iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 New sub tab for Solar Storage amp Collector Loop in the Building Services form gt SES tab see Section 7 6 4 Defining Solar Energy Systems SES SES tab New parameter for solar hot water storage volume in the Building Services form gt SES tab gt Solar Storage amp Collector Loop sub tab see Section 7 6 4 Defining Solar Energy Systems SES SES tab New parameter for solar preheating type in the Building Services form gt SES tab gt Solar Storage amp Collector Loop sub tab see Section 7 6 4 Defining Solar Energy Systems SES SES tab New parameter for insulation type on the solar hot water storage in the Building Services form gt SES tab gt Solar Storage amp Collector Loop sub tab see Section 7 6 4 Defining Solar Energy Systems SES SES tab New parameter for insulation thickness on the solar hot water storage in the Building Services form gt SES tab gt Solar Storage amp Collector Loop sub tab see Section 7 6 4 Defining Solar Energy Systems SES SES tab New parameter for the heat transfer rate of the heat exchanger in the solar collector loop in the Building Services form gt SES tab gt Solar Storage amp Collector Loop sub tab see Sectio
204. erted as the default If this is a ue not appropriate you can un click the Global button and select between Conditioned aA adjoining space External Strongly ventilated Underground Unheated space or Same space see Table 9 Option Brief Description Exterior For an envelope separating the considered zone from the outside air or water Strongly ventilated spaces For an envelope separating the considered zone from a space provided with one or more permanent openings i e that cannot be closed with a capacity for the supply of fresh air and extract of inside air determined according to section 5 3 of NEN 1087 of at least 3x10 m3 s per m useable area Unheated adjoining space For an envelope separating the considered zone from an unheated adjoining space other than meant under Strongly ventilated spaces Conditioned adjoining space For an envelope separating the considered zone from another conditioned zone Underground For an envelope separating the considered zone from the ground Same space For constructions representing the internal envelopes that separate contiguous zones which have been merged into one zone i e the envelope is contained within the merged zone Table 9 Options for Connects space to field for envelopes A pitched roof has a pitch greater than 10 deg If the roof s pitch is 10 deg or less it can be considered flat If the pitch is greater than 70
205. erted file There are two options i Click on the button shown in Figure 100 This opens a dialogue box the same as in stage 2 Re select the file you are converting and click on Save The new file will automatically be given the name original file name_v3 5 a nct The 214 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 original file will not be over written by the conversion tool and you should keep it for future reference ii If you want to give the converted file a new name of your own type a new name and its full path into the field shown in Figure 100 Tk NCT File v3 5 a Conversion Tool v2 This tool converts previous version NCT files e g v1 0 1 0 b 1 1 a or 1 2 a_b01 to the latest version v3 4 4 Existing NCT file to convert ib Projects Example building Tutorial Example building Tutorial nct a poe Gonvert New NCT file to create an Option ii Enter a new name of your choice Option i Use original name_v3 5 a Figure 100 Naming the new file 4 Convert the file When both of the fields are filled the Convert button becomes active see Figure 101 Clicking on this button converts the files and produces the message shown in Figure 102 Click on Ok The new file will be saved to the same folder as the original file by default unless you specify otherwise 5 Close the tool Click on the Exit button see Figure 101 NCT File Conversion Tool
206. es 38 ISBEM Start up didlo gue DOK irri eelere eh oiaoi eenei i e EE iiaii iii 38 iSBEM Basic Information fOfM sssesseeeeseeseseesesseeresserersesrerrerrerssrrerssreesssrerssrrerssrrereseresse 40 General form showing the correct ways of Closing iSBEM cccccccssecesseseseecesteeeenneeeeees 41 Figure 10 The iSBEM END dialogue DOX ccsccesccsesseceseceseeesseecsnecescecesaeessaeecseecescesesaeeesaeessaeees 41 Figure 11 iSBEM END dialogite DOK ccsscccsecseveneesonevensesevscceventononevsocenenseseneneenonessonerenecsenaneosoners 42 Figure 12 The seven forms in iSBEM izsit onside onii EE e Ai RENEE E EEN aa S n 43 Figure 13 A General sub tab basic commands and buttons essseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeereeererererereeereeere 47 Figure 14 Help Topics wihdOW izeesizioviigr ienne e a ia e A a a Eis 51 Figure 135 Help Entries Wind Ow venirte idae i R tice unl svete ved EAA E A aes R iiS 52 Figure 16 3D view of the Example building ccccscccscccessccesscceeseesescecescecesseeeseesseeseseesesaeeeseessaeees 53 Figure T7 Order Of AGta ner yes ceswoeiedseectveg tance veccdeun sos e i ctseuod e vadeeccrved A E E E E REE 54 Figure 18 The File Options tab in the General fOr c ccccccccssccsssseeessecessecesseeesneeseseeseseeeesaeeesaeessaeees 55 Figure 19 The System Configuration SUD tab ccccccceseccessecessceeeseecescecescecesseeeseecseecesaecesaeeesaeessaeees 56 Figure 20 The System Configuration Cont sub tab ccssccs
207. f 91 Figure 39 A wall being defined in the General sub tab of the Envelope tab in the Geometry form At the top right hand side of the Envelope tab a message appears if any of the envelope elements have not yet been assigned to a zone To see a list of all the envelope elements which have not been assigned to zones click the Reports button for more details about the Objects reports see Section 7 9 Double checking the data 89 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 Task 6 Create all the envelope elements for Zone z0 02 The details on the walls floors and ceilings roofs can be found in Table 17 in APPENDIX A First click on the Geometry form and the Envelope tab You should then be in the General sub tab For each new envelope element you will need to add a new record and by referring to Table 17 enter its required parameters Do this for all the envelope elements for Zone 20 02 This includes the four walls the floor and the ceiling The envelope elements for Zones z0 01north z0 01east z0 01south z0 01west z0 01northwest and z0 01southwest have been entered for you and you will be able to view them using the record selector Viewing deleting and copying envelope elements in the Envelope main tab To view the envelope element that you have created you need to click on the record selector in the main Envelope tab A drop down list will then appear showing all of the envelope elements that you have defin
208. fault glazing 5 Area Area of the structural opening in the wall roof including the frame in m NB If the wall roof is fully glazed then the area of the window will be equal to the area of the wall roof Euther NB During the calculation if the area of the wall input is less than the total area of _ guidance Windows and doors defined within in SBEM will increase the area of the wall to fit the weer areas of all the defined openings in it The corresponding wall in the notional building will similarly have the increased area Therefore you should always ensure that you double check the figures you input for your model geometry in iSBEM before running the calculation 6 Surface area ratio This is the developed area to projected area ratio for the window or rooflight The developed area is the total area of the glass plus the frame and the projected area is the area of the opening in the wall roof Therefore for domed or conical rooflights for example this ratio would be larger than 1 It cannot have a value which is less than 1 7 Area ratio covered This is the ratio of the roof area covered by an array of rooflights to the total area of the rooflight glazing see Figure 41 for example This parameter is active only if the envelope to which this window belongs has been defined as a roof i e the window is in fact a rooflight NB This parameter is used by SBEM to determine the area of the zone which is day
209. formation tab 7 3 1 File Options tab The File Options tab has five sub tabs e File Operations sub tab e System Configuration sub tab e System Configuration cont sub tab e Local Area Network LAN Settings sub tab e Helpline Diagnosis sub tab File Operations sub tab This sub tab contains the options to Save current project Save As Open an Existing Project Create a New Project and Exit iSBEM shown in Figure 18 E iSBEM v3 5 a General Example building x General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM S General Information Actions R File operations System configuration System configuration cont Local Area Network LAN Settings Helpline diagnosis Create a new project Exit iSBEM Open an existing project Save curent prcect carni oes Name and location of currently open nct file Save AS Current file C NCM ISBEM_v3 5 a Projects Example building Complete Example building Complete nct Figure 18 The File Options tab in the General form System Configuration sub tab iSBEM creates different output reports more details can be found in Chapter 8 Two of these reports have the file extension htm In order to run the htm reports by accessing your web browser Microsoft Internet Explorer iSBEM needs to know the Program Files folder path on 55 iSBEM
210. fying the energy efficiency recommendations for the report that accompanies the EPC Building Navigation The Building Navigation form provides a hierarchical summary of all the building objects that have been defined assigned and unassigned along with key details on some of the objects There is no data entry in this form About iSBEM The About iSBEM form displays the licensing conditions for the software There is no data entry in this form 5 2 Hierarchy of forms tabs and sub tabs in iSBEM Detailed information on each of the forms tabs sub tabs and sub forms within them is provided in the sections indicated below Form Tab Sub tab Sub form Section General 7 3 File Options File Operations System Configuration Local Area Network LAN Settings Helpline Diagnosis General Information Project Details Building Details Certifier Energy Assessor Agent Details Certifier Energy Assessor details Insurance details Owner Details Project Database 7 4 44 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 Constructions for Walls General Assigned Constructions for Roofs General Assigned Constructions for Floors General Assigned Constructions for Doors General Assigned Glazing General Assigned Geometry 7 5 Project General and geometry Thermal bridges Zones General Envelope Summary Quick Envelopes Envelopes General Windows Summary Doors General Windows and rooflights General Building
211. g multiples of the zones served by that HVAC system are created 2 System type Here you can currently choose between 26 system types 11 heating only systems and 15 heating and cooling systems including for e g VAV variable air volume fan coil dual duct and central heating with water distribution see Table 13 for brief definitions of the system types NB In order to ensure adequate ventilation for maintaining the concentration of CO2 below 0 5 in spaces served by unflued heating appliances the zonal ventilation option for these spaces should be set to mechanical See section 7 6 8 Defining the zone specific building services NB In iSBEM version v2 0 6 onwards changes were made to the HVAC system options Variable refrigerant flow VRF systems and Split or multi split system with ventilation systems have been removed from the options available in iSBEM for HVAC system types and for these systems users should now select Split or multi split system with a suitable efficiency This change was made in order to simplify the HVAC system options multisplit can be used for VRF as VRF is a type of split multisplit system and in order to remove ventilation from HVAC systems where the ventilation is not an integral part of the system heating cooling strategy Using v2 0 b or later if these systems are accompanied by mechanical ventilation mechanical ventilation should now be defined at zone level with a suitab
212. g space Conditioned adjoining space or Underground 98 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 3 Area of the envelope calculated as described in section 7 5 4 Defining envelopes Envelope tab in m If that envelope element has any windows or glazed areas you need to fill in the following remaining fields 4 Area of the window or rooflight including the frame in m If you wish to define windows or rooflights including the frames using percentages of the envelope areas as was the case in previous versions of iSBEM then you need to untick the relevant box in the General form gt File Options tab gt System Configuration cont sub tab see Section 7 3 1 File Options tab The box is ticked by default NB Internal windows and doors should not be entered into iSBEM NB If the wall roof is fully glazed then the area of the window will be equal to i e 100 of the area of the wall roof taner NB During the calculation if the area of the wall input is less than the total area of windows guidance and doors defined within in SBEM will increase the area of the wall to fit the areas of all the Ea defined openings in it The corresponding wall in the notional building will similarly have the increased area Therefore you should always ensure that you double check the figures you input for your model geometry in iSBEM before running the calculation 5 Glazing type choose between a default glazing type and t
213. g specific fan power for fan coil systems NB If you change the HVAC system defined in your project from one that provides mechanical ventilation to one that does not or vice versa you must re visit the Ventilation sub tab of the Zones tab in the Building Services form for all the zones served by this HVAC System in order for all ventilation related parameters to be updated by the tool You may also wish to re define whether the ventilation is natural or mechanical in these zones following the change in the HVAC type If mechanical supply amp extract is selected the following fields become enabled a Do you know the supply amp extract specific fan power Here you can either use the default value or enter your own SFP for the zonal mechanical ventilation system in W I s The SFP of an air distribution system is defined as the sum of the design total circuit watts including all losses through switchgear and controls such as inverters of the fans in the system that supply air and extract it back outdoor i e the sum of the total circuit watts of supply and extract fans divided by the design air flow rate through the system For further details on the SFP and how it is calculated see the Non Domestic HVAC Compliance Guide NB The default value may not comply with the current Building Regulations Heat recovery b Heat recovery Here you need to select from No heat recovery Plate heat exchanger Recuperator Heat pipe
214. generated by previous versions depending on the individual projects 216 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 APPENDIX C User defined construction database The User Library User_library_3 5 a mdb is a feature first introduced with iSBEM_v2 0 c You can now build up a database of your commonly used constructions so that you do not need to re enter them each time you start a new project You can also import constructions into your Library from a project you have been working on in iSBEM or from another User Library This appendix will take you through the basics of How to add a construction type to your library and add this to iSBEM How to add a glazing type to your library and add this to iSBEM How to add a frame type to your library and add this to iSBEM How to edit the list of opaque constructions categories and the list of sources How to import constructions previously entered into an iSBEM project or in another User Library into your own User Library OIR For definitions of a particular parameter place the curser in that field and press F1 This will open a window with the Help item for that field in the same way that the Help can be accessed within iSBEM These definitions are not included in this appendix The User library can be found as shown in Figure 103 217 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 File Edit view Favorites Tools Help Q sack gt z T JO search gt Folders E XxX 9 Ez
215. glazing you can add a frame to your frames library in the same way that you add a construction to the constructions library but in the Frames form The only parameters required to define a frame is the type PVC hardwood softwood steel etc and the U value You are able to enter a description as with the constructions and glazing libraries 2 enter a unique name NB in iSBEM this name will be A a on the create proceeded with a rame button To view all the _ frames in your library amp User Library __ ctick here Constructions Glazings Frames Construction Categories Sources Impor To delete a Frames frame click J4 2 4 Update the SBEM here 3 select the Frame selector Si Sse Frames Lea type Softwood General eneral Hardwood ee EEE Steel Nama Aluminium 7 Click on PVC Other DeswiP this button to ue aes E update iSBEM Source BRE Digest 465 with your new frames 4 select a U value 31 Wm2k source to adda source to this list see Section 4 of this appendix 6 entera description SL EEE Figure 106 Description of Frames tab in User defined construction library 5 enter the U value For further details of this parameter press F1 in the library or refer to Section 7 4 of the iSBEM User Guide A frame type created in this way will be accessible in iSBEM in the Project Database form gt Glazing tab It will be accessible when the import one from t
216. gned to every zone defined in iSBEM b Any space with a deadleg within it As described above hot water demand is associated with occupied spaces rather than the spaces However if there is a deadleg within the zone it needs to be associated with the appropriate system through the zone it serves 4 Deadleg length in this zone Length of the draw off pipe to the outlet in the space only used for zones where the water is drawn off such as toilets and tea rooms This parameter is used to determine the additional volume of water to be heated because the cold water in the deadleg has to be drawn off before hot water is obtained This assumes that the hot water system circulation maintains hot water up to the boundary of the zone or that the pipe runs from circulation or storage vessel within the zone NB Modelling trace heating in iSBEM As an approximation it can be considered that the energy used by trace heating is equivalent to that used by a secondary circulation You can tick the box in the Building Services form gt HWS tab gt General sub tab to indicate that there is a secondary circulation and then leave the rest of the secondary circulation related fields blank to be calculated by SBEM You can also leave the deadleg at the default of 0 m Lighting System 5 Lighting System This field will become active in future versions of the tool and will enable the user to select a lighting system for the zone from a previously defi
217. h Building Regulations e Technical Data Sheet Actual Vs Notional Building This section displays some information about the overall energy performance of the building actual and notional and some specific information on the HVAC systems in the building actual and notional It also lists some general information such as the weather location of the building and the percentages of total building floor area occupied by the different activity types See APPENDIX A A 9 for a sample England and Wales Building Regulations Compliance document NB You must close all output files before re running the calculation so the software can over write them Otherwise an error message will be produced 8 2 3 Data Reflection Report Actual Building This report contains all the data that SBEM uses to calculate the energy performance of the building along with some general details about the building as input by the user and can be attached to the building s Log Book The information is presented in the following order General details Building fabric details All systems other than HVAC HVAC system 1 Zone 1 in HVAC system 1 Envelope 1 of Zone 1 Window 1 in Envelope 1 of Zone 1 Door 1 in Envelope 1 of Zone 1 Etc for all other zones in HVAC system 1 Etc for all other HVAC systems e Compliance Check Summary details The report contains hyperlinks in blue to aid in navigation around the report See Figure 89 for a screen shot of o
218. h the door construction selected in the record selector has been assigned The HWS Assigned sub tab in the Building Services form gt HWS displays all of the zones to which the HWS selected in the record selector has been assigned All the above Assigned tabs cannot be edited They are for viewing only 7 9 4 The Summary sub tabs The Summary sub tabs show which sub objects have been assigned to the object in question There are three Summary sub tabs in the interface The Envelopes Summary sub tab in the Geometry form gt Zones tab shows which envelopes have been assigned to each respective zone see Section 7 5 3 Defining zones The Windows amp Doors Summary sub tab in the Geometry form gt Envelopes tab shows which windows and doors have been assigned to which envelope see Section 7 5 4 Defining envelopes Envelope tab The Zone Summary sub tab in the Building Services form gt HVAC Systems tab shows which zones have been assigned to which HVAC system see Section 7 6 2 Defining HVAC Systems Task 18 Check your data entry and assignments using the Summary and Assigned sub tabs Double check that the assignments are correct before proceeding 152 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 8 CALCULATING AND VIEWING THE ENERGY PERFORMANCE OF THE BUILDING THE RATINGS FORM AND OUTPUT REPORTS The energy performance of the building is calculated and compliance with the building regulations
219. h zone Activity assigned to each Assessor defines within iSBEM by selecting space from internal database the user should identify suitable zones for the analysis by examining the building or drawings Building envelope Assessor selects from internal Construction constructions and Glazing databases or inputs parameters directly Inference procedures may be used for energy certification of existing buildings Assessor can also define their own 18 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 constructions in the user defined construction database HVAC systems Assessor selects from internal databases or inputs parameters directly Lighting Assessor selects from internal databases or inputs parameters directly Table 2 Calculation parameters for SBEM The inference facility in iSBEM guides the assessor through the data input procedures and directs him her towards appropriate internal databases This option is intended for use when certifying existing buildings if the drawings or construction information are not available Further information can be found in the Building Regulations 2006 Approved Document Part L which can be accessed from http www planningportal gov uk uploads br BR PDF ADL2A 2006 pdf and the Non Domestic Heating Cooling and Ventilation Compliance Guide which can be accessed from http Awww planningportal gov uk uploads br BR_ PDF PTL NONDOMHEAT pdf Also
220. h zone needs to be selected in turn and the following data entered 1 Does display lighting use efficient lamps Select Yes or No don t know If Yes is selected then the average lamp and ballast efficacy in lamp lumens per circuit wattage needs to be entered for the display lighting only applies if there is display lighting in the space by nature of its selected activity NB For the purposes of the lighting calculations in SBEM efficient display lighting is one with a lamp and ballast efficacy better than 15 lamp lumens per circuit Watt Examples of efficiency display lighting lamps include metal halide compact fluorescent and white SON high pressure sodium 2 Time Switching for display lighting only applies if there is display lighting in the space by nature of its selected activity e g retail Here you need to choose between None 144 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 Dimming or Switching If either Dimming or Switching is chosen the following parameters become active and you then need to enter the Hours off and Fraction off parameters a Hours off If switching is selected the hours off specifies the number of hours per average day during which the display lighting is switched off If dimming is selected the hours off specifies the number of hours per average day during which the display lighting is dimmed b Fraction off If switching is selected the fraction off parameter s
221. hanical cooling Assumed to be constant volume air system with terminal reheat and fixed fresh air Refrigeration chillers fans and pumps assumed to be powered by grid supplied electricity If you know the fuel type used by the heating system you can define it in the Building Services form gt Global and Defaults tab gt HVAC System Defaults sub tab see Section 7 6 1 Global and Defaults tab NB The default HVAC systems are representative of existing rather than new buildings and should only be used if you do not know the type of the HVAC system in your building or its detailed parameters as the default efficiencies assumed by iSBEM for them are quite pessimistic and cannot be edited by the user NB See note in Section 7 6 8 Defining the zone specific building services regarding indirectly conditioned spaces 4 Building type The default for this field is the building type that was selected when creating the project this information is recorded in the General Information tab in the General form It can however be changed for any particular zone if appropriate see note below 5 Activity type A building can be divided into a number of activity areas For example in an office building there may be a reception open plan office some cellular offices a tea room and some toilets When you choose your building type and activity area you are setting a number of default parameters which the tool uses to calculate the ene
222. he adjacent conditioned spaces In iSBEM this would involve adding their floor area to that of the adjacent conditioned space Larger areas should be treated as indirectly conditioned spaces See note in Section 7 6 8 Defining the zone specific building services regarding indirectly conditioned spaces 7 Each Zone should then have its envelopes described by the area and properties of each physical boundary Where a Zone boundary is virtual e g between a daylit perimeter and a core Zone no envelope element should be defined SBEM will then assume no transfer of heat coolth or light across the boundary in either direction In the context of iSBEM the building needs to be divided into separate Zones for each Activity area subdivided where more than one HVAC system serves an Activity area NB If the internal envelopes between merged zones have been designed of heavy construction to have thermal mass then their Km value renamed from Cm value will determine how the building retains and emits heat and hence they should be defined in iSBEM You can sum the areas of two or more internal walls between merged zones with the same construction and orientation and enter them as one envelope assigned to the zone resulting from the merging whose adjacency is Same space If on the other hand the internal walls are partitions of light construction and very small thermal mass then they should not cause any significant effects on the calc
223. he Activity attached to it e The HVAC system which serves it e The lighting system within it e The access to daylight through windows or rooflights To this end the suggested zoning process within a given floor plate is as follows 1 Divide the floor into separate physical areas bounded by physical boundaries such as structural walls or other permanent elements 2 If any part of an area is served by a significantly different HVAC or lighting system create a separate area bounded by the extent of those services 3 If any part of an area has a different activity taking place in it create a separate area for each activity 4 Attribute just one Activity selected from the drop down list available for each building type to each resulting area If the building is speculative and the activity is not fully defined select the appropriate Speculative Activity for the relevant building type 5 Divide each resulting area into Zones receiving significantly different amounts of daylight defined by boundaries which are e Ata distance of 6m from an external wall containing at least 20 glazing e Atadistance of 1 5 room heights beyond the edge of an array of rooflights if the area of the rooflights is at least 10 of the floor area e f any resulting Zone is less than 3m wide absorb it within surrounding zones e f any resulting Zones overlap use your discretion to allocate the overlap to one or more of the Zones NB C
224. he construction involves metal cladding for walls and roofs only tick box NB Constructions involving metal cladding are roof or wall systems where metal forms an integral part of the construction such as metal twin skin systems where the insulation is located between the metal skins and where the metal skins are typically 0 4 mm to 1 2 mm thick Metal cladding systems are divided into two broad categories a built up metal cladding systems involving rail and bracket or z spacer systems with insulation within the panels and b composite panel metal cladding systems with insulation inside the panels If the metal is simply used as an external shield against the weather such as a rainscreen this is not for the purposes of SBEM calculations considered as metal cladding 4 Description of the construction SBEM requires a number of parameters to describe the thermal characteristics of the construction types These can be introduced into iSBEM in one of three ways 69 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 i Import directly from the library This is the default option If it is not already selected you need to click on the Import one from the library radio button Then in the library drop down menu s choose the construction that most closely matches the one you are trying to define from your knowledge of what has been found in the building or is specified on drawings or schedules ii Choose from the library f
225. he glazing types that you defined in the Project Database form 6 Disp Indicate whether it is a display window or not as defined in ADL2A Once the information is entered click on the Create Envelopes button to create the envelopes Once the button has been clicked and the envelopes have been created the contents of the Quick Envelopes tab will be automatically cleared If you do not wish for the contents of the tab to be cleared after the creation of the envelopes then you need to untick the relevant box in the General form gt File Options tab gt System Configuration cont sub tab see Section 7 3 1 File Options tab The box is ticked by default To view the envelopes and windows that you have created go to the Envelopes Summary sub tab in the Zones tab and the Windows Summary sub tab in the Envelope tab All the envelopes and windows will be available for editing in the main Envelope and Windows tabs NB The descriptions of the walls remain visible in the Quick Envelopes sub tab until you clear the form by pressing the Clear all button or close the project This is so you can use the same descriptions to start creating walls for a different zone and hence save time NB Doors which are more than 50 glazed should be entered into iSBEM as windows and their light and solar characteristics should be entered into the Project Database form gt Glazing tab Doors which are 50 or less glazed can be treated as o
226. he library radio button is selected from the frame library The frame type will be called Frame Name where Frame Name is the name entered in the name field 221 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 4 How to edit the list of opaque constructions categories and the list of Sources e Editing the list of categories for opaque constructions As described in Section 1 when creating a new construction type for your library you need to select a category under which your construction will appear in iSBEM If none of the pre defined categories are appropriate you can add a new one to the library in the Category form To do this enter the Category form click on the create new category button add a unique name in the name field select an envelope type and if you want add a description This category will now appear in the Category field in the Constructions form 1 click on the category button 7 To view all the 2 enter a unique name categories in your library click here mi rarae eee g Constructions Glazings Krames Construction Categories Sources Impory Construction Cat To delete a onstruction Lategorie category 3 select the Dbject selector New ategory ot click here envelope type you want this Category New catego category to be available for wall roof floor door 4 enter a description optional This table displays all the constructions
227. heck Objects assignment button produces two reports the Unassigned Objects Report and the Data Summary Report These reports can be used to check the data entered at any stage of inputting a building into the interface There is a Reports button on each tab within the interface so it is not necessary to return to this form to access the reports How to double check the data you have entered is explained at the end of this chapter see Section 7 9 Double checking the data Notes e Constructions for intermediate floors ceilings are dealt with under the Constructions for Floors tab e If the space in the roof is unconditioned the top floor ceiling should be dealt with as a roof It should be given the combined thermal performance of the whole construction including the ceiling construction the void and the roof construction e Only constructions for external doors and windows need to be defined in iSBEM i e ignore internal doors and windows 67 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 E iSBEM v3 5 a Project Database Example building E3 Constr selector External wall jal ae General Assigned Name JE xtemal wall T Tick if it involves Metal Cladding Generally used in walls that connect the zone to Exterior z What would you like to do _ Constructions from the Library C Import one from the library Gage Cavity wall C Help with Inference procedures Lib ibrary Intr
228. how the hot water system is used e g daily draw off patterns and the use of other water heating devices such as a back up boiler or an immersion heater The procedure followed in SBEM is not suitable for detailed design for a particular case It is intended to give a representative value of the solar contribution to water heating over a range of users The calculation methodology implemented in SBEM is based on the f chart method and has been adopted from the standards EN 151316 4 3 2007 Heating systems in buildings Method for calculation of system energy requirements and system efficiencies Part 4 3 Heat generation systems thermal solar systems Collector Parameters renamed from General sub tab The parameters required to define an SES in this sub tab see Figure 59 are 1 Name A unique name 124 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 2 Multiplier Indicate how many SES systems identical to this one are associated with the selected HWS 3 In HWS Select the HWS that this SES connects to i e serves NB It is important to assign the SES to the relevant hot water system The drop down list contains all the systems that you have already defined in the HWS tab If the SES is not assigned to the HWS it will not be linked to the building and any solar contribution to the hot water demand will not be accounted for NB If a solar energy system is connected to a HWS then hot water storage is expected to exis
229. iated sub objects as well For example if you delete an envelope element any associated windows and doors will also be deleted If a Microsoft Access message box appears showing Reserved error or No current record click on OK to proceed A dialogue box will then appear to confirm that you intend to delete the record Any deletion cannot be undone It is very important that you determine which associated sub objects are going to be deleted at the same time If you are sure you want to delete the record and all its associated records click on Yes 5 Advanced copy button Ea The Advanced Copy button is available in the Geometry and Building Services forms By clicking on this button the selected building object along with all of its associated sub objects 48 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 are copied The new record is given an automatic name For example if you copied envelope X a new envelope would be created and named X 1 At the same time all of its associated objects would also be copied For example if an envelope element were copied any associated windows and doors would also be copied The copied windows and doors however keep the same name as those they were copied from For a zone this would mean all of its associated envelope elements windows and doors would be copied and if any HVAC systems were copied so would every associated zone along with all of its envelope elements windo
230. icable and the building area in m e Abar chart showing the annual energy consumption of the building for the different end uses in kWh m e A bar chart showing the variation of the monthly energy consumption by the different end uses along the year in kWh m e A pie chart displaying the percentage of the total annual energy consumption that is due to each of the end uses with the energy consumed by equipment excluded from the total e A pie chart displaying the percentage of the total annual energy consumption that is due to each of the end uses with the energy consumed by equipment included in the total See APPENDIX A A 5 for the SBEM Main Output Document for the Example building NB You must close all output files before re running the calculation so the software can over write them Otherwise an error message will be produced 8 2 2 SBEM BRUKL Output Document Compliance with Building Regulations This report can be accessed from the Ratings form gt Building Regulations Check tab gt Building Rating sub tab by clicking on the Approved Documents checks button or hyperlink and as with the SBEM main output report it is stored in the same location as the project files as described in Section 8 2 12 Accessing the reports from the project folder The file is in pdf format SBEM s Building Regulations Compliance Document Specification Information for Scottish Building Regulations which has sligh
231. ich users can modify to reflect their preferences while using iSBEM 1 Tick box which is unticked by default You need to tick it if you would like SBEM to generate the Data Reflection reports for the actual and notional buildings in html format as well as csv format which is always done during the calculation and the relevant access button will appear in the Ratings form If the box remains unticked then these reports will be generated in csv format only see Section 8 2 3 Data Reflection Report Actual Building and 8 2 3 Data Reflection Report Actual Building 2 Tick box which is ticked by default and should remain ticked if you wish for the contents of the Building Navigation form to be refreshed automatically with any changes in the objects properties that might have been performed since the form was last accessed If you do not wish for the Building Navigation form to be refreshed automatically you should untick this box There is a button in the Building Navigation form which you can click in order to initiate the refresh function manually see Section 7 7 Building Navigation form 3 Tick box which is ticked by default to automatically clear the contents of the Quick Envelopes tab once the envelopes have been created i e the create envelopes button has 56 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 been pressed You can untick this box if you do not wish for the contents of the tab to be cleared see Section
232. iciency f No use the default ratio Demand controlled ventilation al ves Heapec sensmndlie i mo rafio no demand controlled ventilation Record 14 4 2 gt t of 19 Figure 67 Defining the zone ventilation in the Ventilation sub tab Exhaust sub tab This sub tab is used to specify the characteristics of a mechanical exhaust system in the zone The following information is required Local Mechanical Exhaust 139 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 1 Is there mechanical exhaust in the zone An example of when this would be used is in a toilet This tick box is enabled for all types of HVAC systems serving the zone If the above tick box is ticked i e there is mechanical exhaust in the zone then the following fields become active a Local mechanical exhaust This is the flow rate of air leaving the zone in s m of floor area Guidance on typical figures for this parameter could be found in CIBSE Guide F Part A Table 7 2 Basic fan capacity benchmarks NB iSBEM requires the exhaust flow rate in s m of floor area while the values in the CIBSE Guide are given in I s m Use the zone height to convert the CIBSE values into the units required by iSBEM b Do you know the exhaust specific fan power Here you can either use the default value or enter your own SFP for the zonal mechanical exhaust system in W I s NB The default value may not comply with the current Building Regulation
233. ide it yourself If you select No then you need to specify the percentage area of the zone where the lighting is controlled so as to respond to daylight whether by a photosensor or manual control If that percentage is 100 this means that the whole area of the zone has lighting controls that respond to daylight and SBEM will perform no further sub divisions for this zone i e you have already done the sub division manually yourself If the percentage value that you enter is less than 100 for e g 70 then SBEM will sub divide the zone into two daylight zones whose areas are 70 and 30 of the total area of the zone respectively SBEM will then consider that the 70 daylight area will have lighting controls responding to daylight while the lighting in the 30 daylight area will not be affected by daylight NB If your zone has a non typical layout of windows and or rooflights and you are worried that SBEM s automatic sub division might not correctly reflect the access to daylight in the zone it is recommended that you carry out the daylighting sub division yourself as with previous iSBEM versions 3 Occupancy Sensing Here you need to select what kind of occupancy sensing the zone has if applicable from the available options shown in Table 16 NB If there is no manual light switching defined in the zone then the occupancy sensing options are restricted to AUTO ON DIMMED and AUTO ON OFF only If occupancy sensing is avai
234. igure for payback time in years use the next parameter instead e Payback number Here you can input in years the typical payback time for implementing the recommendation in the actual building If you do not know the exact figure for payback time in years use the previous parameter instead 162 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 f Applicable to Here you can specify the object to which the recommendation applies for e g the whole building or a particular HVAC system or HWS If the option selected is either HVAC SYSTEM or HWS then the following parameter becomes active i Name You need to specify the name of the particular HVAC system or HWS already defined in iSBEM to which the user defined recommendation refers NB Only recommendations that are defined as applicable to the whole building i e the parameter Applicable to has been set to BUILDING appear in the official Recommendations report All the defined recommendations however will appear in SBEM s Secondary Recommendations report 5 Delete Recommendation This button allows you to delete a user defined recommendation E iSBEM v3 5 a Ratings Example building xj General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Asset Rating EPC England Era Building Rating Graphic rating Recommendations EPC Audit Calculation Logs Calculation Errors a Me
235. ilding Regulations Check tab and 8 1 2 Asset Rating tab New sub tab for viewing Calculation Errors in the Ratings form see Section 8 1 1 Building Regulations Check tab and 8 1 2 Asset Rating tab New sub tab for viewing received Messages in the Ratings form see Section 8 1 2 Asset Rating tab iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 This manual together with the software tools described in it were developed by the BRE for the Department for Communities and Local Government CLG under a contract managed for CLG by AECOM formerly Faber Maunsell Disclaimer The iSBEM User Guide cannot provide legal advice or a definitive interpretation of the law The guidance provided in this document is limited to the technical operation of the software tool It is offered in good faith but is not binding on any person s or organization The same applies to the default values in the interface which should be viewed as conservative suggestions intended to be replaced by actual values iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 Table of Contents V rsion NISIONY sci o2e deh odes Fence Bets den deed cee sn eee de ee ae EEAS ai aai aaa ei ooa a e deeds 2 As HOWTO USE THIS GUIDE couse cee e a aaa rakdan aanranders inanan iaai anaana Saian 14 Tale Scope ofthe guides irera eteta teetan wea Keta AEAT a Eaei ias 14 1 2 Structure of the QUIOG acetic atte heehee cee etelatacatubsee eee uuae net manelete 14 2 INTRODUCTION TO iSBEM SBEM AND THE
236. in your library which fall under this category Record 14 4 1 gt ou gt of 23 Figure 107 Description of Construction Categories tab in User defined construction library 222 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 e Editing the list of sources which you can select when defining opaque constructions glazing types or frame types The list is viewable and editable in the Sources form To add a new source click on the enter new source button and write the name of the source in the source field This source will now be available for selection in the Construction Glazing and Frames form button amp User Library Constructions Glazinas Fral es Construction Categories Sources impor Source Categories To delete a Object selector New source SEREA AA click ere To view all the sources in your library click here Source Constructions glazing types and frames within this user library which use this source This table displays all the constructions glazing types and frames which use this source in your library Record 14 4 J 1 gt gt gt of 18 Figure 108 Description of Sources tab in User defined construction library 223 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 5 How to import constructions previously entered into an iSBEM project or in another User Library into your own User Library You may wish to import constructions from an existing User D
237. ing Complete_epc csv SKB Fa ante oe 5 E Example building Complete_dr csv csv Data Reflection report for the actual building Example building Complete_not inp 61 KB INP File 26 01 2010 15 49 gt Example building Complete_epc inp 23KB INP File 26 01 2010 15 49 Example building Complete inp 61 KB INP File 26 01 2010 15 49 E Example building Complete_sim hws 2k6 html Data Reflection report for the notional building eExample building Complete_not_dr htm 437 KB SPE Example building Complete_dr htm 5648 html Data Reflection report for the actual building a Example building Complete_not err 1 KB FRRFe am ens Example building Complete_epc err Ee 3 Error files reporting error messages and warnings Example building Complete err 1KB OAT T5749 2 Example building Complete_not bdl 78KB Main SBEM Output report o 15 49 3 ilding i a 2 Example baking corpia a ac a SBEM Secondary Recommendations Report Example building Complete bdl Example building Complete _sbem pdf 20KB EPC Recommendations Report Example building Complete_epc srec pdf 35KB p e Example building Complete_epc rec pdf 337KB Energy Performance Certificate h Example building Complete_epc epc pdf 310 KB ABa tenh fe oienin eae Example building Complete_dr pdf e pdf Data Reflection report for the actual building 33 objects 10 0 MB J My Computer L Figure 93
238. ing controls in a zone being defined E iSBEM v3 5 a Building Services Example building x General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM g __Global and Defaults HVAC systems HWS SES PYS Wind generators Zones Record selector 20 02 z NETA _HVAC HWS amp Lighting systems Ventilation Exhaust Lighting General Lighting Controls Display Lighting m Light controls Occupancy Sensing MV Local Manual Switching Type NONE X Vv i Automatic daylight zoning for light controls r Do you know the Parasitic Power of the occu sensing device c Be es Yes SBEM to subdivide zone if needed i en oe 0 3 W m2 No percentage area controlled is oe etre i a 100 C Yes parasitic power i l WAZ m Photoelectric options Switching M Tick here if there is a r Do you know the Parasitic Power of the photoelectric device Pines different sensor to control the imming back half of the zone No use the default 03 W m2 Type Stand alone sensors z Yes parasitic power is 0 3 W m2 Record 14 4 f 2 gt gt t of 19 Figure 70 Defining the lighting controls characteristics of a zone Display Lighting sub tab This sub tab is active for a particular zone only if by nature of the activity selected for the zone display lighting is applicable e g retail In the Display Lighting sub tab eac
239. ing services systems This can be done in either the Geometry or Building Services form Figure 32 below is an example of a simple zone To define the geometry of this zone you would need to create the zone 6 envelope elements one window and one door The south wall door and window would need to be linked to the south wall which in turn along with the other 5 envelope elements would need to be linked to the zone as shown by the arrows in the diagram below 74 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 Diagram of a simple zone showing Define ceiling _ the building objects needed to define the zone and how they need to be linked to each other Define north wall Define t wall HHH t wall west wa east w iT N Define door __ in south wall Define p south wall Define window Define floor in south wall Figure 32 Diagram of building objects needed to define a simple zone NB The tutorial will take you through how to define and link the building objects needed to complete the geometrical definition of a zone 7 5 2 Project tab Before defining the geometry of each zone there are several parameters at the building scale which you need to enter These include total floor area and if the building is designed and built following the guidance in Accredited Construction Details Scotland You can also enter global values which apply to all or most zones zone height and air p
240. ing under the mono pitched roof Level with or below eaves zone height at eaves Above eaves zone height average exposed wall height Roof area would have to be divided into areas with different U values with and without void 242 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume hay a2 Don t forget this void is another zone if it has a different activity Its zone height area weighted average vertical wall height If it has the same activity or is inaccessible then merge with auditorium and enter zone area as though the floor is flat La x d However the sloping floor area must be input so that thermal mass is calculated Average of all four wall heights ave 4Jun10 e Curved roof for EPCs all buildings with curved roof sections shall be approximated as in the diagram Circular not elliptical or other shapes Semi circular so that width 2 x height e Walls are 70 90 from horizontal roofs are lt 70 e So zone height hey dividing point between wall and roof where slope U 70 at eaves 4 y k ZZ cee eee he eee a Hs ON N e Ifa floor eg as shown dotted meets roof at lt 70 there is no wall so zone height ha average height of space Le one side e If the dotted line represents the ceiling with an unoccupied void above remember to input the area of roof where
241. ining Solar Energy Systems SES SES tab New sub tab for accessing supporting documents in the Ratings form see Section 8 1 1 Building Regulations Check tab and 8 1 2 Asset Rating tab Data reflection report of the actual building also produced in pdf format see Section 8 2 3 Data Reflection Report Actual Building Changes and additions in 26 May 2009 version 3 4 a 1 Further explanation or clarification of existing parameters and functionality of iSBEM This Further guidance icon shown in the left margin is used to indicate these items in the text Revised definition of the Reference building see Section 2 3 Calculation basics for UK Energy Performance Certificate purposes Guidance on tips for gathering information for iSBEM see Section 3 2 Tips for gathering information for iSBEM Guidance for users of Office 2007 see Section 4 3 Opening iSBEM Guidance on sources of help information see section 4 6 Getting assistance with using iSBEM Guidance on Activation Codes for Energy Assessors see section 7 3 2 General Information tab Guidance on name of the Accreditation Scheme in the Energy Assessor details see section 7 3 2 General Information tab Guidance on the rating with improvements field for Scottish EPCs in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab see Section 7 3 2 General Information tab and Section 8 2 7 Energy Performance Certificate 4 iSBEM vers
242. ion 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 Guidance on zone height see Section 7 5 3 Defining zones Zones tab Guidance on adjacency of envelopes see Section 7 5 4 Defining envelopes Envelope tab Guidance on consequences of changing the HVAC system type see Section 7 6 2 Defining HVAC Systems HVAC Systems tab Guidance on bivalent systems see Section 7 6 2 Defining HVAC Systems HVAC Systems tab Guidance on default efficiency for heat generator for heating systems see Section 7 6 2 Defining HVAC Systems HVAC Systems tab Guidance on default efficiency for heat generator for hot water systems see Section 7 6 3 Defining HWS HWS tab Guidance on CHP see section 7 6 7 Defining the CHP generator CHP Generator tab Guidance on default HVAC systems see Section 7 6 8 Defining the zone specific building services Zones tab Guidance on lamp types see Section 7 6 8 Defining the zone specific building services Zones tab Guidance on sub dividing zones due to daylight see Section 7 6 8 Defining the zone specific building services Zones tab Guidance regarding the building environment and main heating fuel for a building with no space or water heating see Section 8 2 7 Energy Performance Certificate 2 Changes related to new functionality of the iSBEM version 3 4 a This new icon shown in the left margin indicates in the text where iSBEM has changed since the previous version Revised definition
243. ion about Project Owner and Energy Assessor Te _ Project details Building details Energy Assessor details Owner details r Building details Building type Office Name of the project Example building UPRN 000000000000 Building address 56 London Road City LONDON Postal Code sw23 1HA Location Description Inspection date 29 01 2008 Calendar T Tick if the building is of special conservation status Figure 24 The Building Details sub tab of the General Information tab in the General form Building Details sub tab In this sub tab Figure 24 the following information can be entered Building Details 1 w N Oo fF Building type The choice of building type here sets the default building type for the activity areas that you will define later You will however be able to change the building type for each of the activity areas when you come to define them At this point you should choose the building type that most closely defines the majority of the building Name of the project NB The text input in this field should not include any double quotes UPRN the Unique Property Reference Number UPRN of the building This parameter is active only if the Purpose of Analysis parameter is set to EPC England EPC Wales or EPC Northern Ireland This parameter must consist of 12 digits and should not be left blank Building address NB The text input in thi
244. ion of these parameters If the user selects a glazing type from the glazing library or through the inference procedures these values are imported automatically from the iSBEM databases NB Remember that the values chosen may have to be justified to the Building Control officers to gain Building Regulations approval NB Glazed Doors Doors which are more than 50 glazed should be entered into iSBEM as windows and their light and solar characteristics should be entered into the Project Database form gt Glazing tab Doors which are 50 or less glazed can be treated as opaque doors U Value The U value is the thermal transmittance of the construction given in W m K It can be calculated using the combined method given in BS EN ISO 6946 for simple constructions Constructions such as cladding and steel frame constructions require more complicated calculation procedures and an appropriate methodology should be followed For example the BRE U value Calculator would be appropriate for these construction types Guidance on the calculation of U values for curtain walls can be found in The Thermal Assessment of Window Assemblies Curtain Walling and Non traditional Building Envelopes Ledbetter S et al Centre for Window and Cladding Technology University of Bath Bath March 2006 NB In the case of a user defined U value for ground floors the user needs to specify using a tick box whether the U value entered into iSB
245. ions Part L or Northern Ireland Building Regulations Part F e Energy Assessor Details sub tab if the option selected is EPC England EPC Wales or EPC Northern Ireland e Agent Details sub tab if the option selected is Scottish Building Regulations e Qualified Accredited Person Details sub tab if the option selected is EPC Scotland This sub tab Figure 25 contains two sub forms Energy Assessor Details sub form and Insurance Details sub form E iSBEM v3 5 a General Example building x General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM File Options General Information Basic information about Project Owner and Energy Assessor Project details Building details Energy Assessor details Owner details Energy Assessor details Insurance details Name lt name gt Import Address lt address gt details City lt city gt Postal Code pox x Telephone number fooooocaco0a Accreditation scheme Assessor number faBCD123456 EPCgen net Activation Code i Insert Code Qualifications hos zf How do I get my EPCgen net activation code Emp Trading name fetradingname gt o Emp Trading address fetradingaddress gt ss s sSSS COSSCSCiS assessor Comp M lt insert Employer Trading Number gt Clear all Figure 25 The Energy Assessor Details in the General form Energy Assessor Details sub fo
246. ions in England and Wales please refer to the latest approved version of the Non Domestic Heating Cooling and ventilation Compliance Guide NB The heat to power ratio is automatically calculated by iSBEM as the heat efficiency divided by the electrical efficiency of the CHP 4 CHPQA Quality Index an indicator of the energy efficiency and environmental performance of a CHP scheme relative to the generation of the same amounts of heat and power by separate alternative means NB The Quality Index QI provides a means of assessing the quality of CHP Schemes In SBEM it is currently used for reporting purposes only i e it is not used in the calculations For information regarding Part L minimum requirements for CHP and CCHP installations in England and Wales please refer to the latest approved version of the Non Domestic Heating Cooling and ventilation Compliance Guide 5 Proportion of space heating supplied to the building This average monthly value greene needs to be calculated through a detailed analysis of the building s space heating Further demand values and patterns Note that he CHP unit is normally sized below the peak guid EN heating demand of the building and will also be out of service at particular times for maintenance purposes 6 Proportion of hot water supplied to the building This average monthly value needs ro to be calculated through a detailed analysis of the building s water heating
247. is assessed or the Energy Performance Certificate generated via the Ratings form The key results are then displayed in this form Further details on Building Regulations compliance and a more detailed analysis of the energy used and CO emitted from the building are given in the SBEM output reports This chapter describes how to calculate the results and access the various outputs 8 1 The Ratings form The Ratings form allows the user to 1 Run the entered building model through SBEM and the Compliance Checking Module BRUKL to calculate the energy consumption and CO emissions of the building and those of the notional building and determine whether it complies with Building Regulations if either England and Wales Building Regulations Part L Scottish Building Regulations or Northern Ireland Building Regulations Part F were selected as the Purpose of Analysis in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab You can do this by pressing the Check Regulations button in the Building Regulations Check tab gt Building Rating sub tab or depending on the Purpose of Analysis selection in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab 2 Run the entered building model through SBEM and the Energy Performance Certificate Generator Module EPCgen to calculate the energy consumption of the building CO2 emissions and those of the notional reference
248. is list 7 enter a see Section 4 of description tnis appendix le E D SSDS Figure 104 Description of Constr ctions tab in User d da alae library 6 enter K value U value and tick if construction contains metal cladding For further details on these parameters press F1 in the library or refer to Section 7 4 of the iSBEM User Guide A construction created in this way will be accessible in iSBEM from the Project Database form It will be located in the Constructions for X tab where X is the type of envelope as selected in the envelope type field stage 3 and under the category as selected in the category field stage 4 The construction will be called Construction Name where Construction Name is the name entered in the name field 219 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 2 How to add a glazing type to your library and add this to iSBEM Adding a new glazing type to the glazing Library and updating iSBEM with this information is done in the same way as for constructions but in the Glazing form For glazing in addition to requiring a unique name U value and source of the information you are required to enter parameters which describe the solar and light transmission properties of the glazing For details of any of the parameters press F1 or see Section 7 4 of the iSBEM User Guide 2 enter a unique name NB in iSBEM this name will be 1 click on the create proceeded with a new glazing
249. ise a default value will be used by SBEM NB The Effective Heat Generating Seasonal Efficiency is calculated by adding the Heating Efficiency Credits where applicable to the Heat Generator Seasonal Efficiency The Heat Generator Seasonal Efficiency is the ratio of the useful heat output to the energy input over the heating season The Heating Efficiency Credits are available for additional controls and other measures that go beyond the required minimum controls package Details of the minimum controls packages for the different systems additional controls and corresponding available credits are in the Non Domestic Heating Cooling and Ventilation Compliance Guide published by CLG Note that the necessary documentation to support the efficiency calculation may be required by Building Control e The default value is based on whether the generator is on the Energy l Technology List ETL of the Enhanced Capital Allowance ECA scheme If not you then need to select whether the generator was installed in or after 1998 NB For boiler systems installed from 1998 onwards a default seasonal efficiency of 0 81 is suggested by the tool based on Statutory Instrument 1994 No 3083 and for boiler systems installed before this period a conservative default seasonal efficiency of 0 65 is suggested Please note that from around 1989 the boiler industry began producing boilers with efficiencies that would have complied with the above statutory
250. it may be necessary to probe carefully how the plant is actually configured This is to avoid misunderstandings on how it should work Table 3 Tips for gathering information for iSBEM iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 27 4Jun10 he _ Convention Convention for EPCs Use of default values guidance Sennen The conventions group has ruled that the energy assessor shall only use the default values within the Software Tool in the absence of any conventions identified within the conventions documents or through more specific information on the building Where a default value is selected the assessor must provide evidence in the Ratings form gt Asset Rating tab gt EPC audit sub tab detailing why the default value has been selected This is to enable their Accreditation Scheme Provider to verify the appropriate use of default values during Quality Assurance processes Use of default values should be avoided where possible 3 3 Zoning guide How to zone your building The way a building is subdivided into zones will influence the predictions of energy performance Therefore the NCM Modelling Guide defines zoning rules that must be applied when assessing a building for Building Regulations purposes compliance or energy certification The end result of the zoning process should be a set of zones which are distinguished from all others in contact with it by differences in one or more of the following e T
251. ivity type area and geometry Don t assume that adequate information on an existing building can be obtained easily Any planning should include time to physically survey at least some parts of the building Note that there may be practical obstacles to overcome such as gaining access to secure parts of the building such as plantrooms or areas where confidential work takes place This may need to be resolved with the building owner and occupier prior to the visit There could also be safety issues to consider such as access to the roof or looking into ceiling voids Envelope construction materials air permeability Detailed drawings schedules of construction details pressure test result Detailed drawings and schedules should be available What degree of detail do they show For instance do details show junctions and hence thermal bridges Do they rely on the constructors to use initiative to select suitable materials Has there been confirmation that as built constructions are equivalent to or better than as designed Are drawings and schedules available How up to date are they What degree of detail do they show Have there been changes for instance replacement windows re roofing or additional insulation Any direct investigation of construction details such as wall or roof constructions and thermal bridges by opening them up should only be undertaken with the written appr
252. k See notes in Section 7 5 2 Project tab regarding thermal bridges 11 Go to ID this parameter can be used to quickly jump to a particular envelope The ID number of an envelope is visible among the envelope details displayed in the Envelope Summary sub tab of the zone to which this envelope belongs For example if while reviewing the details in the Envelope Summary sub tab an error was detected in the description of a particular envelope you can make a note of its ID number Figure 38 go to the Envelope tab type the ID number in the box and press the arrow key Pi This will take you to the General sub tab of that particular envelope where you can correct the error see Envelope Summary sub tab in section 7 5 3 Defining zones Zones tab Figure 39 shows a wall being defined E iSBEM v3 5 a Geometry Example building x General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM _ Project Zones Envelope Doors Windows amp Raoflights Envelope selector 20 01least e El j Sy w General window amp Door Summary m Additional Thermal Bridges Name 0 0 east Multiplier 1 Zone 20 Oleast Mult L m Psi W mK Descrip Type of envelope wal Construction External wall X Connects space to e Exterior Orientation East Envelope Area 54 m2 Goto ID gt Record 14 4 J 1 gt t gt o
253. ked It the box is ticked the contents of the Building Navigation form will be refreshed automatically with any changes in the objects properties that might have been performed since the form was last accessed see Section 7 3 1 File Options tab E iSBEM v3 5 a Building Navigator Example building x General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Objects section Selections object Properties About iSBEM DA VAC for the example building Objects lt z gt z0 Oleast c lt w gt z0 Oleast e HVAC Systems Refresh lt f gt z0 Oleast ci Zones lt f gt z0 Oleast f lt z gt z0 03 Envelope elements Walls Roofs and Floors lt w gt z0 03 s op cei ea 20 03 e Windows and Doors lt w gt z0 03 n Other objects HWS SES PYS Wind generators lt w gt z07037 w lt ot tie Assignment Te el Assig nm ent lt f gt z0 03 f Only Assigned Objects status section lt w gt z0703 wi G b B z gt zi ODlcentre Assigned Unassigned Object tr z1 O0lcentre c C i lt f gt z1 0lcentre fi at ade g Key to Objects lt w gt zi Olcentre si section lt w gt zi 0lcentre ei Key to objects x lt w gt zi 0icentre ni lt h gt HVAC Systems lt z gt Zones lt w gt z1 O0lcentre wi lt w gt Walls lt r gt Roofs lt f gt zl 0lcentre fe lt f gt Floors lt wi gt Windows lt z gt z0 O1north lt r gt Rooflights lt d gt Doors lt w gt z0 0
254. l corner Wall Floor not ground floor Lintel above window or door Sill below window Jamb at window or door o Zone Psi value W mK for junctions not involving metal cladding for each of Roof Wall Wall Ground floor Wall Wall corner Wall Floor not ground floor Lintel above window or door Sill below window Jamb at window or door DWDDNDDDAAW DNDDWDDADADW Tab Envelopes Sub tab General e Envelope name e Zone which envelope belongs to e Type of envelope 228 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 o Isita flat roof field enabled if envelope type is roof e Envelope connects space to or select global value e Envelope construction e Envelope area m e Envelope orientation e Definition of any thermal bridges in the envelope additional to global values o Thermal bridge multiplier o Thermal bridge length m o Thermal bridge Psi W mK o Thermal bridge description Tab Doors Sub tab General e Door name e Envelope which door is in e Door type e Door construction e Door area m e Definition of any thermal bridges in the door additional to global values o Thermal bridge multiplier o Thermal bridge length m o Thermal bridge Psi W mK o Thermal bridge description Tab Windows amp Rooflights Sub tab General Window Rooflight name Envelope which window rooflight is in Glazing type Window Rooflight projected area m Ratio of developed area to projected area of window rooflight Ratio of roof are
255. l in iSBEM in which they can implement their selected recommendations out of the Recommendations report whether NCM or added by the Energy Assessor run the calculation and obtain the potential improved rating They can then input that same value in the original nct file of the building as described above and re run the calculation for the value to appear on the original EPC for Scotland Related party disclosure any related party disclosure by the Energy Assessor for the purposes of energy calculations for EPCs This parameter is active only if the Purpose of Analysis parameter is set to EPC England EPC Wales or EPC Northern Ireland NB The input for this parameter is now done through a drop down menu rather than free text and a valid option must be selected for the EPC calculation to run successfully Transaction type the transaction type which prompted the generation of the EPC This parameter is active only if the Purpose of Analysis parameter is set to EPC England EPC Wales or EPC Northern Ireland A valid option for this parameter must be selected from the drop down menu for the EPC calculation to run successfully 61 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 E iSBEM v3 5 a General Example building xj General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About File Options General Information Basic informat
256. l purpose of the atrium can be one or more of the following e Providing a buffer between the thermal conditions in the adjoining spaces and the exterior to reduce the direct impact of the exterior on those zones In this case it should not be maintained to conditions as though it is occupied If it is conditioned and the features below do not apply in this context it is not considered to be an atrium e Providing a means for daylight to reach the middle of deep plan spaces that would otherwise not receive it e Encouraging stack effect or other passive ventilation to draw extract air from the adjoining spaces Automatic Blind Control In this context internal or inter pane but not exterior blinds that are motorised so that the position can be modified to control solar heat gain and or glare controlled by automatic sensors The control regime must also open the blinds as the heat gain and or daylight levels decrease so that the use of these natural resources can be optimised for each zone Note that exterior shading devices can be modelled using iSBEM in the definition of each window however SBEM currently does not model the re radiation effects of blinds where solar gain has entered the space before it is modulated by the shading device Demand Controlled Ventilation Is defined as supply and or extract ventilation that is modulated to match the needs of the actual occupation level of each zone rather than operating at a constant level d
257. l ventilation at zone level e Does activity require high pressure drop air treatment Sub tab Exhaust e Is there mechanical exhaust in the zone o Flow rate of mechanical exhaust I s m7 o Specific fan power for exhaust W I s o Extract system serves single or multiple rooms Sub tab Lighting General e Provide information on lighting using one of the following 3 options 232 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 1 Full lighting design o Total wattage W o Design illuminance lux or 2 Lumens per circuit wattage not available for office industrial and storage areas in all building types or 3 Lamp type e Does display lighting use efficient lamps field enabled for activities with display lighting o Lumens per circuit wattage for display lighting e Are air extracting luminaries fitted Sub tab Lighting Controls e Type of lighting controls in the zone o Local manual switching o Photoelectric B Dimming or switching B Type of sensors B Different sensor for back of zone B Parasitic power for photoelectric control o Do you want SBEM to perform automatic daylight zoning for lighting controls B Percentage area of zone where lighting is controlled by daylight e Type of occupancy sensing in the zone o Parasitic power for occupancy sensing Sub tab Display Lighting e Does display lighting use efficient lamps field enabled for activities with display lighting o Lumens per circuit wattage for display lighting e Ar
258. lable in the zone the following field becomes active a Parasitic power for occupancy sensing Enter the parasitic power consumption of the occupancy sensing in W m if you know it Otherwise the default value of 0 3 W m will be used NB Values for the parasitic power need to be reasonable Otherwise the benefits due to the use of occupancy sensing may be negated by the extra electrical consumption required by the controls equipment Type of Occupancy Brief Description Sensing Conirol MAN ON OFF EXT Lights manually switched on and off with the addition of an automatic extinction signal AUTO ON DIMMED Lights automatically switched on whenever people enter a room and dimmed to a low level when no movement has been detected for a set time usually 5 15 minutes AUTO ON OFF Lights automatically switched on whenever people enter a room and switched off when no movement has been detected for a set time usually 5 15 minutes 143 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 MAN ON DIMMED Lights manually switched on and automatically dimmed to a low level when no movement has been detected for a set time usually 5 15 minutes MAN ON AUTO OFF Lights manually switched on and automatically switched off when no movement has been detected for a set time usually 5 15 minutes NONE No occupancy sensing Table 16 Types of occupancy sensing controls available in iSBEM Figure 70 shows the light
259. lar NCM recommendation whose text can be viewed in the grey box entitled Recommendation generated by EPCgen If the box is ticked the following fields become active a Assessor Comments You can enter any comments related to the recommendation for e g the reason why you have chosen to edit this NCM recommendation These comments will appear in SBEM s supporting documents to the Recommendations report b Energy Impact You can select from the options available in the drop down menu in order to specify the potential impact of implementing the recommendation on the energy performance of the actual building HIGH change in total building energy is gt 4 MEDIUM change in total building energy is lt 4 and gt 0 5 LOW change in total building energy is lt 0 5 c CO Impact You can select from the options available in the drop down menu in order to specify the potential impact of implementing the recommendation on the CO emissions of the actual building HIGH change in total building CO2 emissions is gt 4 MEDIUM change in total building CO emissions is lt 4 and gt 0 5 LOW change in total building CO emissions is lt 0 5 This impact will appear in the Recommendations report d COs Saved per Spent You can select from the options available in the drop down menu GOOD FAIR POOR and UNKNOWN in order to specify the potential CO2 emissions saved from the actual building per pound spent on implemen
260. lculate EPC Rating button 158 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 E iSBEM v3 5 a Ratings Example building Ez General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Asset Rating EPC England Eval Building Rating Graphic rating Recommendations EPC Audit Calculation Logs Calculation Errors a Messages Supporting Documents Heating Cooling Auxiliary Lighting Hot Water Total Actual kWh m2 yr Notional T0678 kWh m2 yt Reference 706 78 kWh m2 yr Pat LTER Typical SER B kgl02 m2 yr EPC Rating Hand CE C Click on text below for SBEM Outputs Energy Performance Certificate Data Reflection Actual Building EPC recommendations report Supporting Recommendations Calculation progress Asset rating completed Click to check object assigments there are NO CRITICAL un assigments in the project Figure 79 Using the interface to calculate the Asset Rating for the building in the Asset Rating tab of the Ratings form for England and Wales E iSBEM v3 5 a Ratings Example building xi General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Asset Rating EPC Scotland 2 Building Rating Recommendations EPC Audit Calculation Logs Calculation Errors Supporting Documents Heating Cooling Auxiliary Lighting Hot Water Total Actual KWh m2 y1 Notional kWh m2 y S6 TER
261. ld is not enabled as the fuel type would have been previously defined in the HVAC Systems tab Effective heat generating seasonal efficiency If you know the effective heat generating seasonal efficiency for the HWS generator it can be introduced manually into the interface Otherwise a default value will be used by SBEM This field is inactive if the HWS Generator type selected is Same as HVAC The default value is based on the above tick box on whether the generator was installed in or later than 1998 NB The Effective Heat Generating Seasonal Efficiency is calculated by adding the Heating Efficiency Credits where applicable to the Heat Generator Seasonal Efficiency The Heat Generator Seasonal Efficiency is the ratio of the useful heat output to the energy input over the heating season The Heating Efficiency Credits are available for additional controls and other measures that go beyond the required minimum controls package Details of the minimum controls packages for the different systems additional controls and corresponding available credits are in the Non Domestic Heating Cooling and Ventilation Compliance Guide published by CLG Note that the necessary documentation to support the efficiency calculation may be required by Building Control Figure 56 shows a HWS generator being defined Available from http www planningportal gov uk uploads br BR_PDF_ PTL NONDOMHEAT pdf 121 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume
262. le building are listed in APPENDIX A Section A 1 Constructions Look through the records in each of the sub tabs using the record selector and you will see that five out of the seven constructions have been defined for you You need to define the roof and the internal wall constructions This will involve clicking on the appropriate sub tab adding a new record clicking on the appropriate radio button and choosing the appropriate options from the drop down menus As you will see the glazing door and external wall parameters have been entered manually the ground floor has been entered using the inference procedures and the internal floor has been selected from the library The roof and internal walls can both be selected from the library Simple names such as Ground floor for Example building have been used Viewing and deleting construction types To view the construction types that you have in your Project Database form you need to click on the record selector in each of the four tabs A drop down list will then appear showing all of the constructions that have been defined in that project so far To delete a construction or glazing type you need to select it using the record selector and then click on the Delete record button For further descriptions of the various commands in iSBEM see Chapter 6 BASIC iSBEM FUNCTIONALITY AND THE HELP MENU 72 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 7 5 Geometry for
263. le ventilation SFP NB Zonal ventilation is no longer available for fan coil units Ventilation for this HVAC type is defined at HVAC level See note after System Adjustments sub tab regarding specific fan power for fan coil systems NB See note in Section 7 6 8 Defining the zone specific building services regarding defining high velocity forced convection warm air heaters NB If there is more than one type of HVAC system in a space with each system clearly meant to service a particular part of the space e g one servicing the facade perimeter area and another servicing the core area then the space should be divided into 2 separate zones in iSBEM each served by its corresponding HVAC system even if there is no physical separation between the 2 zones However if heating is provided in the same zone by two or more different types of heat sources for e g a heat pump in a split system and a gas boiler in a wet system you need to calculate and enter into iSBEM a seasonal heat generating efficiency which is equivalent to both these heat sources based on their respective efficiencies fuel types and loads as described in the guidance on the bivalent calculation later in this section On the other hand if a zone is served by for e g a gas fired wet system for heating and an electric split system for cooling only then the systems can be approximated in SBEM by defining your HVAC system type as split or multisplit the heat source as
264. lectric option is ticked the following fields become active a Photoelectric options Here you need to choose between Switching and Dimming 142 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 b Indicate whether there is a different sensor to control the lighting in the back half of the zone tick box i e the half furthest from the window c Select the type of photoelectric sensors from the available options Stand alone sensors or Digitally Addressable systems d Parasitic power for photoelectric controls Enter the parasitic power consumption of the photoelectric system in W m if you know it Otherwise the following defaults will be used 0 3 W m if the previous field is selected as Stand alone sensors and 0 57 W m if Addressable systems is selected digitally addressable systems are for special applications and are not particularly energy efficient NB Values for the parasitic power need to be reasonable Otherwise the benefits due to the use of photoelectric controls may be negated by the extra electrical consumption required by the controls equipment 2 Automatic daylight zoning for lighting controls This parameter is active if one or both of the above tick boxes on lighting controls are ticked If you select Yes then SBEM will automatically sub divide the zone into daylighting zones if needed following the zoning rules for zones with windows and rooflights and you do not need to sub div
265. linear for example if a pitched roof is exposed to the inside of the conditioned zone i e there is no flat ceiling underneath it then the roof area will be that of the inner surface area of the roof as seen by the heat flux 7 Zone height Floor to floor height floor to soffit for the top floor in m i e including floor void ceiling void and floor slab is used for calculating the length of the wall to wall junctions and radiant and temperature gradient corrections Either enter you own figure into the box or click on the Global button 8h Pressing the Global button brings the global default value which you previously defined in the Projects tab into the field NB For a zone with a flat roof the zone height would be from top of floor to top of roof For a zone with a pitched roof and a flat ceiling underneath it the zone height would be from top of floor to underside of soffit For a zone with a sloping roof i e an exposed pitched roof with no flat ceiling underneath it the zone height would be from top of floor to soffit height If there is a suspended floor the zone height would be measured from the floor surface rather than the slab underneath it Infiltration 8 Air permeability at 50pa in m h m Similar to the zone height you have the option to either enter you own value or use the global value which you previously defined in the Projects tab by clicking on the Global button Otherwise a default value vi
266. lit by the array of rooflights for automatic daylight zoning sub division see Lighting Controls sub tab in Section 7 6 8 Defining the zone specific building services Zones tab If the user is doing the daylight zoning manually the Area ratio covered parameter is not relevant If the calculated value for this parameter is larger than the maximum of 4 then the user can either enter the value as 4 or do the daylight subdivision manually for the zone containing this array of rooflights 8 Display Window tick box Tick this box if the window being defined is for display purposes e g a shop front window as defined in ADL2A NB The compliance tool does not check display windows for compliance with ADL2A with regards to the glazing s limiting standards for U values 9 Frame factor This is the ratio of the window or rooflight area which is occupied by the frame The default value is 0 1 for a window i e 10 of the total area is occupied by the frame and 90 by the glazing and 0 3 for a rooflight It cannot have a value which is less than 0 or which is larger than 1 92 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 10 Shading system Here you need to select from the drop down box whether the window has User moveable external protection Automatically controlled external protection or All other cases This is used to calculate the reduction factor due to shading devices which reduces the amount of solar hea
267. locity forced convection air heating induction nozzle system which does the job of mixing the air in the zone in a similar manner to destratification fans then you can model this in iSBEM by first selecting the appropriate HVAC system type flued or unflued and then ticking the above box relating to destratification fans in the zones served by that system The system should follow the flow rate guidelines given for destratification systems shown below You will then need to justify this to Building Control using the necessary documentation for your system s functions NB Destratification may be achieved by several means for each of which minimum flow rates should be ensured Where destratification and heating is provided by the same system higher flow rates may be needed to avoid excessive air supply temperatures 106 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 e Cased fans installed at high level The volume of air handled by the fans should be at least equivalent to two room volumes per hour Total air movement will be higher than this because additional airflow will be induced e Open blade sweep fans In this case air speeds will be lower and the volume of air handled should be at least the equivalent of 6 room volumes per hour e High velocity induction nozzles with a temperature rise through the heater of at least 45 C The volume of primary air from the nozzles should be at least equivalent to 0 15 room volumes per hour T
268. ls of the assessor and the relevant accreditation scheme are on the certificate You can get contact details of the accreditation scheme from the Government s website at www communities gov uk epbd together with details of the procedures for confirmingauthenticity of a certificateand for making a complaint _ a For advice on how to take action and to find out about C R B O N technical and financial assistance schemes to help make T R U S T buildings more energy efficient visit www carbontrust co uk or call us on 0800 085 2005 191 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 A 7 Recommendations Report for Example Building Report Reference Number 0000 2090 0040 1 000 0803 56 London Road LONDON SW23 1HA Building Type s Office 0000 2090 0040 1000 0803 Recommendation Report HMGovernment ADMINISTRATIVE INFORMATION Issue Date 04 Jun 2010 Valid Until 03 Jun 2020 Total Useful Floor Area m 2900 Calculation Tool Used iSBEM v3 5 a using calculation engine SBEM v3 5 a 0 Property Reference 000000000000 Energy Performance Certificate for the property is contained in Report Reference Number 0100 0038 0000 0029 0002 ENERGY ASSESSOR DETAILS Assessor Name Firstname Surname 1 Employer Trading Name lt ea trade name gt Employer Trading Address lt ea trade address gt Assessor Number TESTOO00000 Accreditation scheme EPCgen NE
269. lus the one you have created Then go back to the Envelope main tab select envelope z0 01west w and click on the Windows amp Doors Summary sub tab Here you should be able to see the window that you have created in Task 9 If you have made any errors you will need to go back to the main Windows amp Rooflights tab and edit them Task 11 Create a window and then delete it So that you become familiar with the functionality of the tool try introducing a made up window for zone z0 01west using the Window amp Rooflights tab Once it has been sufficiently defined i e the green fields have been filled in you will be able to delete it 7 5 6 Transmission correction factors The transmission factor for windows can be calculated from TS Fo M where Fo is the partial shading correction factor for overhangs and Ff is the partial shading correction factor for fins A transmission factor of 1 refers to 100 of light transmitted i e no shading from fins or overhangs NB The effect of shading from the horizon e g the ground trees and other buildings has not been considered for the calculations carried out by SBEM Shading from overhangs and fins The shading from overhangs and fins depends on the overhang or fin angle latitude orientation and local climate Seasonal shading correction factors for typical climates are given in Table 10 and Table 11 The source of the shading calculation due to
270. lysis purpose for carrying out a calculation using SBEM whether it is to check compliance with Building Regulations or to generate an Energy Performance Certificate e g England amp Wales Building Regulations Part L NB If either England and Wales Building Regulations Part L Scottish Building Regulations or Northern Ireland Building Regulations Part F is selected as the Purpose of Analysis then the Building Regulation Check tab becomes visible in the Ratings form to enable running SBEM for compliance checking with Building Regulations If EPC England EPC Wales EPC Scotland or EPC Northern Ireland is selected as the Purpose of Analysis then the Asset Rating tab becomes visible instead in the Ratings form to enable running SBEM for the generation of Energy Performance Certificates 2 Tick box to indicate whether you wish to produce the EPC in Welsh as well as in English This parameter is active only if the Purpose of Analysis parameter is set to EPC Wales 3 Tick box to indicate whether in addition to producing an EPC you wish to check compliance with Building Regulations and produce a compliance document This parameter is active only if the Purpose of Analysis parameter is set to EPC England EPC Wales EPC Scotland or EPC Northern Ireland 4 Weather location pick the closest to your site from the available locations there
271. m General The General form is where projects can be saved and opened General information relating to the project can also be recorded here such as the name and address of the project and details about the building s owner and certifier energy assessor agent replaces certifier for Scottish Building Regulations This information may have already been entered when the project was first created see Section 4 4 Creating new and opening existing projects under Create a new project but they can be edited here Project Database The Project Database form is where the glazing and construction details of your building fabric are entered Geometry The Geometry form is where the shape size and orientation of the zones are entered Each zone requires a description of the walls floor roof ceiling doors and windows which comprise its envelopes Building Services The Building Services form is where all the building s systems are described including HVAC HWS PVS SES Wind and CHP systems Further information on the lighting and ventilation characteristics specific for each zone is also input through this form Ratings The Ratings form is used to carry out the energy performance calculation and compliance checking access the results and obtain the Building Regulations compliance document along with the Asset rating for the EPBD and Energy Performance Certificate The only data entry in this form is related to modi
272. m Depending on what information you have first you can start by entering information into either the Geometry form or the Building Services form To define the geometry of your own building you will need to have followed the instructions on zoning given in Chapter 3 The Example building has been zoned for you Details can be found in Table 17 Figure 95 Ground floor plan and Figure 96 First floor plan in APPENDIX A The Geometry form contains five main tabs see Figure 31 e Project tab This tab requires geometrical information on the whole building rather than on a zone level and is where you can enter global default values for a number of parameters to be used The geometry of each zone is then described in the following four tabs e Zones tab e Envelopes tab e Doors tab e Windows and rooflights tab Geometrical detail for the whole Project R General amp geometry Global Thermal Bridges Building infiltration Global Building details C No use default value 10 m3 h m2 Zone height Global 3 m Yes Air permeability at 50pa is 9 m3 h m2 Building area 2900 m2 Currently total zone area is 2900 m2 Building orientation Building volume Building clockwise rotation Oy degrees f etiSBEM calculate volume of the building Use my own value ms m Section 6 Scotland Accredited Construction Details TP Tick when building designed anc d built
273. mation tab gt Project Details sub tab the file containing the Welsh EPC will be named as follows 1 Energy Performance Certificate in Welsh project name _epew pdf For assessors accredited by an Accreditation Scheme Provider that generates the final EPC documents for lodgement in a central system for the Accreditation Scheme the IAS file required by the Accreditation Scheme Provider will be named as follows 1 IAS file required by the Accreditation Scheme Provider project name ias The project folder for the Example building Complete file is shown in Figure 92 with the output reports highlighted when running SBEM for building regulations compliance checking and in Figure 93 with the output reports highlighted when running SBEM for Energy Performance Certificates Also highlighted is the NCT file which is the file that is read by iSBEM and where all the input data has been stored If you need to share a project with your colleagues this is the only file you need to send them They will be able to open it through iSBEM and generate all the other files Other files highlighted in Figure 92 are 3 error files with the extension err which you should check for any warnings or error messages generated by SBEM or BRUKL during the calculation These are text files Similarly in Figure 93 3 error files are highlighted which contain warnings or error messages generated by SBEM or EPCgen The contents of these files ca
274. menting the recommendation on the energy performance and CO emissions of the building the potential saving in CO emissions per pound spent and any additional comments input by the energy assessor See APPENDIX A A 8 for a sample SBEM Secondary Recommendations Report for the Example building 8 2 12 Accessing the reports from the project folder All of the above reports are accessible from the specific project folder created when the project was first created see Section 4 4 Creating new and opening existing projects The default location for this folder is within the main Projects folder within the iSBEM_v3 5 a folder e g C NCM iSBEM_v3 5 a Projects Example building complete The reports have the following file names and extensions Output reports when running SBEM for building regulations compliance checking 1 2 7 Dapp SBEM Main Output Document project name _sbem pdf SBEM BRUKL Output Document Compliance with Building Regulations Specification Information for Scottish Building Regulations project name _brukl pdf Data Reflection Report Actual Building project name _dr pdf Data Reflection Report Actual Building project name _dr htm Data Reflection Report Notional Building project name _not_dr htm Technical Output Report Actual Building project name _sim csv Technical Output Report Notional Building project name _not_sim cs
275. monstrate the different aspects of the application Details of this building can be found in Appendix A these details will only be needed for tasks set out in Chapters 7 and 8 4 1 System Requirements The current version of iSBEM iSBEM_v3 5 a mdb runs on Microsoft Access 2002 onwards A run time version of Access 2002 which would be sufficient can be requested on CD through the NCM website at www ncm bre co uk feedback jso We recommend at least 512 MB RAM on your computer to run the application To view all of the output documents produced by iSBEM you will also need Microsoft Internet Explorer Microsoft Excel and Adobe Acrobat Reader installed on your computer NB If you have been using MS Access 2000 to run iSBEM please note that it cannot cope with the changes introduced from iSBEM_v3 2 b onwards NB There is now from iSBEM_v3 2 b onwards a version of iSBEM specifically for Office 2007 users which is also downloadable from www ncm bre co uk Please ensure that you request download and install the iSBEM version suitable for your version of MS Access The approved version of iSBEM has been developed to work on a Windows platform only Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows Vista and Windows 7 Unfortunately iSBEM is not compatible with Mac or Linux SBEM itself will run on most platforms as it is standard C and can be compiled in Mac or Linux but the iSBEM interface is a Microsoft Access application which will not run on Linux or
276. mple building is provided and the zoning is done for you However when analysing a real building you will need to collect and analyse the building data yourself This chapter will guide you on what information you need to gather and how you need to process this information before you can enter it into the interface iSBEM Step 1 Decide whether SBEM is the appropriate analysis tool see Section 2 5 Step 2 Gather the raw data on your building see Section 3 2 Step 3 Analyse the information and identify the different zones see Section 3 3 Step 4 Enter the information into the interface double check it and run the calculation see Chapters 5 to 8 Figure 2 Steps for calculating the rating for a building 25 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 3 2 Tips for gathering information for iSBEM Item Requirements Potential issues and experiences New build and refurbishment Existing building Architectural building spatial layout of functions geometry and orientations Building plans sections site plan Plans and schedules should be available at this stage What degree of detail do they show For instance have decisions been made on usage of each space in the building Are plans available Have they been kept up to date Can they be used What degree of detail do the plans show Have there been changes to the internal layout with consequent effects on act
277. n 7 6 4 Defining Solar Energy Systems SES SES tab New parameter for the overall heat loss coefficient of pipes in the solar collector loop in the Building Services form gt SES tab gt Solar Storage amp Collector Loop sub tab see Section 7 6 4 Defining Solar Energy Systems SES SES tab New sub tab for Auxiliary Energy amp Distribution Losses in the Building Services form gt SES tab see Section 7 6 4 Defining Solar Energy Systems SES SES tab New parameter on the insulation of the distribution pipes between the solar energy system and the back up system in the Building Services form gt SES tab gt Auxiliary Energy amp Distribution Losses sub tab see Section 7 6 4 Defining Solar Energy Systems SES SES tab New parameter on the insulation of the distribution pipes between the solar energy system and the back up system in the Building Services form gt SES tab gt Auxiliary Energy amp Distribution Losses sub tab see Section 7 6 4 Defining Solar Energy Systems SES SES tab New parameter on the circulation system of the solar energy system in the Building Services form gt SES tab gt Auxiliary Energy amp Distribution Losses sub tab see Section 7 6 4 Defining Solar Energy Systems SES SES tab New parameter on the nominal pump power in the solar energy system in the Building Services form gt SES tab gt Auxiliary Energy amp Distribution Losses sub tab see Section 7 6 4 Def
278. n 8 2 12 Accessing the reports from the project folder It contains the calculated values for Figure 91 e Monthly and annual energy use by fuel type in MJ m and kWh m e Monthly and annual energy use by end use in MJ m and kWh m e Annual CO emissions by fuel type in kgCO m e Monthly and annual energy production in MJ m and kWh m and CO emissions in kgCO m displaced by renewables if applicable 174 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 EQ Microsoft Excel Example buiding Complete_sim cs E p 2 oj x w File Edit View Insert Format Tools Data Window Livelink Help Type a q for hep Mao f X DSH SR GRY RE GAS a oa A EA a a B i ta ia mT al FW Ye Reply with changes a Hla lE o A End Revie Arial ylO BU i 2900 NatGas LPG BioGas Oil Anthracite Smokeless DuelFuel Biomass GridSupEle WVasteHeal All Displaced All Displaced 2 Month Kvhim2 KWAhm2 KAhim2 KAhim2 KAhim2 KAhim2 KAhim2 KAhm2 Kin KAhim2 KAhim2 KAhim2 KAhim2 KAhim2 JAN 413614 FEB 3 64493 MAR 3 67507 57 APR 2 77502 MAY 2 14537 JUN 1 95989 JUL 2 0626 AUG 2 12798 SEP 2 16472 3 OCT 2 74122 Nov 3 52859 DEC 4 16859 2 28756 15 0979 2 01605 13 5638 1 92004 14 8803 0 943245 14 1399 0 040441 14 7689 0 15 2248 0 16 5989 0 16 6611 0 15 1328 0 393272 15 6982 1 53006 14 8857 2 3632 14 5744 21 5216 1 29602 20 2256 19 2247 115362 18 0711 20 4755 1 12193 19 3535 17 8582 0 577766 17 2804
279. n also be viewed in the Calculation Errors sub tab in the Ratings form see section 8 1 2 Asset Rating tab You will also notice that the there are 2 further Data Reflection Reports with the extension csv These files contain the same data as in the Data Reflection htm files described above but in a comma separated values format which can be opened using Microsoft Excel NB You must close all output files before re running the calculation so the software can over write them Otherwise an error message will be produced 179 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 f Example building Complete File Edit View Favorites Tools sek v gt z wi o Search gt Folders D x i EK Address E C ANCM ISBEM_v3 5 a Projects Example building Complete E E Example building Complete_key txt E Example building Complete_brukl_pdfkey txt E Example building Complete_brukl_inpkey txt E Example building Complete_not sim e Example building Complete sim E Example building Complete_sim cs E Example building Complete _not_sim csv E Example building Complete_not_dr csy E Example building Complete_dr csv Example building Complete inp Example building Complete _dr htm Example building Complete err Example building Complete bdl Y Example building Complete_sbem pdf Example building Complete _dr pdf pi Example building
280. n each item and how they are defined and linked together will be provided in detail in Chapters 5 to 8 and through the Help menu accessible from within iSBEM 23 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 generator building heat and hot water supplied and thermal and electrical efficiencies CHP tab Building Key parameters needed to Object s to Where it is defined in Hierarchy of SBEM building objects object define this building object which it iSBEM needs to be linked Zone Dimensions activity type HVAC and Geometry form gt Zones details on lighting heating and HWS tab and in the Building ventilation strategy Services form gt Zones If there are other tab HVAC systems Envelope Type of envelope Zone Geometry form gt Elements wall floor roof area Envelopes tab or the orientation construction type Geometry form gt Zones i thermal bridges condition of tab gt Quick Envelopes See ane adjoining space sub tab I Pa Dimensions glazing type Envelope Geometry form gt did M HVAC system thermal bridges shading Element Windows amp Rooflights tab similarly for system transmission factor or the Geometry Form gt all the and whether it is a display Zones tab gt Quick zones _ and so on window or not Envelopes sub tab served by for all the Area construction type thermal Envelope Geometry form gt Doors this H
281. n produced Separate submission Separate submission 4 4 Design air permeability Air Permeability Worst acceptable standard This building Design value m3 h m2 at 50 Pa 10 8 Has evidence been provided that demonstrates that the design air Sas 4 5 permeability has been achieved satisfactorily 3 Separate submission 4 6 Has commissioning been completed satisfactorily Separate submission Has evidence been provided that demonstrates that the ductwork is o 4 7 sufficiently airtight Separate submission Criterion 5 Providing information 5 1 Has a suitable building log book been prepared Separate submission 207 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 ada jan Buljoog HO Pr addy jany BuiyeaH LJH s B0JNOS JES SH adh Wa shg is Le oe Aduana ABlaua euoseas Jo eauab Buijoog Y33885 uaBb 009 suaniye puoseas JoyeJaUEb Buyesy 3438598 usb yesy 4 sLodg ones Aousioja ABsaua euoseas wass uljon Y338 1009 asnoy d1 qndjueune say 94 Aoualiye peuoseas Walshs BuieaH 4438 9H Este uogdwnsuos u Arelixny zw yMmy uoo xny uogdwnsuos ABsaua Buijoop ZW YAAH uos joop uogdwnsuos ABiaue Bulyesy ZwyUAAy uoo eaH puewap AB1aua Buijoop zw Wap joop puewap ABiaue Buipeay zw Wap aH BulBpiig peway o anp SI YSIUAA JUSIDIYJa0 1a SUL1 Jeay BLIAL s Buipjnq ay jo eaHejusoled anea eydy
282. nalysis e EPCgen net Activation Code field enabled only for England Wales and Northern Ireland EPCs e Qualifications field enabled only for England Wales and Northern Ireland EPCs e Employer Trading name field enabled only when one of the EPC generation options is selected as purpose of analysis 225 4Jun10 e Employer Trading address field enabled only when one of the EPC generation options is selected as purpose of analysis Sub form Insurance details sub form enabled only for England Wales and Northern Ireland EPCs e Insurance Company Policy Number Policy start effective date Policy end expiry date Policy cover limit Sub tab Owner s details Name Telephone number Address City Postcode Form Project Database Tab Construction for walls Sub tab General Name of construction Does it involve metal cladding Globally used in walls that connect zone to Definition of construction of walls using one of the following 3 options 1 Library o Category o Library or 2 Inference procedures o Building sector o Building Regulations compliance o General description or 3 Enter parameters manually o U value W m K Km kJ m K Tab Construction for roofs Sub tab General Name of construction Does it involve metal cladding Globally used in roofs that connect zone to Definition of construction of roofs using one of the following 3 options 1 Library o Category o Library or 2 Inference procedures o Buil
283. ncy is chosen It is LOW recommended that the heat generator system be investigated to gain an understanding of its efficiency and possible improvements Some walls have uninsulated cavities introduce cavity wall LOW insulation Page 4 of 8 195 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 0000 2090 0040 1000 0803 c Recommendations with a long payback This section lists recommendations with a payback of more than 7 years Potential j impact F hg Add local temperature control to the heating system PR Add weather compensation controls to heatin syste A Don a Add local time control to heating system TER LOW SY Consider installing building mounted jind turbine s Consider installing solar water heating Mis is not d Other recommendations This section lists othe based on an und energy report No KOZ by the ene have been identified Recommendation Page 5 of 8 196 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 0000 2090 0040 1000 0803 4 Next steps a Your Recommendation Report As the building occupier regulation 10 1 of SI 2007 991 requires that an Energy Performance Certificate must be accompanied by a recommendation report You must be able to produce a copy of this Recommendation Report within seven days if requested by an Enforcement Authority under regulation 39 of SI 2007 991 This Recommendation Report has also been lodged on the Government s central
284. nd or water source and District heating 4 Fuel type Depending on your selected heat source you will be given a selection of heating fuel types to choose from for e g Natural gas LPG Oil Grid supplied electricity 5 Tick if this system also uses CHP tick box This tick box appears if the system type selected can use CHP If it is ticked a new tab appears CHP generator where further details are required to describe the CHP facility If the box is not ticked the tab does not appear Cooling system 6 Generator type If appropriate to your choice of system you will be given the option to select a cooling generator type from the drop down list Air cooled chiller Water cooled chiller Remote condenser chiller Heat pump gas oil or Heat pump electric Ventilation 7 Heat recovery Depending on the system type this ventilation characteristic needs to be selected from No heat recovery Plate heat exchanger Recuperator Heat pipes Thermal wheel and Run around coil see Table 12 Option Brief Definition No heat recovery No heat recovery system Plate heat exchanger Recuperators usually take the form of air to air plate heat exchangers Recuperator Heat pipes The heat pipe is a passive heat exchanger of which there are two main types e horizontal in which a wick within the tubes transfers liquid by capillary action e vertical in which heat from the warmer lower duct is transferred
285. ne of the Data Reflection Report and for examples of the hyperlinks cw The data in this report for the actual building is also produced in a more compact layout in pdf Lomas format Figure 90 This report is more printer friendly than the html one and it can be printed either on A4 or A3 paper 172 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 Floor not ground floor el above window or door 0 Sill below window 0 04 f Jamb at window or door 0 05 gt gt 1 6 Envelope Parameter Value Comments Warnings Name z0 02 s Multiplier 1 Click here to be taken to the description of the External Wall Type of envelope Wall s Connects space to Exterior Click here go to the HVAC uction External wall system which serves the zone fa m2 7 5 that the envelope is part of tation South 2 2 gt 2 6 Envelope Parameter Value Comments Warnings ae Name z0 02 ei Multiplier 1 Type of envelope Wall Connects space to Conditioned adjoining space Construction Internal wall Envelope area m2 60 Orientation East gt 2 gt 36 Envelope Parameter Value Comments Warnings Name 70 0 n z be SSS TLL Hmm ae 00 s y Figure 89 Data Reflection report in html format NB The Data Reflection Reports in html format are generated and the related access buttons become visible in the Ratings form only if the relevant box is ticked in the General form gt File Options tab gt
286. near for example if a pitched roof is exposed to the inside of the conditioned zone i e there is no flat ceiling underneath it then the roof area will be that of the inner surface area of the roof as seen by the heat flux Convention Convention for EPCs Dimension conventions SA See APPENDIX H for the treatment of other rooms with non rectilinear surfaces Further guidance and doors defined within in SBEM will increase the area of the wall to fit the areas of all the i la defined openings in it The corresponding wall in the notional building will similarly have the increased area Therefore you should always ensure that you double check the figures you input for your model geometry in iSBEM before running the calculation NB During the calculation if the area of the wall input is less than the total area of windows 9 Orientation Here you need to select from the drop down menu whether the element faces north north east east etc or is horizontal 10 Additional Thermal Bridges If there are any thermal bridges in addition to those already described in the Thermal Bridges sub tab of Project tab if the global values are being 88 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 applied or the Thermal Bridges sub tab of the Zones tab if they are not then they need to be entered here in terms of the length of the thermal bridge m and its linear thermal transmittance the w psi value W m
287. ned e Within each envelope element there may be windows rooflights or doors The areas and types of glazing or door within each envelope element need to be entered f Similarly within the envelope elements or within the window door there may be additional thermal bridges which need to be defined g Define the HVAC heating ventilation and air conditioning systems the HWSs hot water systems and any SES solar energy systems PVS photovoltaic systems wind generators or CHP combined heat and power generators used in the building h Define the lighting system and ventilation characteristics of each zone and assign the zones to the appropriate HVAC system and HWS i Run the calculation and assess compliance 22 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 The building services systems zones envelope elements windows and doors are all referred to as building objects in SBEM Figure 1 shows each of these building objects and demonstrates how they are linked together so that SBEM can calculate the energy consumption of the building This diagram gives you an overview of what information is required and where you have to enter it in iSBEM It may be useful to return to this figure at the end of the tutorial by which point you will have been introduced to all the building objects Figure 1 serves to provide an overview of the structure of the building objects that you will be introduced to in this User Guide More details o
288. ned Objects report for more details about the Objects reports see Section 7 9 Double checking the data Notes on viewing deleting copying zones To view the zones that you have created you need to click on the record selector in the Zones tab A drop down list will then appear showing all of the zones that you have defined in that project To the right of the zone s name will be the HVAC system which that zone has been assigned to If a zone has not been assigned to an HVAC system it will say Unassigned NB At this stage in the tutorial you will not have created the HVAC system yet so it will say Unassigned to the right of your zones To delete a zone along with all its associated envelope elements doors and windows you need to select it using the record selector and then click on the Delete record button 83 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 If you press the copy button you will copy the selected zone along with all of the envelope elements doors and windows that have been created and linked to it The new zone will be automatically named for you it will be the name of copied zone 1 Once it has been created you can change its name However the names of the copied envelope elements doors and windows will still have the same names as those they were copied from The following sections will explain how to rename and edit the envelope elements doors and windows There will be
289. ned list of systems similar to that for HVAC systems and HWSs Risk of overheating in this zone SBEM runs an overheating calculation in order to provide recommendations in the report which accompanies the EPC After the calculation runs successfully the risk of overheating in each zone is reported in this sub tab Figure 66 Figure 66 shows a zone s HVAC HWS and lighting characteristics being defined E iSBEM v3 5 a Building Services Example building xi General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM __Global and Defaults HVAC systems HWS SES Pys Wind generators Zones a EER EE HVAC HWS amp Lighting systems Ventilation Exhaust Lighting General Lighting Controls Display Lighting Record selector 20 0least M HYAC system parameters r Lighting system System selection System selection HVAC for the example building X Lighting configured at zone level I Are there Destratification fans in the zone Hot Water System Risk of overheating in this zone The tisk of overheating is assessed in each zone by aea SBEM when a calculation button is clicked The risk Hws for the example building 7 in this zone is Deadleg length in this zone 2 m No risk or not yet calculated Record 14 4 J 1 gt t r of 19 137 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 Further guidance
290. nergy Assessor 9 __Project details Building details Energy Assessor details Owner details m Owner of the building details Name fl ohn Joned Telephone number 987654321 Address i London Road City LONDON Postal Code fsw23 1HA Figure 27 The Owner Details sub tab of the General Information tab in the General form NB The background information has already been entered for the Example building so there is no tutorial task relating to the General form 66 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 7 4 Project Database form Each type of construction used in the building fabric is defined within the Project Database form Within this form there are five main tabs circled in Figure 28 e Constructions for Walls tab e Constructions for Roofs tab e Constructions for Floors tab e Constructions for Doors tab e Glazing tab In each tab you need to enter information on each of the different types of construction found in the building For example in your building there may be two glazing types This is where you enter the details of these types Later on during the building s geometry definition each of these construction glazing types can be assigned to particular parts of the building envelope door window In other words you are not defining the walls doors or windows of your building at this stage just the characteristics of the materials used in their construction Clicking on the C
291. ng Rating Graphic Rating Recommendations EPC Audit Construction Geometry HVAC amp HWS Lighting Calculation Logs SBEM log EPCgen log BRUKL log Calculation Errors SBEM err EPCgen err BRUKL err Building Navigation 7 7 Selections Object Properties NEW About iSBEM 7 8 Table 7 Structure of the forms tabs and sub tabs in iSBEM Task 2 In the Example building Complete file click on each of the 6 forms and each of their tabs and sub tabs to familiarise yourself with how to get from one location in iSBEM to another At present there is a small but unavoidable time delay when switching between forms 46 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 6 BASIC iSBEM FUNCTIONALITY AND THE HELP MENU 6 1 Basic interface functionality and buttons Within the Project Database Geometry and Building Services forms you are required to enter information about various aspects of the building The Project Database form requires you to enter the information about the properties of each of the construction and glazing types The Geometry and Building Services forms require you to enter details about the zones their envelope elements windows and doors and all of the building services systems found in the building all these items are shown in Figure 1 Structure of SBEM objects All of these items are records within the interface and there is a General sub tab like the one shown below Figure 13 for ea
292. ng to be carried out NB All user updated constructions glazings and frames from the User Library including those that have been imported will have the prefix added to them unless it already exists in which case an additional will NOT be added NB Should a construction glazing frame of the same name as an existing construction glazing frame be imported into the User Library a number will be appended to the end of it according to the number of records in the User Library with a similar name i e a record with name Name will have its name changed to Name 1 Name 2 Name 3 etc depending on whether there are already 1 2 3 etc records in the database already with a similar name excluding the suffix NB Frames cannot be imported from NCT files due to the nature of their table layouts Only constructions and glazings can be imported by this procedure 224 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 APPENDIX D List of parameters required by iSBEM Form General Tab General Information Sub tab Project details Purpose of analysis EPC in Welsh field enabled only for EPC Wales Additionally check Building regulations field enabled only when one of the EPC generation options is selected as purpose of analysis Weather location Stage of analysis field not enabled for Scottish Building Regulations Project complexity field enabled only for England Wales and Northern Ireland EPCs Related party disclosure
293. ning Inspection sub tab enabled for EPC calculations but not for EPC Scotland e Does the building have an air conditioning system o Is the actual output unknown B Total effective rated output of the air conditioning system kW or B Estimated total effective rated output of the air conditioning system o Has an air conditioning inspection been commissioned for compliance with Energy Performance of Buildings regulations Tab HVAC Systems Sub tab General e HVAC system name e HVAC system type o Heat recovery in ventilation system field enabled if there is mechanical ventilation at HVAC level B Heat recovery seasonal efficiency Sub tab Heating System e Heat source e Fuel type for heat generator e Does this heating system use variable speed pumping field enabled only if the heating system is central using water e Does this heating system also use CHP e Effective heat generating seasonal efficiency for heat generator e Heat generator radiant efficiency field enabled if HVAC is a radiant system e Does the heating system qualify for ECA relevant only if default efficiency value is used o Was the heating system installed in or after 1998 relevant only if default efficiency value is used Sub tab Cooling System enabled only if HVAC system provides cooling Generator type Generator kW Fuel type for cooling generator Seasonal energy efficiency ratio for cooling generator Nominal energy efficiency ratio for cooling genera
294. nowledge of the building The impact of other recommendations are determined by the assessor c Valid report A valid report is a report that has been e Produced within the past 10 years e Produced by an Energy Assessor who is accredited to produce Recommendation Reports through a Government Approved Accreditation Scheme e Lodged on the Register operated by or on behalf of the Secretary of State Page 8 of 8 199 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 A 8 Sample SBEM Secondary Recommendations Report Secondary Recommendations Report Not for Official Submission Building name Example building Building type Office Date Tue Jan 26 16 03 24 2010 This report lists recommendations for energy efficiency improvements to the building Key to colour codes used in this report Included by the calculation Included by the user Excluded by the user Recommendations for HEATING HEATING accounts for 9 2 of the CO2 emissions If hot water is provided by the HVAC system then the of CO2emissions includes hot water provision The overall energy performance of HEATING provision is GOOD The overall CO2 performance of HEATING provision is GOOD The average energy efficiency of HEATING provision is GOOD The average CO2 efficiency of HEATING provision is GOOD Add time control to heating system Code EPC H2 Energy Impact LOW CO2 Impact LOW CO2 Saved per Spent FAIR Applicable to Whole building Comments
295. ntal dimensions in a range of building configurations see APPENDIX H Building Total Floor Area Sum of zone areas Used to check that all zones have been entered Envelope Area Area of vertical envelopes walls h w where h floor to floor height floor to soffit on top floor i e including floor void ceiling void and floor slab w horizontal dimension of wall Limits for that horizontal dimension are defined by type of adjacent walls If the adjacent wall is external or a perimeter wall the limit will be the internal side of the adjacent wall If the adjacent wall is internal the limit will be half way through its thickness NB Areas of floor ceilings and flat roofs are calculated in the same manner as the zone area Area for an exposed pitched roof i e without an internal horizontal ceiling will be the inner surface area of the roof Used to calculate fabric heat loss so this is the area to which the U value is applied iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 30 4Jun10 Further guidance Convention Convention for EPCs Dimension conventions For further guidance on defining envelope areas in a range of building configurations see APPENDIX H Window Area Area of the structural opening in the wall roof i e it includes the glass and the frame Deadleg Length Length of the draw off pipe to the outlet in the space only used for zones where the water is dra
296. nual available for download from the NCM website at www ncm bre co uk e Guidance related to energy calculations for the Republic of Ireland Building Regulations 1 2 Structure of the guide This guide is split into eight chapters and five appendices and it contains a tutorial TUTORIAL The tutorial runs alongside Chapters 4 through to 8 with a task set at each stage starting from opening iSBEM through to printing off the Compliance document and Energy Performance Certificate It is recommended that you complete this tutorial before trying to enter real building data Details on the Example building used in the tutorial are included in APPENDIX A 14 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 gt WDO CH NEW NEW Chapter 1 HOW TO USE THIS GUIDE Chapter 2 INTRODUCTION TO iSBEM SBEM AND THE NCM Chapter 3 ASSEMBLING REAL BUILDING DATA This chapter provides guidance on preparing building data for inputting into iSBEM including how to zone a building Chapter 4 iSBEM BASICS GETTING STARTED This chapter includes instructions on how to install iSBEM start a new or open an existing project and correctly save and close projects Chapter 5 TOUR OF iSBEM This chapter introduces the structure of iSBEM in terms of its forms tabs and sub tabs Chapter 6 BASIC iSBEM FUNCTIONALITY AND THE HELP MENU This chapter details some of iSBEM s key commands buttons and functionality Chapter 7 E
297. num 1 5 Building CO2 Emission Rate BER 87 9 KgCO2 m2 annum 1 6 Are emissions from building less than or equal to the target BER gt TER NO 2 The performance of the building fabric and the building services systems 2 1 How do the U values compare with Section 6 guidance The building follows guidance in Scottish Building Regulations Surface where this maximum value Element Ua Limt Uscatc Uitimit Ucar occurs Wall 0 3 0 24 0 7 0 24 z0 01east e Floor 0 25 0 12 0 7 0 25 z1 01centre fe Roof 0 25 0 25 0 35 0 25 z1 01centre c Windows roof windows and 5 rooflights 2 2 2 1 3 3 2 1 z0 01north n g Personnel doors 2 2 2 3 3 2 z0 03 wid Vehicle access amp similar large doors 1 5 0 1 5 0 No heat loss vehicle access doors Ua timt Limiting area weighted average U values Wi m2K Ui timt Limiting individual element U values Wi m2K Uacae Calculated area weighted average U values W m2K Ui cac Calculated individual element U values Wi m2K There might be more than one surface exceeding the limiting standards Display windows and similar glazing are not required to meet the standard given in this table 0 35 for modular and portable buildings 2 2 Air permeability Air Permeability This building s value m3 h m2 at 50 Pa 8 210 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 2 3 Are all building services standards acceptable 2 3a
298. nvelope elements windows doors HVAC systems HWSs and SESs that have been created in iSBEM but not assigned These are critical unassignments The Other Unassigned Objects in blue text include any construction or glazing types which have been created but not assigned to any of the envelope elements windows or doors These are non critical unassignments Figure 74 shows that there are 4 zones which have not been assigned to an HVAC system The user would then need to go into the Zones tab in the Geometry form or the Zones tab in the Building Services form to assign each zone to an HVAC system The figure also shows that there are no non critical unassignments 148 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 W UN ASSIGNED OBJECTS REPORT oj x Proleciname Exampk budding Wealherlocaton Lormion NCM projecl overview 2501 2010 16 4431 Unassigned Objects Report Page 1 of UN ASSIGHED BUILDING OBJECTS ZONEs unassigred ENVELOPEs urassigned WINDO Ws unassigned DO ORs urassigned 204 Incrth 200 lwest 20M1south 20 0 1lsoufhwest 200 Inorthwest HYVA Cs unassigned HWS unassigned SESs urassigned OTHER UN ASSIGHED OBJECTS Corst for walls urassigred Corset for roofs unassigned Const for floors unassigned Glazing urassigred Page miaif 1 Air Figure 74 The Unassigned Objects Report 7 9 2 The Data Summary Report The Data Summary Report has a double layer structure The first layer is in black text and is a tree s
299. nvelope main tab AND in the Envelope Summary tab First using the record selector in the main Envelope tab view the envelope elements that have been created in this project Then go back to the Zones main tab select zone z0 02 and click on the Envelope Summary sub tab Here you should be able to see all the envelope elements that you have created in Task 6 If you have made any errors you will need to go back to the main Envelope tab and edit the envelope elements there Task 8 Create a new envelope element and then delete it So that you become familiar with the functionality of the tool try introducing a made up envelope element for zone z0 02 using the Envelope tab Once it has been sufficiently defined i e the green fields have been filled in you will be able to delete it 90 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 Windows amp Doors Summary sub tab The windows and doors assigned to an envelope element can be viewed in the Window amp Door Summary sub tab of the Envelope tab shown in Figure 40 see Section 7 5 5 Defining windows for details on creating windows and rooflights and Section 7 5 7 Defining doors for details on creating doors Depending on which radio button is selected in the Objects section you can choose to either view only the windows and rooflights attached to the envelope view only the doors or view the envelope s windows and rooflights as well as any doors The env
300. nvelopes and windows Guidance on the window and rooflight parameters which cannot be edited using the Quick Envelopes sub tab see Section 7 5 8 Quick Envelopes tab Short cut to creating envelopes and windows Guidance on bivalent calculation see Section 7 6 2 Defining HVAC Systems HVAC Systems tab Guidance on default efficiency for heat generator for hot water systems see Section 7 6 3 Defining HWS HWS tab Guidance on default storage and secondary circulation losses for hot water systems see Section 7 6 3 Defining HWS HWS tab Guidance on defining solar energy systems see Section 7 6 4 Defining Solar Energy Systems SES SES tab Guidance on defining CHP generators see Section 7 6 7 Defining the CHP generator CHP Generator tab Guidance on accessing the error files from the Ratings form see Section 8 1 1 Building Regulations Check tab and section 8 1 2 Asset Rating tab Guidance on activation codes and connection to EPCgen net see APPENDIX E Activation codes and connection to EPCgen net Changes related to new functionality of the iSBEM version 3 5 a This new icon shown in the left margin indicates in the text where iSBEM has changed since the previous version Version number of iSBEM is now visible in the top blue bar of the window in all forms tabs and sub tabs of the interface see Section 5 1 Introduction to the main forms in iSBEM New drop down menu for the related party
301. o the general activities in the building The Energy Assessor is expected to use his or her knowledge to remove inappropriate ones and possibly to add additional ones If the Energy Performance Rating calculation has made extensive use of default values some of the recommendations may be based on uncertain assumptions These recommendations do not cover the quality of operation or maintenance of the building and its systems There are frequently significant opportunities for energy and carbon savings in these areas and a full energy audit to identify them is strongly recommended 8 2 9 Technical Output Report Reference Building This is a comma separated values csv file which can be opened using Microsoft Excel for the reference building similar in format to the technical output report for the actual building described previously see Section 8 2 5 Technical Output Report Actual Building 8 2 10 Technical Output Report Typical Building This is a comma separated values csv file which can be opened using Microsoft Excel for the typical building similar in format to the technical output report for the actual building described previously see Section 8 2 5 Technical Output Report Actual Building 8 2 11 SBEM Secondary Recommendations Report This report is generated if either EPC England EPC Wales or EPC Northern Ireland were selected as the Purpose of Analysis in the General form g
302. oduce my own values U value 0 24 W m2Kk Sector Office x Ka 51 kJd m2K Building Reg Comp 2002 Regulations England amp Wales Note that this value was called Cm General Description Cavity wall bricks blocks in previous versions Record 14 4 f 1 gt gt t of 2 Figure 28 The Constructions and Glazing tabs in the Project Database form Each of the main tabs in the Project Database form has two sub tabs General and Assigned The General tab is where the information is entered to define your construction types see the following section on how this is done The Assigned tab contains a list of all the envelope elements doors or windows of the building to which this construction or glazing has been assigned You cannot edit the list on this screen as it is provided for viewing only see Figure 29 NB At this stage in the tutorial most of the Assigned tabs will be blank as you will not have yet created the building elements to which these constructions need to be assigned You will do this in Section 7 5 Geometry form 68 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 E iSBEM v3 5 a Project Database Example building General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Constructions for Walls Constructions for Roofs Constructions for Floors Constructions for Doors Glazing Constr selector External wall Jel Se 2
303. oes not have default values for these fields and they are needed for SBEM to can carry out its calculations You will also not be able to delete the record until it has been completed If you need to navigate away from the screen before it is completed press the Escape key on your keyboard 11 The Global buttons GI or tick boxes Global buttons and tick boxes allow you to use previously defined global values for a variety of parameters For example in Figure 13 the global air permeability at 50pa button is pressed in This means that the current record in this case zone z0 01 east takes the previously defined global air permeability value this global value is defined in the Geometry form gt Project tab gt General and Geometry sub tab see Table 8 Global parameters 49 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 When the Global button or tick box is not pressed in or ticked you are able to enter a value specifically for that record This is shown in Figure 13 where the floor to floor height global button is not pressed in and a value of 3 has been introduced for that zone Table 8 Global parameters shows the global parameters available in iSBEM where they are defined and where they are later used Parameter Global value defined Location of Global button or tick box Air permeability Geometry form gt Project tab gt General and Geometry sub tab Geometry form gt Zones tab g
304. ollowing inference procedures This option is intended for use when certifying existing buildings when you may not have the drawings or schedules which specify the construction types used in the building The inference procedures will help you to select construction types on the basis of non technical information you may have on the building To use this option you need to click on the Help with Inference procedures radio button and then in the inference drop down menus choose the options that most closely describe your construction For example for a wall you may be able to choose a construction based on the sector the building regulations year with which you think it would be compliant and a general description iii Manually introduce the values Click on the Introduce my own values radio button if you wish to enter your own values to define the construction For walls roofs floors and doors there are two parameters which need to be entered the U value W m k and the Km value renamed from Cm value kJ m k See below for the description of these parameters If the user selects a construction type from the construction library or through the inference procedures these values are imported automatically from the iSBEM databases For glazing types the parameters that need to be entered manually are the U value the solar transmittance T Solar and the light transmittance L Solar See below for the descript
305. on 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 Further guidance on your computer and instead an IAS file will be produced which is a file required by your Accreditation Scheme Provider Please note that in order to generate the IAS file required by the Accreditation Scheme Provider your computer must be connected to the internet If there is no internet connection then the IAS file will not be generated The output files produced on your computer will always contain the watermark see Section 7 3 2 General Information tab NB See APPENDIX E Activation codes and connection to EPCgen net for more guidance 8 2 1 SBEM Main Output Document This report can be accessed from the Ratings form gt Building Regulations Check tab gt Building Rating sub tab when checking compliance with building regulations and the Ratings form gt Asset Rating tab gt Building Rating sub tab when generating an EPC by clicking on the SBEM output button and it is stored in the same location as the project files as described in Section 8 2 12 Accessing the reports from the project folder The file is in pdf format This report gives a summary of the energy consumptions and CO emissions of the building It provides e The name and type of the building e A bar chart showing the annual CO emissions from the building in kg m due to fuel and electricity consumptions It also shows the amount of annual CO emissions displaced by renewables if appl
306. on on each HVAC system into the General sub tab there are a few more details on the heating efficiency which can be entered if they are known You will see that the Heat Source and Fuel Type fields that were completed in the General tab also appear in this tab they can be edited in either tab First you need to select the HVAC system with the record selector and then the following information can be entered Heating System 112 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 1 Heat source Depending on the system type selected a selection of heat sources is offered For example if Single duct VAV is selected you need to choose between LTHW boiler MTHW boiler HTHW boiler Direct or storage electric heater Heat pump air source Heat pump ground or water source and District heating 2 Fuel type Depending on your selected heat source you will be given a selection of heating fuel types to choose from for e g Natural gas LPG Oil Grid supplied electricity 3 Tick if this heating system uses variable speed pumps tick box This tick box appears only if the system type selected is central heating using water If it is ticked variable speed pumping will be considered during the calculation of the auxiliary energy 4 Effective heat generating seasonal efficiency If you know the effective heat generating seasonal efficiency for the heat generator it can be introduced manually into the interface Otherw
307. onal checks required by approved documents View Approved Document Checks Approved Documents Checks Calculation progress Building Regulation check completed Click to check object assigments there are NO CRITICAL un assigments in the project Figure 77 Using the interface to check compliance with Building Regulations in the Building Regulation Check tab of the Ratings form for England and Wales E iSBEM v3 5 a Ratings Example building xi General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Building Regulation check Scottish Building Regulations Building Rating Calculation Logs Calculation Errors Supporting Documents Heating Cooling Ausiliary Lighting Hot Water Total Actual kwh m2iy Notional kwh m2 y 1 CO2 emissions BER 30 78 kgCO2 m2 yr Notional 115 68 kgCO2 m2 yr Click on text below for L2C SBEM Outputs TER kgCO2 m2 yr Data Reflection Actual Building Pass CO2 E Data Reflection Notional Building 2 Additional checks which relate to guidance to building standards View Specifications Specification Checks Calculation progress Building Standard check completed Click to check object assigments there are NO CRITICAL un assigments in the project Figure 78 Using the interface to check compliance with Building Regulations in the Building Regulation Check tab of the Ratings form for Scotland 156 iSBEM ver
308. onditioning system El Greater than 250kw z What is the total effective ra Has an air conditioning inspection been commissioned for compliance with Energy Performance of Buildings regulations Dont know z Figure 48 Air Conditioning Inspection sub tab of the Global and Defaults tab in the Building Services form 105 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 7 6 2 Defining HVAC Systems HVAC Systems tab Overview of how to model HVAC Systems The building s HVAC system s is defined within the first six sub tabs of the HVAC systems tab General sub tab This is where you select the system type give it a unique name and enter some basic system details for each HVAC system in the building Heating sub tab This is where you can further define the heat generator efficiency Cooling sub tab This is where you can further define the cold generator efficiency Systems Adjustments sub tab This is where details on air leakage and specific fan power can be entered Metering Provision renamed from Control Corrections sub tab This is where details of the metering provision for the HVAC system can be defined System Controls sub tab This is where heating system controls can be defined This sub tab is visible only if EPC generation is selected as the Purpose of Analysis in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab Zone Summary sub tab This tab displays a summary of the zones assigned to
309. ool Building Energy Performance and CO2 emissions 0 kgCO2 m2 displaced by the use of renewable sources Elec Building area is 2900m2 Fuel kgGO2im2 o 20 40 60 80 Annual Energy Consumption Ka eating Pie chart including Equipment end use H 5 Coolin E 18 9 Auxiliar C 23 Hot Water Lighting t L31 Eduipmen A13 hii kWhim2 o 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 Pie chart excluding Equipment end use H 7 kWhim2 30 Equipment 24 F C 28 Lighting a 18 Hot Water a Auxiliary 12 a Cooling HW 12 plete 5 8 Heating a Although energy consumption by equipment is shown in the graphs o the CO2 emissions associated with this end use have not been taken Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec into account when producing the rating iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 A 6 Energy Performance Certificate for Example Building Energy Performance Certificate HM Government Non Domestic Building 56 London Road Certificate Reference Number LONDON 0100 0038 0000 0029 0002 SW23 1HA This certificate shows the energy rating of this building Itindicates the energy efficiency of the building fabric and the heating ventilation cooling and lighting systems The rating is compared to two benchmarks for this type of building one appropriate for new buildings and one appropriat
310. ools secondary school urther education universities rimary health care buildings nursing residential homes and hostels ospital otel retail warehouse and storage heatres cinemas music halls and auditoria social clubs community day centre ibraries museums and galleries risons emergency services crown and county courts airport terminals us station train station seaport terminal workshops maintenance depot elephone exchanges ndustrial process building aundry Dwelling Retail Warehouse primary schools further education universities o primary health care buildings o hospital o hote o restaurant bar public house sports centre leisure centre sports ground arena theatres cinemas music halls and auditoria Soo prisons o bus station train station seaport terminal o telephone exchanges o Industrial process building o laundry o Miscellaneous 24hr activities iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume ol s o x x x g x x E x x g x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x E x a non public irculation corridors and stairs all lecture theatre assembly area mmon room staff room lounge atient accomodation wards Security check area athroom ating drinking area Sales area general Sales area chilled Storage chilled Display area rkshop small scale ndustrial process area Il police prison igh density IT work space arehouse storage arehouse sales general itne
311. or the Activation Code has not been entered then the XML message will not be generated and the output files produced will contain the watermark However this does not apply if EPC Scotland has been selected as the Purpose of Analysis NB For assessors accredited by an Accreditation Scheme Provider that generates the final EPC documents for lodgement in a central system for the Accreditation Scheme Please note that in order to generate the IAS file required by the Accreditation Scheme Provider your computer must be connected to the internet If there is no internet connection then the IAS file will not be generated The output files produced on your computer will always contain the watermark bail NB See APPENDIX E Activation codes and connection to EPCgen net for more guidance 2 Tick box to follow a different connection route to be ticked only if requested by the SBEM Helpline after you have experienced problems connecting to the EPCgen Net site This box is unticked by default and should not be ticked unless requested E iSBEM v3 5 a General Example building x General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM File Options General Information Actions ha Fie operations System configuration System configuration cont Local Area Network LAN Settings Helpline diagnosis m Proxy Server I Use a proxy server for your L
312. ormation This section gives information about the project s address the building s owner including name telephone number and address and the building s certifier including name telephone number and address It also gives information about the certification tool used to generate the results e Criterion 1 This section of the report contains information about the building s predicted CO emission rate BER and the target CO emission rate TER in kg m year It then states whether the building s emission rate is less than or equal to the target value e Criterion 2 This section of the report contains information about the building fabric including the construction U values air permeability and the building services systems Then the report states whether the building s U values are better than the design limits for each construction type and whether the air permeability of the building is better than the worse acceptable standard It also states whether the building service standards are acceptable compared to their limiting standards NB Note that the Building Regulations compliance check regarding U values will be applied by the tool to all envelopes which are not adjacent to a Conditioned adjoining space or Same space Also note that the tool will not check the U values of elements in unconditioned zones for compliance NB According to ADL2A buildings with less than 500 m total useful floor area may avoid
313. ose from the drop down list between L1 L2 L3 or Worse than L3 Specific Fan Power for the System 116 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 3 Specific Fan Power SFP The SFP of an air distribution system is defined as the sum of the design total circuit watts including all losses through switchgear and controls such as inverters of the fans in the system that supply air and extract it back outdoor i e the sum of the total circuit watts of supply and extract fans divided by the design air flow rate through the system For further details on the SFP and how it is calculated see the Non Domestic HVAC Compliance Guide If the SFP for the system is known it can be entered manually Otherwise the software will insert a default value NB The default value does not comply with the 2006 Building Regulations and should be changed for new buildings NB If the SFP was calculated or measured for a mechanical ventilation system that already included heat recovery then that is the value you enter into iSBEM If the SFP was calculated or measured for a mechanical ventilation system before a heat recovery system was added on then you need to add 0 15 to the SFP for a thermal wheel system and 0 3 for any of the other heat recovery options in iSBEM to account for the additional resistance NB Zonal ventilation is no longer available for fan coil units Ventilation for this HVAC type is defined at HVAC level The auxiliary energy figure
314. otal air movement will be significantly higher because of the additional airflow induced by the nozzles The system type along with the further details entered in the remaining four HVAC sub tabs allow SBEM to calculate the System Seasonal Efficiency for heating SSEFF the System Seasonal Energy Efficiency Ratio for cooling SSEER and the Auxiliary Energy For further details on these parameters and how they are calculated see the Non Domestic HVAC Compliance Guide SSEFF The System Seasonal Efficiency for heating takes account of the seasonal efficiency of the heat generator thermal losses and gains to and from pipework and ductwork and duct leakage It does not include the energy used by fans and pumps The combined heating demand of all zones served by a particular system divided by its SSEFF gives the energy consumption of the heating system For example a boiler or boilers SSEER The System Seasonal Energy Efficiency Ratio for cooling takes account of the seasonal efficiency of the cold generator thermal losses and gains to and from pipework and ductwork and duct leakage It does not include the energy used by fans and pumps The combined cooling demand of all the zones served by a particular system divided by its SSEER gives the energy consumption of the cooling system For example a chiller Auxiliary Energy This is applied to the total floor area conditioned by a particular system It depends on the duration of o
315. ount for the additional resistance E iSBEM v3 5 a Building Services Example building x General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM g Global and Defaults HVAC systems Hws ses Pys Wind generators Zones Record selector HYAC for the example building EEE Sy qy y General Heating Cooling System Adjustment Metering Provision System Controls Zone Summary Name HVAC forthe example buildin Type Single duct VAY X Heating system Ventilation Heat source LTHW boiler X Heat recovery Fuel type Natural Gas o Plate heat exchanger Recuperator x J Tick if this system also uses CHP Do you know the Heat Rec seasonal efficiency Cooling system No use the default 0 65 ratio Pack Chiller Default chiller C Yes Heat Rec seasonal eff is ratio Generator type air cooled chiller Me Record 14 4 f 11 gt a gt of 1 Figure 49 HVAC system definition General sub tab System Type in iSBEM Brief Definition Central heating using water radiators Central heat generator s with water distribution and radiators Central heating using water convectors Central heat generator s with water distribution and convectors Central heating using water floor Central heat generator s with water distribution and heating floor heating Central heating with air distribution Central heat generator s with air
316. oval of the building owner and consent of occupants If this is not given it would be unusual then it is possible using databases built into the software to infer construction details from non invasive observations and construction date assuming compliance with the then current Building Regulations Any assumptions made must err on the pessimistic side i e constructions that are older and or do not contain cavities unless their presence can be iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 26 4Jun10 inferred from the external appearance Building Services Description of plant and its control schedules of plant sizing including fans information on construction standards e g leakage tests on ductwork confirmation that M amp T is being undertaken Detailed drawings and schedules should be available What degree of detail do they show For instance is it possible to work out specific fan power from fan power and air quantity Has the fine detail of installation been left to equipment suppliers and installers If so could they inadvertently compromise the design intent Are any test certificates available Is there sub metering for HVAC systems and or lighting and if monitoring and targeting are to be practiced are out of range alarms built into the software or procedures Is lighting design information available rather than relying on simple lamp type informa
317. ow volume supply of cooled ventilation air Heating assumed to be by separate LTHW system The default assumption is that there is displacement ventilation Active chilled beams Chilled beams which include the provision of cooled air from a central source typically operating as an induction system May include local fans Heating assumed to be by separate LTHW system Water loop heat pump Local heat pumps are served by a common water circuit to or from which they can reject or extract heat Central cooling and heating plant provides the net heat or cooling input to this circuit Assumed to also provide heating Split or multi split system Combination of outdoor and indoor units connected by refrigerant pipe work No mechanical ventilation system Use this category also for ducted split aes systems and window wall units The SEER SCoP Further should include the power consumption for Suldanoe compressors controls as well as fans and pumps within the air conditioning units Single room cooling system Integral units without ducting such as wall or window units Ducted units should be defined as constant or variable volume air systems as appropriate The SEER SCoP should include the power consumption for compressors controls as well as fans and pumps within the air conditioning units Table 13 Definitions of HVAC type options in iSBEM Heating sub tab Once you have entered the basic informati
318. paque doors Toe The parameters that you cannot define in the Quick Envelopes sub tab include ee e Thermal bridges for envelope elements or windows If the envelope or window you have created contains any thermal bridges in addition to those already described in the Thermal Bridges sub tab of the Project tab if the global values are being applied or the Thermal Bridges sub tab of the Zones tab it they are not you will need to go to the Envelopes and Windows main tabs select the record in question and add the thermal bridge manually See notes in Section 7 5 2 Project tab regarding thermal bridges e Shading system If the window or rooflight has anything but the default for this parameter All other cases then you will need to go to the Windows amp Rooflights main tab select the window in question using the record selector and change the details manually e Transmission factor If the window or rooflight has anything but the default for this parameter 1 then you will need to go to the Windows amp Rooflights main tab select the window in question using the record selector and change the details manually 99 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 e Surface area ratio If the window or rooflight has anything but the default 1 for windows and 1 3 for rooflights for this parameter you will need to go to the Windows amp Rooflights main tab select the window in question using the record selector and change the det
319. pe used by the heating system you can define it in this sub tab Figure 46 NB The default HVAC systems are representative of existing rather than new buildings and should only be used if you do not know the type of the HVAC system in your building or its detailed parameters as the default efficiencies assumed by iSBEM for these systems are quite pessimistic and cannot be edited by the user Project Building Services sub tab In this sub tab you need to enter details about the electrical power factor and the controls provisions for lighting in the building as shown in Figure 47 Metering provision for lighting systems 1 Is the lighting separately sub metered If you select Yes the following question becomes active o M amp T with alarm for out of range values This refers to monitoring and targeting as a means of identifying changes in operation or onset of faults The above two parameters on controls corrections are not available if the Purpose of Analysis parameter is set to Scottish Building Regulations in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab Instead the following parameter becomes active 2 Lighting voltage reduction management scheme This parameter is only available under the Scottish Building Regulations If the input to this parameter is Yes a 1 correction factor is applied to the lighting load of the building Building Details 3 Electric power
320. pecifies the fraction of display lighting which is turned off by the time switch If this is 1 all the display lighting is switched off by the time switch If dimming is selected the fraction off specifies the fraction of display lighting which is dimmed by the time switch Figure 71 shows the display lighting characteristics and controls for a zone being defined E iSBEM v3 5 a Building Services Example building x General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About __Global and Defaults HVAC systems HWS SES PYS Wind generators Zones Record selector 20 03 zl _HVAC HWS amp Lighting systems Ventilation Exhaust Lighting General Lighting Controls iD r Does display Itg use efficient lamps C Yes No or don t know Lumens per circuit wattage Unit m Time switching for Display lighting Type NONE GUTS off O Fraction off 1 Record 14 4 f 3 gt gt t of 19 Figure 71 Defining the zone display lighting in the Display Lighting sub tab Task 16 Assign each zone to the appropriate HVAC and HWS and define the ventilation and lighting strategies for each of the zones Details can be found in APPENDIX A Section A 2 Systems For each zone click into the Zones tab in the Building Services form Select each of the zones in turn using the record selector and enter the required information 145 iSB
321. pes SUD tab cccccssccessccessecsscecessecesneeesseecsscecesaecesseecsaeecsseesesaesnsaeeesaes 100 Figure 46 The eight tabs in the Building Services fOrm sccccscccsecceeseceeseeteseeeeseecesseeeseessaeesenaeenes 102 Figure 47 Project Building Services sub tab of the Global and Defaults tab in the Building Services TOTMAN R E AE T E E ITT 104 Figure 48 Air Conditioning Inspection sub tab of the Global and Defaults tab in the Building Services KLA E E E A E E S 105 Figure 49 HVAC system definition General sub tab ceccsscceesseeessesenceessneeesaeeseseeseacesennecnsaeeesaes 110 Figure 50 HVAC systems definition Heating SUD taD cccscccescceesseseseesssecesseeeeeecscesssneonsaeeesaes 114 Figure 51 HVAC systems definition Cooling SUD tAD 0 ccssccsssecessesensesesnecesseeeeeecsanesesneensaeeesaes 116 Figure 52 HVAC systems definition System Adjustments SUD t D cscccseccesseeeseeeeneeeeneeeesneeesaes 117 Figure 53 HVAC systems definition Metering Provision sub tab ccccccsscceesseseseeeeseeseseeensneeesaee 118 10 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 Figure 54 HVAC systems definition System Controls sub tab n on 119 Figure 55 HVAC systems tab Zone Summary SUD tAD cccesscceeteceesee tense eeseeeesseeeseecsseeseseecesaeeesaee 120 Figure 56 Defining a HWS in the General sub tab icceeccceeeceenseeesceseseeeesnecesaeeesaeecseesssaecnsaeeesaes 122 Figure 57 HW Storage and Secondary
322. pes attached to the zone or view the zone s envelopes as well as any windows or doors assigned to the envelopes The zone s envelopes are listed in the left hand side window in terms of their names and types of envelope wall floor roof If any of the envelopes windows or doors are highlighted in the left hand side window more details about that object appear in the Selected objects properties window such as its area construction and the condition of the space it connects the zone to Also included in the details is the ID number given by iSBEM to this envelope This ID number can be used to locate this particular envelope quickly in the Envelope tab should any editing of its parameters be required see Section 7 5 4 Defining envelopes Envelope tab 85 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 E iSBEM v3 5 a Geometry Example building x General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM Project Zones Envelope Doors Windows amp Rooflights This is the ID number of Zone selector 20 01east Ea Es q this envelope given to it by iSBEM General Quick Envelopes Envelope Summary CW z0 Oleast e lt f gt z0 Oleast ci lt f gt z0 Oleast f Envelopes only o Show objects clude Windows amp Doors Selected objects propertie ID Name in Zone 20 Oleast Multiplier 1 Area
323. port in pdf format for the actual building o on 174 Figure 9I Technical Output report mereinen cxotiiede tes ve coe soatens a ie e dan cas e e Eaei aeii 175 Figure 92 Contents of the Projects folder showing the SBEM output reports when running SBEM for building regulations compliance ChECKIN secceseccesseceeseeesseeseseecescecesseeesaeecseeceseecssaeeesaeeeseeseaeees 180 Figure 93 Contents of the Projects folder showing the SBEM output reports when running SBEM for Energy Performance Certificates x ccoccccivssscestucs aves tesictaiecsivcsiacsstesiecasvsviceeesciieasdecdnesds soiaesbevoleepseesbes 181 Figure 94 3D view of the Example building cccccscccsscccessecesseceeseeeescecescecssaecesseeeseecseesssaesesaeeesaes 182 Figure 95 Ground floor plaires aree eree e aan e N TEES ee ee EIEEE scaiteravertty 187 Figure 96 First floor plan mii reiini nini eonennet Ee EEEE ET Ea Eiai iea 188 Figure 97 Folder showing the file conversion tOOL scccsecseesceeseeeeseeseseesessecesaeeseseeseeesesaeonsaeeesaes 213 Figure 98 Selecting a file to convert stage Lo esccescccescecessecessecesseessseecescecsscecesaeeesaeecsaeeseseesnsaeeesaes 214 Figure 99 Selecting a file to convert stage 2 oosssssseseesesresrerreerrerersrersreseressreesreerieseresreesreeses 214 Figure 100 Naming the new file ccccscccessccesscceeseeceseecsscecssnecesseecsacecsceceseecesaecesseessaeesenaesesaeeesaes 215 Figure 101 The Convert and Quit buttons cccc
324. ppropriate seasonal efficiency for the heating and energy efficiency ratio for the cooling SBEM will use natural gas for the heating and grid supplied electricity for the cooling If applicable you then need to define the mechanical ventilation at zone level for all the zones served by this system with a suitable ventilation SFP and heat recovery 2 Are there destratification fans in the zone Tick box Destratification fans provide additional air recirculation in the zone to ensure even temperature distribution while these would help reduce heating loads they would increase auxiliary energy loads NB Destratification may be achieved by several means for each of which minimum flow rates should be ensured Where destratification and heating is provided by the same system higher flow rates may be needed to avoid excessive air supply temperatures e Cased fans installed at high level The volume of air handled by the fans should be at least equivalent to two room volumes per hour Total air movement will be higher than this because additional airflow will be induced e Open blade sweep fans In this case air speeds will be lower and the volume of air handled should be at least the equivalent of 6 room volumes per hour e High velocity induction nozzles with a temperature rise through the heater of at least 45 C The volume of primary air from the nozzles should be at least equivalent to 0 15 room volumes per hour Total air mo
325. pys Wind generators Zones Record selector sesl zl ste gt i i EA Collector parameters Solar storage amp Collector loop Ausiliary energy amp Distribution losses Name feest Multiplier il In HWS JHws for the example building x Area 3 m2 i i X m Do you know the collector performance Enea an parameters from EN 12975 2 Inclination E aw Degrees No use default values from Flat Panel J C Yes values are no l 0 6 al 20 W tridk a2 O wW m2t eM f 1 Record 14 4 f 11 gt a gt of 1 Figure 59 Defining a Solar Energy System in the Collector Parameters sub tab NEW Solar Storage amp Collector Loop sub tab NEW es The parameters required to define an SES in this sub tab see Figure 61 are new _ Solar storage volume refers to the dedicated solar storage volume in litres and it Lassiecinseutiie should be calculated according to the arrangements for solar pre heating as indicated in the schematic in Figure 60 and the guidance below e inthe case of one or more separate pre heat tanks such as arrangements a or c in Figure 60 the solar storage volume is the volume of the pre heat tank s e inthe case of a combined cylinder such as arrangement b in Figure 60 the solar storage volume is the volume between the bottom of the lowest back up element electric element or heat exchanger to the lowest element of the solar primary e inthe case of a thermal store ho
326. r are the same i e arrangement d in Figure 60 you should select this option Otherwise for indirect systems where the primary circuit fluid is different to that of the secondary side of the system there will be one or more heat exchangers in the storage vessel and you should selected one of the other two options below e No use the default value e Yes the value is you need to input the heat transfer rate in W K in the box that will become active For small systems the heat transfer rate of the heat exchanger in the solar loop can be obtained from test results according to the standards EN 12975 3 Performance characterisation of stores for solar heating systems For large systems the value can be taken from the heat exchanger performance data sheet provided by the manufacturer For systems with more than one heat exchanger using an intermediary or tertiary arrangement such as with a thermal store an equivalent heat transfer rate can be input by the user alternatively dynamic simulation compliance tools can be used NB The solar collector loop refers to all elements located between the solar collector NEW Besseren and the point where the back up heating source supplies the hot water system with energy A new 5 Do you know the overall heat loss coefficient of all pipes in the collector loop you talons need to select one of the following options e No use the default value e Yes the value is you
327. r countries throughout the UK The approach to the NCM embodied in this tool comprises a calculation engine called the Simplified Building Energy Model SBEM operating with a user interface called iSBEM The purpose of SBEM and its interface is to produce consistent and reliable evaluations of energy use in non domestic buildings for Building Regulations Compliance and for building performance certification purposes Although it may assist the design process it is not primarily a design tool and should not be used for making strategic design decisions It does not calculate internal temperatures for example It is anticipated that vendors of design and other software will offer design and asset rating calculations as part of their packages either by embedding SBEM within them or by offering accredited alternative calculation methods SBEM consists of a calculation methodology described below which runs together with a compliance checking module BRUKL and an energy performance certificate generator EPCgen which utilise some of the same data during the calculation The user sees iSBEM the interface software which interweaves these components together and interacts with a series of databases to provide consistent data to the calculation while simplifying the user s need to obtain raw building construction data Pronounced s bem Pronounced i s bem 16 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 SBEM is a compliance procedure
328. r guidance on how to name your zones envelope elements doors and windows 2 Multiplier Indicate how many zones exactly identical to this one exist in the building if more than the default of 1 Remember that this would also multiply all of its associated envelopes windows doors and additional thermal bridges during the calculation 3 HVAC System If you have defined your HVAC systems before defining your zones i e if you have started with the Building Services form instead of the Geometry form you can select the HVAC system that serves this zone from the drop down list If no HVAC system serves the space i e an unconditioned zone select Zones without HVAC system spaces which have no heating or cooling e g plant rooms storage spaces exposed circulation spaces If you have not yet defined your HVAC system this can be left as Unassigned at this stage You will be able to assign the zones to an HVAC system later within the Building Services form so there is no need to define the HVAC system before continuing If you leave the zone as unassigned a red warning will appear in the top right hand corner to let you know how many zones remain unassigned _ Further NB If a zone is defined as having no heating or cooling i e assigned to Zones without m HVAC system but the activity type selected for the zone is one which typically requires conditioning according to the Activity Database a red excl
329. r provision is included in the of CO2 emissions due to HEATING The overall energy performance of HOT WATER provision is GOOD The overall CO2 performance of HOT WATER provision is GOOD The average energy efficiency of HOT WATER provision is NOT APPLICABLE The average CO2 efficiency of HOT WATER provision is NOT APPLICABLE 202 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 There are no recommendations for HOT WATER Recommendations for LIGHTING LIGHTING accounts for 42 2 of the CO2 emissions The overall energy performance of LIGHTING provision is GOOD The overall CO2 performance of LIGHTING provision is GOOD Consider replacing T8 lamps with retrofit T5 conversion kit Code EPC L5 Energy Impact MEDIUM CO2 Impact HIGH CO2 Saved per Spent GOOD Applicable to Whole building Comments Introduce HF high frequency ballasts for fluorescent tubes Reduced number of fittings required Code EPC L7 Energy Impact LOW CO2 Impact LOW CO2 Saved per Spent GOOD Applicable to Whole building Comments Recommendations for RENEWABLES Consider installing building mounted wind turbine s Code EPC R2 Energy Impact LOW CO2 Impact LOW CO2 Saved per Spent POOR Applicable to Whole building Comments Consider installing Solar water heating Code EPC R3 Energy Impact LOW CO2 Impact LOW CO2 Saved per Spent POOR Applicable to Whole building Comments Consider installing PV Code EPC R4 Energy Impact LOW
330. r the heating system has central time control 2 Tick box to indicate whether the heating system has optimum start stop control 3 Tick box to indicate whether the heating system has local time control i e room by room 4 Tick box to indicate whether the heating system has local temperature control i e room by room 5 Tick box to indicate whether the heating system has weather compensation control NB The HVAC system controls defined in the System Controls sub tab are used by SBEM only for generating the EPC Recommendations for the Recommendations Report and do not affect the actual energy calculations or the input value for the system efficiency NB If you have more than one HVAC system defined in your project the System Controls sub tab will be available for each one of them i e each HVAC system can have control definitions different from the others E iSBEM v3 5 a Building Services Example building x General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM g Global and Defaults HVAC systems Hws ses pvs wind generators Zones Record selector 9 HY AC for the example building EEE Sy q General Heating Cooling System Adjustment Metering Provision System Controls Zone Summary m Heating System Controls Tick where these controls are present in this HVAC system I Central Time Control IV Optimum start stop
331. rative Information contains the energy assessor s details Property Reference Number assessment software the certificate s validity dates and the Recommendations Report Reference Number the second output file from EPCgen See APPENDIX A A 6 for a sample Energy Performance Certificate for the Example building NB You must close all output files before re running the calculation so the software can over write them Otherwise an error message will be produced 8 2 8 Recommendations Report This report can be accessed from the Ratings form gt Asset Rating tab gt Building Rating sub tab by clicking on the EPC Recommendation Report button and is stored in the same location as the project files as described in Section 8 2 12 Accessing the reports from the project folder The file is in pdf format This report contains some administrative information about the building and the energy assessor and a list of recommendations generated by the calculation and input by the energy assessor for energy efficiency improvements in the building It contains the following sections e Administrative Information contains information on the Property Reference Number the software used to produce the report and the validity dates of the report e Energy Assessors Details contains details about the energy assessor e Background contains information on the legislation and the servicing strategy of the property e Introduction
332. rator tab This tab only appears if one of the HVAC systems defined in the HVAC Systems tab is specified to use a Combined Heating and Power CHP generator for provision of hot water space heating and electrical power or a Combined Cooling Heating and Power CCHP generator for provision of hot water space cooling space heating and electrical energy i e the relevant box is ticked 132 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 There is only one sub tab in the CHP Generator tab e General sub tab General sub tab The parameters required to describe the CHP generator are see Figure 65 1 Fuel type Select from Natural gas LPG Biogas Oil Coal Anthracite Smokeless fuel inc coke Dual fuel appliances mineral wood Biomass and Waste heat 2 Heat efficiency the seasonal thermal efficiency of the CCHP generator defined as the total annual useful heat supplied by the generator divided by the total annual fuel energy input to the generator using the gross calorific value 3 Electrical efficiency it is calculated as the total annual electric power output by the CHP divided by the total annual fuel energy input using the gross calorific value NB Values for the heat and electrical efficiencies are entered as ratios into iSBEM not as percentages For instance a 30 electrical efficiency should be entered as 0 3 into iSBEM For information regarding Part L minimum requirements for CHP and CCHP installat
333. re you need to define any thermal bridges in addition to those described in the Thermal Bridges sub tab of Project tab if the global values are being applied or the Thermal Bridges sub tab of the Zones tab it they are not in terms of the length of the thermal bridge m and its linear thermal transmittance the w psi value W mk See notes in Section 7 5 2 Project tab regarding thermal bridges NB Doors which are more than 50 glazed should be entered into iSBEM as windows and their light and solar characteristics should be entered into the Project Database form gt Glazing tab Doors which are 50 or less glazed can be treated as opaque doors Figure 44 shows a door being defined In this example two doors of 3 75 m in area each have been entered 97 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 E iSBEM v3 5 a Geometry Example building x General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM _ Project Zones Envelope Doors windows amp Rooflights Door selector 20 01north e d alea oy Eg General m Additional Thermal Bridges Name 20 01 north e Multiplier Laat Mult Lm Psi w mK Descrip In Envelope 0 01 north e X o Type Personnel Doors bd Construction External door M Area 3 75 m2 Record 14 4 1 gt a gt of 4 Figure 44 A Door being defined in the Doors tab 7 5 8 Quick Envelopes ta
334. reate a new project Open an existing project Save current project Save AS Current file C NCM iSBEM_v3 5 a Projects E xample building Complete Example building Complete nct Figure 9 General form showing the correct ways of closing iSBEM After clicking on either of the 2 options circled in Figure 9 the iSBEM END dialogue box Figure 10 will open to ask you whether you want to save your changes to the project The project will be saved to the location determined when you clicked on Create a New Project as the project was first entered the default location was the Projects sub folder within the iSBEM_v3 5 a folder E5 iSBEM END dialogue a xi You are about to close iSBEM Save C NCM ISBEM_v3 5 a Projects Example building Complete Example building Complete nct Help Cancel Exit without saving Figure 10 The iSBEM END dialogue box When you have chosen to save or exit without saving the iSBEM END Figure 11 dialogue box will open To exit click on the button in the centre of the dialogue box 41 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 E iSBEM END q xj Thank you for using iSBEM National Calculation Methodology SBEM Please use the feedback system on the www_ncm bre co uk website to report your comments DCLG and the NCM Development Team Figure 11 iSBEM END dialogue box FINAL TASK You only need to do this task when you hav
335. register Access to the report to the data used to compile the report and to previous similar documents relating to the same building can be obtained by request through the Non Dwellings Register www epcregister com using the report reference number of this document b Implementing recommendations The recommendations are provided as an indication of opportunities that appear to exist to improve the building s energy efficiency The calculation tool has automatically produced a set of recommendations which the Energy Assessor has reviewed in the light of his her knowledge of the building and its use The Energy Assessor may have comments on the recommendations based on his her knowledge of the building and its use The Energy Assessor may have inserted additional measures in section 3d Other Recommendations He she may have removed some automatically generated recommendations or added additional recommendations These recommendations do not include matters relating to operation and maintenance which cannot be identified from the calculation procedure Page 6 of 8 197 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 0000 2090 0040 1000 0803 c Legal disclaimer The advice provided in this Recommendation Report is intended to be for information only Recipients of this Recommendation Report are advised to seek further detailed professional advice before reaching any decision on how to improve the energy performance of the building
336. respective tabs see Figure 23 Some of this information may have already been entered when the project was first created see Section 4 4 under Create a new project The General Information tab contains four sub tabs e Project Details sub tab e Building Details sub tab e Certifier Details OR Energy Assessor Details OR Agent Details OR Qualified Accredited Person sub tab e Owner Details sub tab 59 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 E iSBEM v3 5 a General Example building x General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About File Options General Information Basic information about Project Owner and Energy Assessor Q Project details Building details Energy Assessor details Owner details m Building Regulation Bye Laws amp EPBD parameters Purpose of the analysis EPC Englan E F Tick to produce EPE in Welsh language IM Tick to additionally check Building Regulations Weather location London x Stage of analysis fasbut o Project complexity Level 3 X Rating with improvement KalU2 m2Z emissions Related party disclosure Notrelatedtotheowmner O Transaction type Mandatory issue Marketed sale bd Figure 23 The General Information tab in the General form Project Details sub tab In this sub tab the following information can be entered Figure 23 Building Regulations amp EPBD Parameters 1 Purpose of the ana
337. rgy consumption These parameters include temperature set points heat gains from people and equipment required illuminance and fresh air requirements amongst others Each building type has a number of different activity areas to choose from The description of the activity area as it appears in the NCM Activity Database is displayed in a box at the right hand side of the sub tab For more information on building types and activity areas please refer to the NCM Modelling Guide to be published by CLG or the NCM Activity VII Database available for download from the NCM website NB It is not a problem in iSBEM to introduce activities from building types other than the default building type introduced at the beginning of an iSBEM project For example an office may have activities from the Office building type e g open plan office meeting room tea making etc but may also have atypical activities which are not included in the office building type e g a shop in which case the user would need to use a Retail building activity such as General Sales Area or similar The building type does not need to be the same for all activities in a project It is intended to be a default for the project in iSBEM could apply to other interfaces and provides a filter on the many activities available making it easier for users to make a choice of activity for each zone Generally activities from the default building type should be u
338. rm in this sub form the following information can be entered 1 Name of the certifier energy assessor agent or qualified accredited person NB The text input in this field should not include any double quotes 2 Address of the certifier energy assessor agent or qualified accredited person NB The text input in this field should not include any double quotes 3 City of the certifier energy assessor agent or qualified accredited person NB The text input in this field should not include any double quotes 4 Post Code of the certifier energy assessor agent or qualified accredited person NB The text input in this field should not include any double quotes 5 Telephone number of the certifier energy assessor agent or qualified accredited person 63 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 6 Accreditation Scheme the accreditation scheme of the energy assessor becomes visible in the interface after the user enters the Assessor Number the parameter below for EPC Calculations in England Wales and Northern Ireland The name of the Accreditation Scheme will correspond to the Assessor Number provided 7 Assessor number the registration number of the energy assessor This parameter is active only if the Purpose of Analysis parameter is set to EPC England EPC Wales or EPC Northern Ireland This parameter must consist of 4 capital letters followed by 6 digits and it sho
339. rop down list begins with Choose action or X from the list where X can be a construction zone wall HVAC system etc The only action currently planned to become available is to Copy a single object This will allow when it becomes functional in future versions the user to copy only the selected object with none of its associated child objects To copy the object and all of the associated objects you will need to use the Advanced Copy button which is discussed below 3 Add new record button 5 If you hover over this button with the mouse cursor the text Click here to insert a new X will appear where X could be a construction object zone HVAC system etc You can also click on the Add new record button at the bottom of the screen You will then be prompted to enter a name for the record Once you have done this press on the Tab or Enter button on your keyword You will then be able to start entering the rest of the information necessary for that record NB The name should be entered in the Name field Do not try to add a name in the Record selector field 4 Delete record button _ If you hover over this button with the mouse cursor the text Click here to delete current X will appear To delete a record select the record you want to delete from the drop down Record selector menu and click on the Delete record button Not only will the record be deleted but any assoc
340. rs Windows amp Raoflights Geometrical detail for the whole Project R General amp geometry Global Thermal Bridges m Building infiltration Global I Building details C No use default value 10 m3 h m2 Zone height Global 3 m Yes Air permeability at 50pa is 9 m3 h m2 Building area 2900 m2 Currently total zone area is 2900 m2 Building orientation r Building volume Building clockwise rotation 0 z degrees et iSBEM calculate the volume of the building ad Use my own value ma m Section 6 Scotland Accredited Construction Details F Tick when building designed and built following Accredited Construction Details These details are primarily of use for domestic type construction Figure 34 General amp Geometry sub tab of Project tab in the Geometry form 77 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 Thermal bridges sub tab The Thermal bridges sub tab allows you to define global Psi values for thermal bridges These global values can be selected when defining a zone so that you do not need to define the thermal bridges separately for each zone If however the global values you define here do not apply to a specific zone you can always choose not to use the global values when defining the zone and enter new values for that specific zone see Section 7 5 3 Defining zones SBEM requires information about non repeating thermal bridges associated
341. rsion 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 Recommendations sub tab Once the Asset Rating has been calculated successfully the EPCgen module produces the EPC and the Recommendations Report The latter contains the NCM and user defined recommendations for energy efficiency improvements to the actual building This sub tab is visible only if EPC generation has been selected as the Purpose of Analysis in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab This sub tab Figure 82 contains the following parameters 1 There are 4 radio buttons in a box entitled Show recommendations a All NCM Click this button to view only the NCM recommendations generated by EPCgen b All USER click this button to view only the recommendations added by the user If there are no user defined recommendations then iSBEM will prompt you to add one see below c All Click this button to view both the NCM recommendations and the ones added by the user d Only from Report Click this button to view only the recommendations that have been included in the Recommendations report In addition to creating new recommendations in this sub tab the energy assessor can also edit the NCM recommendations generated by EPCgen by adding comments and or modifying the calculated impacts using the following parameters 2 Click to edit this recommendation By ticking this tick box you indicate that you wish to edit this particu
342. s Zone height is top of suspended floor gt 241 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 When there are walls of different heights to consider e For sloping floors and ceilings eg auditoria If the activity above and under the floor is the same or the void is inaccessible choose normal zone height otherwise zone height weighted average wall height hai Naz Nas etc from where floor adjoins each wall to top of floor above Zone area A is projected area plan area as per RICS GIA standard Make sure in addition that all external and internal wall and slab areas are input so that all heat loss gain and thermal mass is calculated Note that zoning for daylit areas must be carried out manually in these circumstances do not use automatic daylight zoning e For cubical rooms under the sloping floor Zone height top of slab to top of slab hs e Area weighted average wall height is defined as total wall area divided by horizontal perimeter length eg 2La 2 x depth d in the diagram e For rooms with mono pitched ceiling Zone height is top of floor to weighted average height of all walls h4 Area of roof A is as seen from underside i e L4 x zone depth U value from under ceiling to outside roof is U Use total area of gable wall Note that zoning for daylit areas must be carried out manually in these circumstances e If there is a horizontal ceil
343. s Assumed to be wet radiator system heat generated by fuel combustion Pumps assumed to be powered by grid supplied electricity If you know the fuel type used by the heating system you can define it in this sub tab Figure 46 e Heating and mechanical cooling Assumed to be constant volume air system with terminal reheat and fixed fresh air Refrigeration chillers fans and pumps assumed The Non Domestic Heating Cooling and Ventilation Compliance Guide published by the CLG 107 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 to be powered by grid supplied electricity If you know the fuel type used by the heating system you can define it in this sub tab Figure 46 NB The default HVAC systems are representative of existing rather than new buildings and should only be used if you do not know the type of the HVAC system in your building or its detailed parameters as the default efficiencies assumed by iSBEM for these systems are quite pessimistic and cannot be edited by the user General sub tab The General sub tab is shown in Figure 49 For each HVAC system in your building you will need to create a new record and add the following information 1 Name A unique name must be given to each HVAC system NB Note that the Multiplier field no longer exists for HVAC systems or HWS If you convert project files created with previous versions of the tool where this field had a value of more than 1 correspondin
344. s c Scope of exhaust system Here you can use the radio buttons to specify whether the exhaust fan is remote from the zone i e the exhaust system serves multiple spaces or within the zone i e a local window wall roof unit such as in a toilet Figure 68 shows a zone s exhaust characteristics being defined E iSBEM v3 5 a Building Services Example building x General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM g __Global and Defaults HVAC systems HWS SES PYS Wind generators Zones Record selector 20 02 zl Era _HVAC HWS amp Lighting systems Ventilation Exhaust Lighting General Lighting Controls Display Lighting m entilation flow due to local mechanical exhaust M Is there Local Mechanical Exhaust in the zone Local mechanical exhaust 5 l s m2 Do you know the Exhaust Specific Fan Power M Scope of extract system No use the default 1 5 Wils Extract fan is remote from the zone C Yes SFP for the system is Wilds Extract fan is within the zone Record 14 4 J 2 gt t of 19 Figure 68 Defining the zone mechanical exhaust in the Exhaust sub tab Lighting General sub tab In the Lighting General sub tab each zone needs to be selected in turn and the following data entered 140 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 1 What information is available on lighting
345. s Thermal wheel and Run around coil see Table 12 for brief descriptions of the options c Heat recovery seasonal efficiency This parameter is active if a heat recovery system is selected i e the previous parameter is not set to No heat i For details please refer to BS 5925 1991 Code of Practice for Ventilation Principles and Designing for Natural Ventilation 138 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 recovery If you know the heat recovery efficiency it can be introduced manually into the interface Otherwise a default value will be used by SBEM NB If the SFP was calculated or measured for a mechanical ventilation system that already included heat recovery then that is the value you enter into iSBEM If the SFP was calculated or measured for a mechanical ventilation system before a heat recovery system was added on then you need to add 0 15 to the SFP for a thermal wheel system and 0 3 for any of the other heat recovery options in iSBEM to account for the additional resistance d Demand controlled ventilation This field will become active in future versions and will allow the user to specify demand controlled ventilation 2 Does the activity area require high pressure drop air treatment This option caters for activities that inherently demand the use of high pressure drop air treatment including HEPA filtration This may occur in hospitals areas such as operating theatres and intensive care s
346. s field should not include any double quotes City NB The text input in this field should not include any double quotes Post Code NB The text input in this field should not include any double quotes Location description a description of the building location NB The text input in this field should not include any double quotes Inspection Date the date on which the energy assessor inspected the building for the purposes of energy calculations for EPCs This parameter is active only if the Purpose of Analysis parameter is set to EPC England EPC Wales or EPC Northern Ireland Tick box to indicate whether the building has a special conservation status i e the building has been identified as being one of special architectural or historical interest in a conservation area in a designated area of special character or appearance or of traditional construction This parameter is active only if the Purpose of Analysis parameter is set to EPC England EPC Wales or EPC Northern Ireland 62 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 Certifier Details Energy Assessor Details Agent Details Qualified Accredited Person Details sub tab The name of this sub tab changes depending on the option selected in the parameter Purpose of Analysis in the Projects Details sub tab as follows e Certifier Details sub tab if the option selected is England and Wales Building Regulat
347. s for fan coil systems include an allowance for the fans in the units there is a minimum acceptable performance figure in the HVAC guide of 0 8 W l s based on the average of all fan coils Hence if the fan coil system is selected as the HVAC system the SFP input by the user should be for the central plant and the fan coil allowance will be included automatically If the type of HVAC system selected in the General sub tab is a fanned warm air heater flued or unflued then the following parameter becomes active Auxiliary Energy for Fanned Warm Air Heaters 4 Auxiliary energy for fanned warm air heaters If the auxiliary energy ratio auxiliary energy in kWh per kWh of heating energy for the system is known it can be entered manually Otherwise the software will use a default value E iSBEM v3 5 a Building Services Example building x General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM g Global and Defaults HVAC systems Hws ses Pys Wind generators Zones Record selector HVAC for the example building BEE Sy qy si General Heating Cooling System Adjustment Metering Provision System Controls Zone Summary Ductwork and AHU leakage 0 021 ratio Specific Fan Power for the system Has the ductwork been leakage tested Do you know the Specific Fan Power C No use default leakage C No use the default 2 2 Ws G ee Yes it meets next
348. scccesseceseeceseecenseeesseecesceceseecesaecesaeessaeees 57 Figure 21 The Local Area Network LAN Settings SUD t D cccscccssscceesseeeseeseseeseseeceseeeesaeeeseeesaeees 58 Figure 22 Helpline Diagnosis SUD t D 0 ccccseccesseceesseessneceseecescecessecesseecsseecseecesaesesaesesaeeesneeesaeees 59 Figure 23 The General Information tab in the General form 60 Figure 24 The Building Details sub tab of the General Information tab in the General form 62 Figure 25 The Energy Assessor Details in the General fOrim cccccssccesseceesnecensesessecesseeeseeesneesnaeees 63 Figure 26 Insurance Details in the General form ccccscccesceceseecescecesnecesneeesseecseeseseecesaecesaeeesaeessaeees 65 Figure 27 The Owner Details sub tab of the General Information tab in the General form 66 Figure 28 The Constructions and Glazing tabs in the Project Database form cccccceseeeesseeeneees 68 Figure 29 The Assigned sub tab in the Constructions for Walls tab ccscccssccesseecessecenecesnceeeneeeeeees 69 Figure 30 An external wall being defined in the Constructions for Walls tab o oo 72 Figure 31 The Project Zones Envelopes Doors and Windows amp Rooflights tabs in the Geometry FORM irrar esc aa a Sahat cat abou pan eane Late a E a ets eeesviee A R aA i aed 73 Figure 32 Diagram of building objects needed to define a simple zone nso 75 Figure 33 Example of a 45 degree building rotation
349. sed but if there is nothing suitable available another building type could be used NB Domestic type activities were added to the options available under the building type Dwelling in iSBEM in order to allow the energy calculations for the generation of one EPC fora building which contains residential accommodation above a non domestic space e g a shop or a pub provided that the residential space can only be accessed from within the non domestic space i e the residential part is not designed or altered for use as a separate independent dwelling In addition to common circulation areas of apartment buildings containing self contained flats as described in the next note these are the only cases where SBEM can be used to model domestic activities For more information on the appropriate software tools to use for modelling your building please refer to CLG s publication Improving the energy efficiency of our buildings A guide to energy performance certificates for the construction sale and let of i www nem bre co uk 81 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 non dwellings which can be accessed from CLG s website at www communities gov uk archived publications planningandbuilding quidancenondwellings NB Only the communal areas of apartment buildings containing self contained flats should be assessed for compliance using SBEM for example circulation areas using the Common circulation areas activity und
350. selector define its envelopes and windows and click on Create Envelopes As this example has excluded additional thermal bridges for simplicity there is no need to go to the Envelopes or Windows amp Rooflights main tabs afterwards to assign any additional thermal bridges to any envelope element or window You should then go to the Envelope Summary sub tab in the Zones tab to double check that you have defined the envelopes correctly If you have made any errors you need to go to the Envelopes main tab and select and edit the records there Finally you need to go to the Window amp Door Summary sub tab in the Envelope tab to double check that you have defined the windows correctly If you have made any errors you need to go to the Windows amp Rooflights tab and select and edit the records there 7 5 9 Using the reports to double check the data entry Apart from the summary sub tabs already discussed in the previous sections iSBEM produces two Objects reports which can be used to double check the data you have entered For details on these two reports see Section 7 9 Double checking the data Task 13 Use the Unassigned Objects report and the Data Summary report to double check your data entry If you have completed all the tasks up to this point with no errors you should find that the Unassigned Objects Report lists all the zones that you have created listed in the Unassigned Building Objects section The Data
351. sible in the interface will be used by the software NB If the purpose of analysis option that has been selected in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab i is EPC generation then iSBEM s default value for air permeability will be 25 m h m while if only compliance with building re ulations has been selected as the purpose of analysis the default value will be 10 ees mh m In either case the user can over write the default value by manually entering an Further A value For EPCs of existing buildings note that the air permeability _suidanee Convention given in section 7 5 2 Project tab should apply NB According to ADL2A buildings with less than 500 m total useful floor area may avoid the need for a pressure test provided that the air permeability is taken as 15 m h m at 50 Pa SBEM is able to acknowledge this in the compliance checking module 9 Thermal bridges 82 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 a Tick here to use global psi values If the box is ticked the Thermal Bridges sub tab disappears and the global psi values defined in the Project tab of the Geometry form are applied to the selected zone 10 User s notes This box is provided for the user to fill in at their discretion any details description about the zone that are not covered by the other fields iSBEM does not process the entry in this field Figure 36 shows a zone being defined
352. sion 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 Further guidance Calculation Logs sub tab Log files for the SBEM calculation SBEM log and the compliance checking module BRUKL BRUKL log can be viewed in this sub tab Figure 85 Calculation Errors sub tab Error files for the SBEM calculation SBEM err and the compliance checking module BRUKL BRUKL err can be viewed in this sub tab Figure 86 If the calculation crashes you can refer to these files for any error messages produced during the calculation Supporting Documents sub tab This sub tab Figure 88 contains buttons that allow access to the following supporting non official documents produced by SBEM the Main SBEM Output report section 8 2 1 SBEM Main Output Document and the Data Reflection Reports sections 8 2 3 Data Reflection Report Actual Building and 8 2 4 Data Reflection Report Notional Building NB The Data Reflection Reports in html format are generated and the related access buttons become visible in the Ratings form only if the relevant box is ticked in the General form gt File Options tab gt System Configuration sub tab NB You must close all output files before re running the calculation so the software can over write them Otherwise an error message will be produced 8 1 2 Asset Rating tab This tab is visible only if EPC England EPC Wales EPC Scotland or EPC Northern Ireland were selected as
353. solar for normal incidence Form Geometry Tab Project Sub tab General amp Geometry e Global air permeability at 50pa m h m7 e Building clockwise rotation degrees e Global zone floor to floor height m 227 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 e Building area m e Is the building designed and built following the guidance in Accredited Construction Details Scotland field enabled only for Scottish Building Regulations Sub tab Thermal Bridges e Global Psi value W mK for junctions involving metal cladding for each of Roof Wall Wall Ground floor Wall Wall corner Wall Floor not ground floor Lintel above window or door Sill below window o Jamb at window or door e Global Psi value W mK for junctions not involving metal cladding for 00000 0 each of o Roof Wall o Wall Ground floor o Wall Wall corner o Wall Floor not ground floor o Lintel above window or door o Sill below window o Jamb at window or door Tab Zones Sub tab General Zone name HVAC system which serves the zone Building type Activity type in the zone Zone area m Zone floor to floor height m or select global value Air permeability at 50pa m h m in the zone or select global value Zone multiplier Description of zone Define the following Psi values for thermal bridges in the zone or use global values o Zone Psi value W mK for junctions involving metal cladding for each of Roof Wall Wall Ground floor Wall Wal
354. ss suite gym heck in area A amp E consulting treatment Baggage reclaim area Physiotherapy Domestic lounge Domestic kitchen Domestic circulation leeting room Dry sports hall Domestic toilets Domestic bedroom Domestic dining room Domestic bathroom be bebe by ett TY x IX Lt tt Xt et PEt tT TE ET Bpeculative industrial space 235 4Jun10 Day Patient Accommodation Data centres LT txt TT tt Tt te eT tT eT TTT EE TT I TP ommon circulation areas APPENDIX G Agreed convention for decision on assessment level The following procedure is to be applied to all buildings and or parts of buildings within a particular energy assessment exercise Are any of the following features present to any degree in the building a Night ventilation strategy b Ventilation with enhanced thermal coupling to structure YES c Demand controlled ventilation d Automatic blind control e Atria See decision flow chart accompanying notes Are any of the following HVAC supply distribution types present to any degree within the building herefore YES a Medium temperature hot water MTHW b High temperature hot water HTHW c Steam distribution Are any of the following air conditioning system types present to any degree within the building a Variable air volume VAV single duct b VAV dual duct c VAV indoor packaged cabinet d Fan coil systems 2
355. ssages Supporting Documents Show Recommendations C AINCM C AIUSER CA C Only from Report I Click to Edit this Recommendation Click to take out J r Category COOLING 7 Code EPC C1 Recommendation PERAE Energy impact e default chilller efficiency is chosen It is recommended that the chiller system be investigated flow ain an understanding of its efficiency and possible improvements m fy or comments CO impact Low 5 CO2 saved per spent Jao a4 UNKNOWN Applicable to BUILDING v Pay back Record 14 4 f iz gt i gt of 63 Figure 82 The Recommendations sub tab in the Asset Rating tab of the Ratings form showing an NCM recommendation NB After editing deleting or adding any recommendations you need to re run the calculation in order to re generate the Recommendations Report with all your editing applied NB The NCM recommendations are generated for the building and its energy systems when operated according to standard schedules appropriate to the general activities in the building The Energy Assessor is expected to use his or her knowledge to remove inappropriate ones and possibly to add additional ones If the Energy Performance Rating calculation has made extensive use of default values some of the recommendations may be based on uncertain assumptions These recommendations do not cover the quality of operation or maintenance of the building and its
356. ssing current through resistance wire Assumed to be constant volume air system with terminal reheat and Electric central heating system with warm air distribution Fan fixed fresh air Refrigeration chillers fans pumps assumed to be storage heaters and electric fan convectors should be entered powered by grid electricity on the HVAC systems General tab as Other local room f Natural Gas x heater fanned Figure 46 The eight tabs in the Building Services form 7 6 1 Global and Defaults tab In this tab there are three sub tabs e HVAC System Defaults sub tab This sub tab is visible only if EPC generation is selected as the Purpose of Analysis in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab e Project Building Services sub tab e Air Conditioning Inspection sub tab This sub tab is visible only if EPC generation except EPC Scotland is selected as the Purpose of Analysis in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab HVAC System Defaults sub tab This sub tab is visible only if EPC generation is selected as the Purpose of Analysis in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab If no HVAC system serves the space i e an unconditioned zone you should select the option Zones without HVAC system as the HVAC system for that zone in the Geometry form gt Zones tab gt General sub tab Spaces which have no heating
357. st created see Section 4 4 Creating new and opening existing projects within the iSBEM_v3 5 a folder e g C NCM iSBEM_v3 5 a Projects Example building complete For assessors accredited by an Accreditation Scheme Provider that allows Energy Assessors to generate the final EPC documents for lodgement through the Energy Assessors computers one more file is produced when running the asset rating calculation and generating the EPC for England Wales and Northern Ireland This file is the XML message required for the official submission lodgement of the EPC with the National Register It contains all the data used in the generation of the Energy Performance Certificate and the EPC Recommendations report Please note that in order to generate the XML message for official lodgement and remove the watermark from the EPC and the Recommendations Report your computer must be connected to the internet and you need to have entered your Energy Assessor EPCgen net Activation Code into the General form gt General Information tab gt Energy Assessor Details sub tab gt Energy Assessor Details sub form see Section 7 3 2 General Information tab However this does not apply if EPC Scotland has been selected as the Purpose of Analysis If however your Accreditation Scheme Provider generates the final EPC documents for lodgement in a central system for the Accreditation Scheme the XML file will not be generated 169 iSBEM versi
358. t 4 Area Aperture area of solar collector s in m It refers to the solar collector maximum projected area through which un concentrated solar radiation enters the collector The collector aperture area should not be confused with the collector gross area which refers to the projected area of the complete collector mosson 5 Orientation Select from the drop down list S SE SW E W NE NW or N The Further 3 p ac as guidance orientation and inclination of the solar collectors are needed for SBEM to calculate the i ai solar radiation at the solar collector surface Further 6 Inclination Select from the drop down list from between 0 90 in 15 intervals The guidance inclination of the solar panels is in degrees from the horizontal where 0 stands for a Paaa horizontal surface and 90 for a vertical surface The orientation and inclination of the solar collectors are needed for SBEM to calculate the solar radiation at the solar collector surface new 7 Do you know the collector performance parameters according to EN 12975 2 The Bsemen preferred source of performance data for solar collectors is from a test on the collector concerned according to EN 12975 2 Thermal solar systems and components Solar collectors Part 2 Test methods f test data are not available e g for an existing installations then the default values should be used by selecting e No use the default values from
359. t guidance means To accommodate different ages and types of building where the SBEM default value of 25 m h m for all existing buildings has been viewed as unduly restrictive the value shall be amended as follows Less than 10 m h m only with an accredited air pressure test result 10 m hm buildings with total floor area gt 500 m built to 2002 Building Regulations 15 m hm buildings with total floor area lt 500 m built to 2002 Building Regulations and buildings built to 1995 Building Regulations 25 m hm buildings built to Building Regulations pre 1995 35 m hm to be considered where buildings are pre 1995 regulations and where suitable evidence of high permeability exists e g single skin metal clad structure within Planning Use Class B2 B8 with large roller shutter doors and poor constructional details etc Building Orientation 2 Building clockwise rotation In degrees from north NB For example Figure 33 a rotation of 45 degrees would change north facing walls to north east However note that the nomenclature in the names of already created envelopes denoting orientation would not be changed automatically by the rotation Also note that any envelope created after the rotation is performed will still retain the original coordinate system Hence this parameter should be changed with caution from the default of zero NB The Building rotation
360. t General sub tab Zone height Geometry form gt Project tab gt General and Geometry sub tab Geometry form gt Zones tab gt General sub tab Thermal bridges Geometry form gt Project tab gt Thermal bridges sub tab Geometry form gt Zones tab gt General sub tab Condition of adjoining space for envelope elements Project Database form gt Construction for Walls tab gt General sub tab Project Database form gt Construction for Floors tab gt General sub tab Project Database form gt Construction for Roofs tab gt General sub tab Geometry form gt Envelope tab gt General sub tab Geometry form gt Zones tab gt Quick Envelopes sub tab 6 2 iSBEM Help Table 8 Global parameters iSBEM Help can be accessed in two ways 1 By pressing the Help button which appears on every sub tab in the interface as described in Section 6 1 This opens the Help Topics window from which you can navigate to the item of interest see Figure 14 2 By clicking into the field of interest and pressing the F1 key on your keyboard This opens the specific Help entry relating to that particular field in the Help Entries window see Figure 15 From there you can click either Contents Index or Find to open the Help Topics dialogue box There are Help entries on each of the fields in the interface and there is a selection of How to entries
361. t General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab and the calculation was run to generate the Energy Performance Certificate It can be accessed from the Ratings form gt Asset Rating tab gt Building Rating sub tab by clicking on the Supporting Recommendations button and is stored in the same location as the project files as described in Section 8 2 12 Accessing the reports from the project folder The file is in pdf format This report gives a summary of building s energy and CO emissions performance for the different end use categories and a full list of recommendations generated by the calculation and or input by the user for energy efficiency improvements in the building i e not just the recommendations that appear in the official Recommendations report described in section 8 2 8 Recommendations Report It provides e The name and type of the building e A key to the colour codes used in displaying the recommendations 177 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 e The current performance of the building for each of the following categories such as the attributed percentage of the total building s CO2 emissions and overall energy performance Heating Cooling Hot water Lighting Renewables Overheating Envelope Fuel Switching Auxiliary Other e Recommendations related to each of the above categories and for each recommendation a set of information is displayed such as the potential impact of imple
362. t differences in format will form part of the submission by designers to Building Control to demonstrate compliance for e g with the England and Wales Building Regulations Part L The SBEM Building Regulations Compliance Document currently follows in format the Compliance Checklist criteria found in England and Wales Approved Document L2A Appendix A Where SBEM can be used to demonsirate compliance SBEM will fill in the appropriate sections of the document For example Criterion 2 Section 2 1 displays the limiting standards for the building fabric U values and the values calculated for the different envelope elements in the building and a warning is shown if any of the building s U values is worse than the limiting standards 170 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 Criterion 2 Section 2 2 displays the limiting standard for air permeability and the value used in the building and a warning is shown if the limiting standard is exceeded On the other hand where compliance should be demonstrated in separate supporting documents i e it cannot be performed through SBEM the SBEM Compliance Document will state that clearly For example Criterion 2 Section 2 5 Energy Meters installed in accordance with CIBSE TM39 Separate submission Criterion 4 Section 4 6 Has commissioning been completed satisfactorily Separate submission This compliance document contains the following sections e Administrative Inf
363. t gains through glazing 11 Transmission factor This is the fraction of light transmitted through that specific window after accounting for shading from overhangs and fins For details on how to calculate the transmission factor see Section 7 5 6 Transmission correction factors 12 Thermal Bridges Here you need to define any thermal bridges in addition to those already described in the Thermal Bridges sub tab of the Project tab if the global values are being applied or the Thermal Bridges sub tab of the Zones tab it they are not in terms of the length of the thermal bridge m and its linear thermal transmittance the y psi value W mk See notes in Section 7 5 2 Project tab regarding thermal bridges NB Doors which are more than 50 glazed should be entered into iSBEM as windows and their light and solar characteristics should be entered into the Project Database form gt Glazing tab Doors which are 50 or less glazed can be treated as opaque doors Roof area Roof area covered by array of rooflights Rooflights Figure 41 Area ratio covered for the definition of rooflights Example Figure 41 Roof area covered by array of rooflights 9 m x 3m 27 m Total area of rooflight glazing 10 x 1 m 10 m Area ratio covered for the example in the diagram 27 m 10 m 2 7 Figure 42 shows a window being defined 93 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 E iSBEM v3 5 a Geometry Example buil
364. t used during the calculation 1 Tick box to indicate if the building has an air conditioning system If the box is ticked the following parameters become active a Tick box to indicate if the total effective rated output of the air conditioning system is known e If the actual output is known the box should be unticked and the value should be entered in kW into the box which becomes active Further guidance can be accessed by clicking on the adjacent 2 button e If the actual output is unknown the box should be ticked and a value for an estimated range should be selected from the options in the drop down menu which becomes active Further guidance can be accessed by clicking on the adjacent jae button b Has an air conditioning inspection been commissioned for compliance with Energy Performance of Buildings Regulations Select an option from the drop down menu E iSBEM v3 5 a Building Services Example building x General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About a Global and Defaults HvAC systems HwS SES Pvs _ wind generators Zones Building services detail for the whole Project Te _HVAC System Defaults Project building services Air Conditioning Inspection ted output of the air conditioning system m the building ai 12 kw IV Tick this box if the actual output is unknown What is the estimated total effective rated output of the air c
365. t water only where only the solar coil is within the thermal store the solar storage volume is the volume of the dedicated thermal storage e inthe case of a direct system such as arrangement d in Figure 60 the solar volume should be calculated as 0 3 times the volume of the cylinder new NB The schematic examples reflected in the Figure 60 are unlikely to represent all types of Bi commercial solar thermal installations Where necessary and for more complex systems an accredited dynamic simulation tool can be used NEWN NB The dedicated solar volume of a solar thermal installation varies depending on the control and timing strategy of the of the back up system To optimise the performance of the solar thermal system the back up system should be prevented from operating during and prior to the period of the day where the solar radiation is strong enough to contribute to the hot water requirements Where it can be demonstrated that the dedicated solar volume should be 126 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 calculated following a different approach to the guidelines given here alternative calculations can be used as long as they are in agreement with the UK Micro Certification Scheme standards in effect at that time The detail and justifications of the calculations undertaken will need to be submitted to the Building Control officer a With separate solar cylinder b With a twin coil cylinder c Combi boiler d Dire
366. ter is not generated by HVAC system o Was the HWS installed later than 1998 relevant only if default efficiency value is used field enabled if hot water is not generated by HVAC system Sub tab Storage amp Secondary Circulation e ls the system a storage system o Storage volume litres o Insulation type on storage vessel B Insulation thickness mm or o Storage losses MJ month o Does the system have secondary circulation B Circulation losses W m B Pump power kW B Loop length m B Is there time control on the secondary circulation Tab SE Systems Sub tab Collector Parameters SES name HWS which SES is in SES area m SES multiplier SES orientation SES inclination degrees Do you know the collector performance parameters according to EN 12975 2 o Zero loss collector efficiency factor o Collector heat loss coefficient W m k o Temperature dependence of heat loss coefficient W m K o Incidence angle modifier of collector Sub tab Solar Storage amp Collector Loop e Solar storage volume litres e Solar pre heating type o Insulation type on storage vessel B Insulation thickness mm e Do you know the heat transfer rate of the heat exchanger s in the collector loop o Heat transfer rate W K e Do you know the overall heat loss coefficient of all pipes in the collector loop o Heat loss coefficient W K 231 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 Sub tab Auxiliary Energy amp Distribution Losses e Are the
367. th wall of zone z0 01 north Area Zones m Envelope Area m Windows Doors Area m z0 01north 54 z0 Otnorth n 27 z0 01north n g 8 1 z0 01north e 18 z0 01north e d 20 01 north f 54 z0 01north ci 54 z0 01east 162 z0 Oleast e 54 20 01 east f 162 z0 01east ci 162 z0 01south 54 z0 01south s 27 z0 01south s g 8 1 z0 01south e 18 z0 01south e d 3 75 z0 01south f 54 z0 01south ci 54 z0 01southwest 36 z0 01southwest s 18 z0 01southwest s g 5 4 z0 01southwest w 18 20 01 southwest w g 5 4 z0 01southwest f 36 z0 01southwest ci 36 z0 01west 108 z0 01west w 54 z0 01west w g 16 2 z0 01west f 108 z0 01west ci 108 z0 01 northwest 36 z0 01northwest n 18 z0 01 northwest n g 5 4 z0 01northwest w 18 z0 01northwest w g 5 4 z0 01northwest f 36 z0 01northwest ci 36 20 02 50 z0 02 n 7 5 z0 02 ei 60 20 02 s 7 5 2x 3 75 20 02 w 60 20 02 w d 7 5 z0 02 f 50 20 02 ci 50 z0 03 n z0 03 e z0 03 s 20 03 w 20 03 w d z0 03 wi z0 03 f 20 03 ci i Eor a description of nomenclature used in the example see Section 3 5 184 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 Area Zones Area m Envelope Windows Doors m z1 01north 225 5 21 01 north n 114 z1 01north n g 34 2 z1 01north ni 7 5 z1 01north ei 3 21 01 north wi 3 z1 01north fe 27 5 21 01 north fi 198 z1 01north c 225 5 z1 01northeast 36 z1 01northeast n 18 z1
368. the Purpose of Analysis parameter is set to EPC England EPC Wales or EPC Northern Ireland This is where the following information can be entered 1 Insurer Company Name of the energy assessor s insurance company NB The text input in this field should not include any double quotes 2 Policy Number The energy assessor s insurance policy number 65 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 3 Effective Date The energy assessor s insurance policy effective start date 4 Expiry Date The energy assessor s insurance policy expiry date 5 PI Limit The energy assessor s insurance policy cover limit rowo Owner Details sub tab Previously Occupier Details sub tab guidance Sian In this sub tab Figure 27 the following information can be entered Owner of the Building Details 1 Name of the owner of the building NB The text input in this field should not include any double quotes Telephone number of the owner of the building Address of the owner of the building NB The text input in this field should not include any double quotes City of the owner of the building Post Code of the owner of the building E iSBEM v3 5 a General Example building x General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About File Options General Information Basic information about Project Owner and E
369. the Save New Project dialogue box appears and you need to do the following 38 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 a Click on the Create new folder button on the top right hand side of the Save New Project dialogue box enter the project s name as the name for the folder and then click on Open b Click into the File Name field and enter the project name again and click on Save This folder and project file will be saved to the iSBEM Projects folder by default see Figure 4 c A form then opens which allows you to enter some basic information about the project see Figure 8 This includes e Purpose of the analysis which will be carried out on the building e g Compliance Check with England amp Wales Building Regulations Part L NB If either England and Wales Building Regulations Part L Scottish Building Regulations or Northern Ireland Building Regulations Part F is selected as the Purpose of Analysis then the Building Regulation Check tab becomes visible in the Ratings form to enable running SBEM for compliance checking with Building Regulations If EPC England EPC Wales EPC Scotland or EPC Northern Ireland is selected as the Purpose of Analysis then the Asset Rating tab becomes visible instead in the Ratings form to enable running SBEM for the generation of Energy Performance Certificates e Weather location pick the
370. the need for a pressure test provided that the air permeability is taken as 15 m h m at 50 Pa SBEM is able to acknowledge this during the compliance checking NB The area weighted average U value displayed in the BRUKL document is calculated using the U values of the different envelope elements and their areas as follows _ xv U where Ug area weighted average U value A area of envelope i and U U value of material of envelope 7 NB The overheating calculation implemented in SBEM version 3 0 6 was originally developed to provide guidance for recommendations accompanying EPCs and discussions are currently taking place regarding possible refinements of the calculation for building regulations compliance checking purposes Hence a modified version of this calculation might be available in the future In the meantime you will need to continue carrying out the overheating compliance check separately outside SBEM as you have been doing with versions prior to 3 0 b e Criterion 4 This section of the report states whether the performance of the building as built is consistent with the BER Compliance is not checked by the tool for this criterion This is not included for Scottish Building Regulations 171 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 e Criterion 5 This section covers the provision of information about the building Compliance is not checked by the tool for this criterion This is not included for Scottis
371. the slope lt 70 between this ceiling and For consistency the convention is to the eaves with its U value assume all such roofs are semi circular U c and If floor width L and building depth is d the flat ceiling with U value Uag Zone height how 0 171 x Lo including the void above the Wall height Lwc 0 175 x Le ceiling Area curved walls Lwc x d x 2 both sides e Treat dormer windows the same as Curved roof width Lr 1 222 x L for a room in a pitched roof see Area curved roof Lr x d below e For room in roof or mansard roof U4 Areas and U values should correspond U values for walls should include any voids Uwi Uwe Zone height hy1 height of vertical part of wall If this varies calculate area weighted average height e Where there are dormer windows ie window bays that project through the roof Do not adjust zone height for the dormer windows Zone manually for daylit areas if the glazing gt 20 of vertical wall area Enter the glazing details and areas as normal Note that zoning for daylit areas must be carried out manually in these circumstances 243 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10
372. this sub tab is the Main SBEM Output report and the Data Reflection Reports See Sections 8 2 1 SBEM Main Output Document 8 2 2 SBEM BRUKL Output 154 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 Document Compliance with Building Regulations 8 2 3 Data Reflection Report Actual Building and 8 2 4 Data Reflection Report Notional Building NB The Data Reflection Reports in html format are generated and the related access buttons become visible in the Ratings form only if the relevant box is ticked in the General form gt File Options tab gt System Configuration sub tab NB If any changes are made to a project the Check Regulation button needs to be clicked on again on returning to this sub tab in order to update the results as the results figures are not refreshed automatically NB You must close all output files before re running the calculation so the software can over write them Otherwise an error message will be produced Unassignment alert If you have omitted to assign any objects in the interface you will be notified at the bottom of both the Building Regulations Check and Asset Rating tabs You will be able to view the Unassigned Objects Report by clicking on the Objects Report button You will see one of the following two messages at the bottom of the screen Click to check object assignments there are no CRITICAL un assignments in this project Please check CRITICAL UNASSIGNMENTS b
373. time for heat to flow into or out of the building fabric not all the thermal capacity is useful The K value represents that part which affects the heating and cooling energy demands The rules for calculating it can be found in the CEN standard prEN 13790 2006 In brief for each construction element Calculate the contribution of each layer of construction by calculating density kg m x thickness m x specific heat capacity kJ kgK Starting from the layer of the construction closest to the space i e from the interior add these values together until any one of the following conditions is satisfied e the sum of the layers thicknesses has reached 0 1 m e you have reached the mid point of the construction or e you have reached an insulating layer defined for SBEM purposes as having a conductivity of 0 08 W mK or less NB If the construction contains an air cavity whose conductivity is above 0 08 W mK the contribution of the air cavity needs to be taken into account in the calculation of the Kn value although the contribution to the thermal mass of the construction would be very small i e it is not considered as an insulating layer T Solar T Solar is the total solar energy transmittance g perp defined as the time averaged ratio of energy passing through the un shaded element to that incident upon it T Solar values entered by the user should refer to values for normal incidence of solar radiation NB External mov
374. ting the recommendation in the actual building e Payback drop down menu You can select from the options available in the drop down menu LONG MEDIUM SHORT and UNKNOWN in order to specify the typical payback time for implementing the recommendation in the actual building LONG payback is gt 7 years MEDIUM payback is gt 3 years and lt 7 years SHORT payback is lt 3 years If you know the exact figure for payback time in years use the next parameter instead f Payback number Here you can input in years the typical payback time for implementing the recommendation in the actual building If you do not know the exact figure for payback time in years use the previous parameter instead The following fields however remain greyed out or un editable as the user is not allowed to modify these parameters of NCM recommendations 161 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 a Category This describes the category under which the recommendation is classified such as heating cooling etc b Code This describes a unique code for each NCM recommendation The code of any recommendation created by the energy assessor will be USER c Recommendation This describes the text of the NCM recommendation This text will appear in the Recommendations report d Applicable to This describes the object to which the recommendation applies for e g the whole building or a particular HVAC system or HWS 3 Click
375. tion Are drawings and schedules available Are they held on site or by a maintenance or other remote contractor Is there a building log book How up to date are they What degree of detail do they show Have there been changes such as plant replacement or to the control philosophy Are there any results of tests on the equipment as installed seasonal system efficiencies leakage tests on ductwork and or air handling plant confirmation of air volumes etc You may be able to confirm with the energy manager whether there is sub metering for HVAC systems and or lighting and if monitoring and targeting are practiced that out of range alarms are built into the software or procedures It would also be useful to confirm with the facilities manager which lamp types are used in each zone and which zones have which types of lighting control applied If written information is not available the plant will need to be surveyed Who has access to plant rooms and when There are safety issues Is the surveyor familiar with plant type and specifications It can be difficult to identify systems from simple visual inspection Default efficiencies will depend on the installation date and or ECA listing of equipment can this be verified from purchase documentation Any assumptions made must err towards a less efficient plant and or less precise control If an external contractor has responsibility for operation or maintenance
376. tions and compromises and SBEM is no exception The most obvious limitations relate to the use of the CEN monthly heat balance method This means that processes which vary non linearly at shorter time steps have to be approximated or represented by monthly parameters The HVAC system efficiencies are an example of this On the other hand SBEM does have provision to account for processes that may not be present in software packages that contain more 21 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 sophisticated fabric heat flow algorithms such as duct leakage thermal bridge calculations and infiltration allowances The user interface iSBEM provides the user with routes by which some non standard systems and other features can be represented For example the ability to input specific fan powers provides a route by which demand controlled ventilation might be handled using pre calculated effective SFP There are also possibilities to go beyond these within the existing SBEM model via more general interfaces For example other countries have implemented night ventilation procedures with monthly heat balance calculation engines It is therefore difficult to give absolute rules about when SBEM can and cannot be used As broad guidance it is more likely to be difficult to use SBEM satisfactorily if the building and its systems have features that are a not already included in iSBEM and b have properties that vary non linearly over periods of th
377. to take out By ticking this tick box you indicate that you wish to remove this particular NCM recommendation which was generated by EPCgen from the Recommendations Report If the All USER radio button is selected in the Show recommendations box or the Add new record button I at the bottom of the screen is clicked then iSBEM will prompt you to create a new recommendation 4 Once you have confirmed that you do wish to add a recommendation to the ones already generated by EPCgen then the following fields become active Figure 83 a Category You can select from the options available in the drop down menu in order to specify the category under which the recommendation will be classified b Code This parameter should remain set to USER for any user defined recommendation c Recommendation You can enter text to describe the newly added recommendation This text will appear in the Recommendations report d Assessor Comments You can enter any comments related to the recommendation for e g the reason why you have chosen to edit this NCM recommendation These comments will appear in SBEM s supporting documents to the EPC Recommendations report g Energy Impact You can select from the options available in the drop down menu in order to specify the potential impact of implementing the recommendation on the energy performance of the actual building HIGH change in total building energy is gt
378. tor Does the cooling system qualify for ECA relevant only if default efficiency value is used e Does the system have mixed mode operation strategy Sub tab System adjustment enabled only if there is mechanical ventilation at HVAC level e Has the ductwork been leakage tested o CEN classification it meets e Does the AHU meet CEN leakage standards o CEN classification it meets e Specific fan power W I s e Ratio of kWh of auxiliary energy to kWh of heating energy field enabled if HVAC is a fanned warm air heater Sub tab Metering Provision e Does the HVAC system have provision for metering field not enabled for Scottish Building Regulations 230 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 o Is there monitoring and testing with alarm for out of range values field enabled if HVAC system has provision for metering Sub tab System Controls sub tab enabled only when one of the EPC generation options is selected as purpose of analysis e Does the HVAC system have central time control Does the HVAC system have optimum stop start control Does the HVAC system have local time control Does the HVAC system have local temperature control Does the HVAC system have weather compensation control Tab HWS Sub tab General e HWS name e HWS generator type o Fuel type for HWS generator field enabled if hot water is not generated by HVAC system o Effective heat generating seasonal efficiency for HWS generator field enabled if hot wa
379. trained by different schemes These conventions appear in text boxes at appropriate places in this User Guide with further information in APPENDIX G Agreed convention for decision on assessment level and APPENDIX H Agreed convention for determining dimensions e Guidance on definition of the Reference building see Section 2 3 Calculation basics for UK Energy Performance Certificate purposes e Guidance on zoning rules see Section 3 3 Zoning guide How to zone your building e Guidance on using the multiplier parameter see Section 6 1 Basic interface functionality and buttons e Owner details instead of occupier details are required in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab see Section 7 3 2 General Information tab iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 Guidance on the tick box for naturally ventilated building in Scotland in the General form gt General Information tab gt Project Details sub tab see Section 7 3 2 General Information tab Guidance on zone defined as having no HVAC system see Section 7 5 3 Defining zones Zones tab and Section 7 6 8 Defining the zone specific building services Zones tab Guidance on envelope areas see Section 7 5 4 Defining envelopes Envelope tab Section 7 5 5 Defining windows and rooflights Windows amp Rooflights tab Section 7 5 7 Defining doors Doors tab and Section 7 5 8 Quick Envelopes tab Short cut to creating e
380. tructure of all the building objects that have been defined and assigned reflecting the hierarchical relationship of the building objects HVAC gt Zone gt Envelope gt Window Door Envelope Thermal bridge The second layer is in blue text and provides key information about each of the listed objects The assignment tree structure black The first column lists the HVAC system status of the zone the highest element in the hierarchy The next column lists all of the zones that are assigned to that HVAC system All the zones that have no HVAC system are listed first see Figure 75 followed by those that do Figure 76 The next column lists all of the zone s envelope elements followed by the envelope elements additional thermal bridges windows the windows additional thermal bridges and finally any doors with their additional thermal bridges Summary information blue To the right of each zone envelope element and window door name is a selection of its key parameters details For example to the right of any zone you will find its activity type and its area To the right of an envelope element you will find which type of envelope it is wall roof ceiling floor what sort of space it adjoins its construction type and its area To the right of a window you will find its glazing type and its area and for a door its construction and its area 149 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 E DATA SUMMARY REPOR
381. tton This can be found at the top right hand side of all the tabs in the Project Database Geometry and Building Services forms the bottom of the Asset Rating tab in the Ratings form and in the File Options tab in the General form There are two reports available in iSBEM to help the users check their data entry Te iSBEM version The Unassigned Objects report which lists all the objects which have been created defined but not assigned 3 5 a UK Volume 147 4Jun10 2 The Data Summary report which provides a hierarchical summary of all the building objects that have been defined and assigned along with key details on some of the objects e The Assigned sub tabs Wherever objects in iSBEM require that they be assigned to another object there is usually a sub tab which lists which objects have been assigned e The Summary sub tabs Similar to the Assigned sub tabs used for objects defined in the Geometry form e The Building Navigation form Provides a hierarchical summary of all the objects that have been defined in the project assigned and unassigned along with key details on some of the objects 7 9 1 The Unassigned Objects Report The Unassigned Objects Report is a simple list of all the objects which have been created but not assigned They are grouped into two categories Unassigned Building Objects and Other Unassigned Objects The Unassigned Building Objects in red text include all the zones e
382. tural ventilation from operable windows and mechanical systems that include air distribution equipment and refrigeration equipment for cooling A mixed mode building integrates the use of air conditioning when and where it is necessary with the use of natural ventilation whenever it is feasible or desirable to maximize comfort while reducing the energy use compared to year round air conditioning 115 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 onl Convention Convention for EPCs Variable speed pumps other than for central heating system guidance USing water The convention is that the effect of variable soeed pumps is ignored pending revision to allow them to be modelled Figure 51 shows a cooling system being defined E5 iSBEM v3 5 a Building Services Example building x General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM g Global and Defaults HVAC systems Hws ses Pys Wind generators Zones Record selector HYAC for the example building HEE ay qy General Heating Cooling System Adjustment Metering Provision System Controls Zone Summary Cooling system Pace chiller Daraut crier z Do you know the generator seasonal energy efficiency ratio SEER Generator type air cooled chiller z ka No use default value 25 Generator k Up to 100kw bd C Yes seasonal EER is Fuel type Grid Supplied El
383. tween envelope elements windows and doors which are in contact with the exterior as shown in Figure 35 78 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 E iSBEM v3 5 a Geometry Example building x General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About F Project Zones Envelope Doors Windows amp Rooflights Geometrical detail for the whole Project 2 General amp geometry Global Thermal Bridges Junctions involving metal cladding _ Junctions NOT involving metal cladding Type of Junction User Psi Type of Junction User Psi Accredited W mK W mK wWimk detail wyk Roof wall 02 0 6 Roof wall Ww o2 Wall ground floor o iiS Wall ground floor IV 0 16 Wall walll comer l 0 25 Wall wall comer Ww 00 Wallfloor not ground floor 0 07 Wallfloor not gound foo m 007 Lintel above window or door 1 27 Lintel above window or door Vv 0 3 Sill below window 1 27 Sill below window Ww 004 Jamb at window or door 127 Jamb at window or door po IV 0 05 M Tick all Figure 35 Defining the global thermal bridges NB Thermal pridging at junctions and around openings which is not covered in Accredited Construction Details or MCRMA guidance needs to be accounted for and this may be done using the method in BRE Information Paper IP 1 06 making use where appropriate of the new publication on conventions for temperature factors and
384. u use the Copy Record function a name is generated automatically for you For example if you copy zone z0 01 the new zone will be automatically named z0 01 1 However any building objects i e envelopes windows doors assigned to the zone which are also copied as a result retain the same names as those which they are copied from e g 20 01 n 20 01 n g etc It is recommended that you appropriately rename any copied elements 3 5 2 Naming constructions and building services systems As there are generally far fewer constructions and building services systems in a building such a methodical nomenclature system as that recommended for the geometrical definition of the building is not generally required However names which clearly identify the type and or use of the construction or building services system are recommended 33 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 4 iSBEM BASICS GETTING STARTED This chapter will show you how to install and open iSBEM start a new project or open an existing project and finally close the application correctly NB To open and edit files created with previous versions of iSBEM iSBEM_v3 2 b or earlier you will first need to convert each file in order to make it compatible with this version of iSBEM See APPENDIX B iSBEM file conversion for instructions on how to do this The tutorial begins in this chapter It uses a simple two storey rectangular building to de
385. uce information into these tabs as well as being able to use the Quick Envelope function as there are some parameters which can only be entered using these tabs However once familiar with the basis of the geometry objects it is likely that you will enter most of your data using the Quick Envelope function Order of data entry You need to create the zone before defining its envelope It is not mandatory to enter all the information about the zone envelopes doors windows thermal bridges before moving onto the next zone as you can always add or edit this information at a later time Where possible however you should introduce each zone one at a time into the interface Description of what is happening in iSBEM When you create a zone envelope element or window you are creating what is referred to in iSBEM as a building object These building objects need to be linked together correctly in order to define the geometry of a zone When you define an envelope element in the Envelopes main tab you will be prompted to link or assign it to a zone Equally when you define a window in the Windows amp Rooflights main tab you are prompted to link it to an envelope element If you create the envelope element or window in the Quick Envelope sub tab these links are established automatically This will be further explained as you work through the Example building The final stage of defining a zone is to assign it to the appropriate build
386. uilding a methodical nomenclature makes it easier to identify elements and keep track of what has been input Below is a suggested nomenclature If you use Quick Envelopes or the Copy Record function the elements you create will be named in this way Element Suggested Explanation name Zone zH The z stands for zone and the first number is the Serep mamos 0 for ground floor and 1 for first floor etc After the slash the number s stands for the on that floor These can run consecutively throughout the building or start again at 1 for each floor Walls zA Rt The first two groups of figures are to identify as described above which zone the wall is part of Then the SETER n nw e se etc and t is the type i means internal u means underground and no letter means external Floors z HHI Similar to walls the first two groups of figures identify the zone This is followed by an f for floor and then the type t i for internal floor e for over external space and no letter for ground floor Ceilings z ct The first two groups of figures identify the zone This is followed by c roofs for ceiling and t is the type i is for internal ceiling and no letter means the ceiling has no occupied space above it i e it is a roof Window z 6t g The first three groups of figures identify which envelope the window is attached to as described above The g stands for glazing Door z 6t
387. uilding s capability of offsetting daytime cooling demands An example of this procedure is the TermoDeck system where night ventilation is passed through ducts in the solid floors of the building thereby increasing the coolth contained in the thermal capacity of the building structure available to offset subsequent summertime daytime cooling loads 238 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 NEW i APPENDIX H Agreed convention for determining dimensions Horizontal dimensions Plan Consider Building 1 Building 2 e Plan view of two buildings in a terrace SS gt Separated by a party wall Building 1 has two zones lt lt lt e Wall types Perimeter surrounds each building external and party walls Internal refers to walls within each building partitions Party wall Generally follow RICS definition of Gross Internal Area Need to measure e Inside perimeter walls e Mid point of internal walls e Party walls are perimeter so measure to surface not mid point Openings e Inside structural opening w x h e Not just glass area e Percentage glazing is as viewed from inside ie percentage of wall area to full zone height defined below e 100 Glazing Enter a wall of total area Enter glazing with same area or as 100 Zone height and element areas Generally zone height is top of slab to top of slab for
388. uites airports to keep aviation fumes out some museums and libraries with sensitive exhibits commercial kitchens odour filters grease traps filters to protect the odour filters etc some industrial processes and in buildings designed to withstand a biological attack Here you can either let SBEM take this parameter from the NCM activity database or you can select to tick or untick the relevant box manually NB If you do tick the box manually you may be expected to provide justification to your claim for high pressure drops to building control Figure 67 shows a zone s ventilation characteristics being defined E iSBEM v3 5 a Building Services Example building xj General Project Database Geometry Building Services Ratings Building Navigation About iSBEM g __Global and Defaults HVAC systems HWS SES PYS Wind generators Zones Record selector 20 02 El Era _HVAC HWS amp Lighting systems Ventilation Exhaust Lighting General Lighting Controls Display Lighting m Zonal Ventilation Type Does activity require high pressure drop air treatment J Natural C Mechanical supply extract Use default from Activitiy database C Use user value O Tick if yes Do you know the Supply Extract SFP Heat recovery No use the default 1 5 Wil s No heat recovery Yes SFP for the system is O5 Ws Do you know the Heat Rec seasonal eff
389. ulation if they were omitted from the iSBEM model If in doubt about the thermal mass of the internal partitions it is better to err on the side of caution and include them in your model as described above NB The term zone is used as a short hand for activity area throughout this manual It should not be assumed to be the same as a building services control zone for instance on the basis of building fagade although in some cases they may align NB For building regulations calculations purposes we recommend that users generally avoid creating more than 100 150 zones in iSBEM However the processing time will depend on the total number of objects not just zones i e zones envelopes windows etc Note that for building regulations compliance checking the calculation has to generate 2 buildings the actual and notional so the number of objects all the zones envelopes windows etc that the calculation has to process is multiplied by 2 while for the asset rating to be calculated for an EPC 4 buildings need to be generated actual notional typical and reference i e all the objects in the input are multiplied by 4 to give the total number of objects being processed by SBEM Hence creating a project with a very large number of objects will slow down the calculation and may cause it to crash 29 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 Further guidance Further guidance Further guidan
390. uld not be left blank 8 Qualifications the qualifications of the energy assessor as they will need to be qualified for the type of building being assessed check with your accreditation scheme This parameter is active only if the Purpose of Analysis parameter is set to EPC England EPC Wales or EPC Northern Ireland See the Project complexity parameter in the General Information tab 9 Emp Trading Name the employer or the trading name of the energy assessor This parameter is active only if the Purpose of Analysis parameter is set to EPC England EPC Wales or EPC Northern Ireland NB The text input in this field should not include any double quotes 10 Emp Trading Address the employer or the trading address of the energy assessor This parameter is active only if the Purpose of Analysis parameter is set to EPC England EPC Wales or EPC Northern Ireland NB The text input in this field should not include any double quotes 11 EPCgen net Activation Code the energy assessor s Activation Code received from EPCgen net This parameter is active only if the Purpose of Analysis parameter is set to EPC England EPC Wales or EPC Northern Ireland and your accreditation scheme allows generation of final EPC documents directly on your local computer See the Project complexity parameter in the General Information tab NB
391. urrently iSBEM is not able to realistically model sunspaces or atria as it cannot represent light transfer between highly glazed reflective internal spaces such as these For buildings where these elements are a significant part of the design we suggest that the building be modelled Contact your Accreditation Scheme Provider for a copy of the Commercial EPCs Conventions document 28 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 Further guidance using approved dynamic simulation models http Awww ukreg accreditation org but only if they do allow internal light transfer to be modelled Convention Convention for EPCs Passive daylight features The conventions group has decided that buildings with the following may be assessed using SBEM as long as other features that cannot be modelled by SBEM are not present Light wells open to the sky can be treated as courtyards i e for consistency they are approximated as exterior spaces with ordinary daylight access Sun light pipes should be ignored for the purposes of zoning and the daylight contribution they make 6 Merge any contiguous areas which are served by the same HVAC and lighting systems have the same Activity within them e g adjacent hotel rooms cellular offices etc and which have similar access to daylight unless there is a good reason not to NB Small unconditioned spaces like store cupboards riser ducts etc can be absorbed into t
392. v Output reports when running SBEM for Energy Performance Certificates 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 SBEM Main Output Document project name _sbem pdf Energy Performance Certificate project name _epc epc pdf EPC Recommendations Report project name _epc rec pdf Data Reflection Report Actual Building project name _dr htm Data Reflection Report Actual Building project name _dr pdf Technical Output Report Actual Building project name _sim csv Technical Output Report Notional Building project name _not_sim csv Technical Output Report Reference Building project name _ref_sim csv Technical Output Report Typical Building project name _typ_sim csv 0 SBEM Secondary Recommendations Report project name _epc srec pdf 178 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 XML file when running SBEM for official submission of Energy Performance Certificates for England Wales and Northern Ireland for assessors accredited by an Accreditation Scheme Provider that allows Energy Assessors to generate the final EPC documents for lodgement through the Energy Assessors computers will be named as follows 1 XML file for the Energy Performance Certificate and the EPC Recommendations Report EPC reference number xml If the EPC is generated in Welsh as well as in English by ticking the relevant tick box in the General form gt General Infor
393. vement will be significantly higher because of the additional airflow induced by the nozzles NB If your HVAC system is a high velocity forced convection air heating induction nozzle system which does the job of mixing the air in the zone in a similar manner to destratification fans then you can model this in iSBEM by first selecting the appropriate HVAC system type flued or unflued and then ticking the above box relating to destratification fans in the zones served by that system The system should follow the flow rate guidelines given for destratification systems shown above You will then need to justify this to Building Control using the necessary documentation for your system s functions Hot Water System 3 HWS A HWS needs to be selected for a All occupied zones Depending on the activity and building type selected for the zone a standard hot water demand is assumed For example there is a demand assumed to arise from the occupants of an office for activities such as washing hands and washing up cups This demand is associated with the office rather than the toilet or tea room Thus the demand from each space needs to be assigned to a HWS even if the system itself is not present in the space If there is more than one HWS serving the building the HWS that needs to be specified for a zone should be the generator which accounts for 136 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 the majority of its demand A HWS needs to be assi
394. volume of supply air is fixed Assumed to also provide heating possibly also with separate perimeter heating system If provided with local reheat capability use the Terminal reheat constant volume system This category includes packaged rooftop units Constant volume system variable fresh air rate Constant volume system in which the proportion of fresh air can be varied to limit chiller operation free cooling economiser iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 111 4Jun10 Multizone hot deck cold deck A central air handling unit has separate hot and cold decks Mixing takes place at the Air handling unit and air is supplied to each zone through a single duct per zone Assumed to also provide heating possibly also with separate perimeter heating system Terminal reheat constant volume Cooled air is supplied centrally and reheated locally to the desired supply temperature for each zone Assumed to also provide heating possibly also with separate perimeter heating system Dual duct constant volume Hot and cold air are distributed separately commonly at high pressure and locally mixed to provide the desired supply temperature for each zone Assumed to also provide heating possibly also with separate perimeter heating system Chilled ceilings or passive chilled The combination of a chilled ceiling or passive beams and displacement ventilation chilled beam system with a separate low level l
395. w that the lamps are fluorescent but have no further details you should select the option Fluorescent No details Power Density in W m per 100 Lux Commercial Industrial Lamp Type Application Application Tungsten lamp 28 Fluorescent compact 4 6 T12 Fluorescent halophosphate low frequency ballast 5 3 9 T8 Fluorescent halophosphate low frequency ballast 4 4 3 4 T8 Fluorescent halophosphate high frequency ballast 3 8 3 T8 Fluorescent triphosphor high frequency ballast 3 4 2 6 Metal Halide 5 5 4 1 High Pressure Mercury 7 6 5 7 High Pressure Sodium 4 5 3 3 T5 Fluorescent triphosphor coated high frequency ballast 3 3 2 6 Fluorescent no details 5 5 Don t know 28 28 Table 15 Power densities used by SBEM in correspondence to the lamp types selected NB The total wattage value that is entered into iSBEM is for the lighting system i e it should include the luminaires and ballasts control gear NB The design illuminance in lux is that for which the full lighting design has been carried out The maintained illuminance at the end of the lamp life and before cleaning of the luminaires should not be less than the design illuminance This value will be used along with the total wattage value in order to determine the 2 consequent power density values associated with the lighting system used in W m per 100 lux This value will in turn be used to c
396. was not changed My Computer CA drive NCM iSBEM_v3 5 a iSBEM_v3 5 a mdb the tool itself along with all of its associated databases and files are located within this folder SBEM_v3 5 a NB For users of Office 2007 the Microsoft Access file called iSBEM_v3 5 a accdb NB If you changed the installation path step 4 the tool will be located in your selected path iSBEM_v3 5 a TIP You may wish to create a shortcut to the iSBEM_v3 5 a folder on your Desktop or elsewhere in your system so that you can access it more easily To create a shortcut right click on the iSBEM_v3 5 a folder select Create Shortcut and then drag and drop the newly created shortcut to the location of your choice e g your Desktop 4 3 Opening iSBEM After installing iSBEM and double clicking on the iSBEM_v3 5 a folder you will be presented with the window in Figure 4 In order to start the application you will need to double click on the Microsoft Access file called iSBEM_v3 5 a mdb NB For users of Office 2007 the Microsoft Access file called iSBEM_v3 5 accdb 35 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 fe iSBEM_ 3 5 a File Edit view Favorites Tools Help sack z gt 7 T JO search Folders ES E XxX I E Address C NCM ISBEM_v3 5 a gt Go Cee O BEEMLib Desv inct pem REA S bbl1 1 dil a BERgen dll amp brirl dll 9 bruki dll E BRUKL log X EPCgen dli X EPCgenG
397. with junctions between envelope elements windows and doors which are in contact with the exterior as shown in Figure 35 Defining the global thermal bridges see footnote below on types of thermal bridges These types of junctions fall into two categories 1 Junctions involving metal cladding 2 Junctions NOT involving metal cladding For each type of junction you can enter an Psi value W mk or leave the default values For junctions not involving metal cladding you can also tick a box indicating whether or not that type of junction complies with the relevant standards The standards for junctions not involving metal cladding are Accredited Robust Details The default Psi values for junctions involving metal cladding are compliant with the Metal Cladding and Roofing Manufacturers Association MCRMA standards In Figure 35 the defaults for all the junctions in the building have been set to comply with the relevant Accredited Robust Details standards and use the tool s defaults except for the roof to wall junctions involving metal cladding where an Psi value has been manually added as an example Note on types of thermal bridges There are two types of thermal bridge repeating and non repeating Repeating thermal bridges should be taken into account when calculating the U value of a construction Non repeating thermal bridges can arise from a number of situations but SBEM is only concerned with those arising from junctions be
398. wn off Used to determine the additional volume of water to be heated because the cold water in the deadleg has to be drawn off before hot water is obtained Assumes that HWS circulation maintains hot water up to the boundary of the zone or that the pipe runs from circulation or storage vessel within the zone Flat Roof Roof with a pitch of 10 degrees or less Pitched Roof Roof with a pitch greater than 10 degrees and less than or equal to 70 degrees If the pitch is greater than 70 degrees the envelope should be considered a wall Display Window As defined in ADL2A Personnel Door As defined in ADL2A High Usage Entrance Door As defined in ADL2A Vehicle Access Door As defined in ADL2A Glazed door When doors have more than 50 glazing then the light solar gain characteristics must be included in the calculation This is achieved by defining these doors as windows Otherwise they are defined as opaque doors Table 4 Measurement and other conventions Internal horizontal dimension Ec gt I I I I I I Figure 3 Internal horizontal dimension of a zone 31 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 3 5 iSBEM Nomenclature 3 5 1 Naming zones envelope elements windows and doors There is no set nomenclature for the different items in the Geometry form The only requirement is that they are all unique You may prefer to assign familiar representative names However with a large b
399. ws and doors If you need to only copy the selected record and not any of its sub objects use the copy single object function found in the record selector menu this function will be available in future versions of the tool 6 Reports button Clicking on the Reports button produces two reports the Data Summary report and the Unassigned Objects report These reports are for double checking the data entered For more details on these two reports see Section 7 9 Double checking the data 7 Help button Era The Help button can be found in the top right hand corner of every sub tab of iSBEM Clicking on this button opens the Help menu see Section 6 2 iSBEM Help for further information 8 Multiplier field If there is more than one identical zone for example this field allows the user to only define it pistasi gt once and then enter the number of these identical zones that exist in the building Remember hrade _ that this would also multiply all of its associated envelope elements windows doors and ae additional thermal bridges during the calculation 9 Record navigation buttons 14 gt Lr These buttons allow you to scroll through the records in that sub tab 10 The Escape key navigating away from incomplete records Once a new record has been created iSBEM will not allow you to navigate away from that screen until you have completed all the mandatory fields all the green fields SBEM d
400. y Assessor did undertake a walk around survey of the building prior to producing this Recommendation Report Page 3 of 8 194 iSBEM version 3 5 a UK Volume 4Jun10 0000 2090 0040 1000 0803 3 Recommendations The following sections list recommendations selected by the energy assessor for the improvement of the energy performance of the building The recommendations are listed under four headings short payback medium payback long payback and other measures a Recommendations with a short payback This section lists recommendations witha payback of less than 3 years Recommendation N Potential impact Consider replacing T8 lamps with retrofit T5 conversion kit a The default chiller efficiency is chosen It is recommended LOW that the chiller system be investigated to gain an understanding of its efficiency and possible improvements t Introduce HF high frequency ballasts for fluorescent tubes LOW Reduced number of fittings required Some spaces have a significant risk of overheating MEDIUM Consider solar control measures such as the application of reflective coating or shading devices to windows b Recommendations with a medium payback This section lists recommendations with a payback of between 3 and 7 years Recommendation Potential impact Add time control to heating system LOW Add optimum start stop to the heating system LOW The default heat generator efficie
401. y also with separate perimeter heating system Dual duct VAV A VAV system with separate supply of hot and cold air Assumed to also provide heating possibly also with separate perimeter heating system Indoor packaged cabinet VAV Local cooling heating unit May supply air directly into room into under floor void or into ceiling void May have terminal units with variable local recirculation rate May have electrical trim heater Volume of air handled is sufficient to handle all the cooling load Assumed to also provide heating possibly also with separate perimeter heating system Fan coil systems Local fanned terminal units in ceiling on wall or on floor with a central chilled water supply Systems may be 2 pipe 3 pipe or 4 pipe changeover or non changeover no distinction is made here Assumed to also provide heating Zonal ventilation is no longer available for fan coil units Ventilation for this HVAC type is defined at HVAC level Induction system Air is supplied from a central unit commonly at high pressure This induces a secondary airflow within the terminal unit to achieve an acceptable delivery temperature Final heating or cooling is provided by heat exchangers within the terminal Systems may be 2 pipe 3 pipe or 4 pipe changeover or non changeover no distinction is made here Assumed to also provide heating Constant volume system fixed fresh air rate An all air system in which the
402. yer or tenant can then make their decision on the basis of the energy rating for the unit and the energy rating for the common space that serves the unit NB While no EPCs are required for permanently unconditioned buildings i e buildings which do not use energy to condition the indoor climate and are expected to remain this way it will be possible to voluntarily lodge EPCs for unconditioned buildings and as such the definition of the Reference building has been revised see above in order to allow for the calculated energy rating for these types of buildings to be representative Permanently unconditioned buildings are different to those which are expected to be conditioned later on and which should be modelled as per the guidance in CLG s publication Improving the energy efficiency of our buildings A guide to energy performance certificates for the construction sale and let of non dwellings which can be accessed from www communities gov uk publications planningandbuilding nondwelling 2 4 Calculations for the Republic of Ireland Building Regulations purposes SBEM is now able to accommodate the calculations for the Republic of Ireland Building Regulations However the basics of the calculation and guidance on the related input parameters are dealt with in a separate version of this User Guide specifically for the Republic of Ireland 2 5 Deciding whether SBEM is appropriate All calculation processes involve some approxima
403. z0 02 n z0 02 9 z0 02 H d z0 02 ci z0 02 f z1 02 z1 02 si z1 02 ei z1 02 ni 21 02 91 z1 02 c z1 02 fi z1 02 wi 1 z1 03 z1 03 si z1 03 e1 z1 03 ni z1 03 wi z1 03 c z1 03 fe Heating only Electric resistan Heatina only other sustems Selections Object Properties Properties of highlighted object Hi Name 20 02 HVAC system Zones without H AC system Multiplier 1 Building Type Office Activity Circulation area corridors and stairways Area 50 m2 Flr to Flr Height 3m Overheating risk No risk or not yet calculated Air Perm 50Pa 8 m3 h m2 HWS HWS For the example building HWS type Same as HVAC H AC for the example buildir HWS Fuel Natural Gas Dead leg 0 Figure 73 Objects Properties tab in the Building Navigation form 7 8 About iSBEM form This form displays information about the SBEM software licensing conditions and acknowledgement There is no data entry in this form 7 9 Double checking the data It is advisable to always double check the data entered for any project in order to ensure that the building is modelled correctly before running the energy performance calculation and compliance checking There are several tools within iSBEM to facilitate this e The Objects reports These reports can be accessed from all of the forms in the interface by pressing the Object Reports bu

User Guide - National Calculation Method

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents